VMC Series Vertical Machining Center Operation Manual (Electrics)

VMC SERIES
VERTICAL MACHINING CENTER
OPERATION MANUAL
(ELECTRICS)
SHENYANG MACHINE TOOL CO., LTD

CHINA CZECHVERTICAL MACHINE TOOLDEPT
This document is applied to Model VMC650eVMC700VMC850VMC850eVMC1000

VMC1100VMC1300VMC1600VMC700BVMC850BVMC1000BVMC1100B
VMC1300BVMC1600BVMC2100BVMC700PVMC850PVMC1000PVMC1100P
VMC1300PVMC1600P vertical machining center FANUC 0I,18I,21I numerical control
system
This machine tool is in conformity to GB/5226.1 standard.
Serious Statement
The contents in this document are all functions with our
machine. Some of these are option functions that not every
machine is provided with. So functions about the machine you
buy are according to <Machine Selling Compact>.
China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works
VMC Seies
e
Prefacr
Warning
Read and study the security policies carefully before the product configuration, operation, and
maintenance. Failure to comply with the relevant security policies and other warnings described in
the operating manual may cause death or injury.
The Manual is applicable only to VMC Series.
In order to prevent accident caused by erroneous operations, marks are prefixed to the warnings in the manual.
Meanings of the marks are as follows. Please understand the content thoroughly before reading the main text.
Danger:
Warning:
Attention:
Attention:
Important:
Supplementary
information:
The mark shows that: erroneous operations will cause imminent danger of death or
severe injuries.
The mark shows that: erroneous operations will cause potential danger of death or
severe injuries.
The mark shows that: erroneous operations will cause potential danger of minor or
moderate injuries.
The mark shows that: erroneous operations will cause potential danger of loss of
property other than the product.
This is to remind the operators not to damage the product
This is a reference for the effective use of the product
Any reproduction of this manual by any means is prohibited.

Appearance and specifications of the machine may change subject to
improvements.
We have attempted to describe the situations in the manual as many as possible.

However, it will take up excessive pages in the manual to specify all do's and
dont's, and thus not all is enumerated.
Therefore, any issue that is not specified shall be understood as donts. Any
questions on an unmentioned operation shall be consulted with us.
II
VMC Series
Preface
Preface
1. Purpose of Using
the Machine
VMC Series Machines are machining center tools controled by the CNC
(computer numerical control device) for cutting, which can carry out milling,
drilling, boring, and tapping.
Please do not use the machine tools for other purposes.
2. User Definition
2.1 Operator
Machine operators are referred as operators within the manual.
Operators must read the manual and fully understand the content. The
operation of the machine tool in the absence of understanding the content of
the manual will not only endanger the operator, but also bring great harm to
the people around.
In addition, the operator shall not conduct the following operations.
1
Removal of removable cover plates (fixed cover plate) with tools
Machine installation and moving operations
Machine tool repair
Routine Maintenance,
Preventive Maintenance Staff
The staff in question should be professionally trained in our company, or
should have the same level of expertise, and has been qualified by the
owner enterprise.
Routine maintenance and preventive maintenance staff must read the
manual and fully understand the content. The operation of the machine tool
in the absence of understanding the content will not only endanger the
operator, but also bring great harm to the people around.
Moreover, routine maintenance and preventive maintenance staff shall not
conduct the following operations.
1
Machine tool repair
Routine maintenance and preventive maintenance staff must adhere to the

following Maintenance Precautions.
III
VMC Seies
e
Prefacr
Maintenance Precautions
Warning
Before the baffle plate is removed for the purpose of maintenance, the circuit breaker in the
electrical cabinet must be disconnected. Otherwise, the machine may bring injuries or electric
shocks due to unexpected movements.
When connecting the power supply after the removal of the cover plate for maintenance
operations, it is necessary to make sure whether there is other staff nearby Otherwise, the
machine may bring injuries or electric shocks due to unexpected movements.
In the process of carrying out maintenance operations, a sign should be hung near the circuit
breaker in the electrical cabinet, which shows that no one except for the operators is allowed to
connect the power supply.
In the process of maintenance operation, as well as when the maintenance operation is done and
the power is connected to run the machine, it is important to confirm whether there are forgotten
tools in the machine. Otherwise, the machine movement may hit the tools flying to hurt people
around.
In the process of electrical adjustment with the cover plate removed, tools with fully electrical
protection (resin screwdrivers, etc.) should be applied. Otherwise, an electric shock may happen.
After the maintenance operation is ended, all the components including screws disassembled
should be fitted. Otherwise, safety devices may not work properly or correctly that cause electric
shocks or injuries.
During the process of replacing the parts (Batteries for the separated absolute pulse encoder), the
circuit breaker in the electrical cabinet should always be disconnected.Otherwise, damages to the
parts or electric shocks may happen.
The replacement of the CNC memory backup battery or the fluorescent lights inside the machine
should be only conducted by the maintenance staff, and routine maintenance and preventive
maintenance staff is not authorized. If the operation is conducted by the staff with insufficient
expertise, the safety devices may not fully work, or because of the unexpected movement of the
machine, injuries or electric shocks may be caused.
2.3 Maintenance Staff

Maintenance staff should meet the requirements of having adequate
mechanical or electrical knowledge and training experences by the
manufacturer, or should have have the same level of expertise and have
been qualified by the owner enterprise.
The maintenance staff is responsible for:
1
Machine tool repair
The maintenance staff must read the manual and fully understand the
content. The operation of the machine tool in the absence of understanding
the content will not only endanger the maintenance staff, but also bring
great harm to the people around.
Be sure to comply with the "Maintenance Precautions" above. Espacialy for
the skilled staff, more attention should be paid to avoid accidents caused by
mindlessness.
3. Contents of the Manual

The manual includes instructions on VMC series.
The Manual for the Machine is as follows:
VMC Series Operation Manual the manual herein. The manual is
dedicated to the usage and maintenance of the machine.
The content of the manual is as follows:

Safety policies are to describe the machine safety policies, warnings, and
IV
VMC Series
Preface
marks.
I
Overview.. Explains the subjects, names of various parts and

mechanical material adopted along with the
machine.
II
Setting methodExplains how to operate the first-time installation

and displacement of the machine tool.
III
Routine
Run... .Descriptions on process and operation.
IV
Operation detailsItemized descriptions on available operations of the

machine
Appendix .Main specifications and various kinds of charts,

information.
Please be sure to refer to the security section when using the machine.
Miscellaneous operations available are contained in III and for the operation
of NC, please refer to the manual (2) above.
Moreover, the manual is sensitive to the buttons on the control panel. (For the
buttons please refer to I - 3)
Softkey displayed on the screen[ _ ]
(Example) [PARAMETER] (Parameter), [ALARM] (alarm) etc.
Hardkey on the operating panel <_>
(Example) <RESET> (reset), <INPUT> (input) etc.
VMC Seies
e
Prefacr
Safety Policies
Before using the machine, it is necessary to read and fully understand the
contents of the safety issues and relevant functions. Operations without full
understanding of the content may lead to unexpected accidents.
Please use the machine with full understanding of the content.
When using the machine, if the state or local governments has provided
regulations on health and sanitation and safety, the regulations must be
followed.
1. Machine Safety Features

To keep operators from risks, VMC series machine adopts an interlocking
system that stops the machine in the event the protective door is open.
Protective door interlocking system comprises electromagnetic lock
switches, control loop, and software.
An internal light that illuminates the processing region is provided within
the protective door.
A
Electromagnetic Lock Switch

Electromagnetic lock switches are provided on the upperright part
of the protective door.
When the protective door is opened, the spindle and the XYZ
axes will be stopped. After the movement of XYZ axes is stopped,
the protective door will be opened by the electromagnetic lock
switch that is unlocked.
Mode Selection Lock

CE Marking specifications, with a software-based mode selection
lock.
Fixed baffle plate

A machine fixed baffle plate is provided to contain the motion
part of the machine.
Emergency Stop Button

The button is at the very lowest part of the control panel. Please
refer to III Routine Run
3. Emergency Stop.
Emergency stop button operation should be first implemented in

the event of the failure of the machine. The button is ready to be
pressed at any time when necessary. Nothing shoud be covered
on the emergency stop button.
VI
VMC Series
Preface
2. Warnings
Warning
Before the configuration, operation, and maintenance of the machine, please read
carefully the pages related to safety policies. Failure to comply with the contents
described in the safety policies and other warnings contained in the operating manual
may cause death or injury.
a) Dangers associated with the machine

Warning
When opening the protective door, special attention should be paid to avoid touching
the moving parts such as the platform and the tool changer etc. Otherwise, clip wounds
may happen.
Do not enter into the machine with the entire body. When entering into the machine
with the entire body, other staff may not be able to identify an on-going maintenance,
and on some conditions, other staff may start the machine due to the ignorance of the
staff within the machine.
Please wear protective goggles when starting the blower with the protective door open.
Chips blown in eyes may lead to blindness.
Please erase the coolant and lubricants (grease, oil) from both hands. Coolant and
lubricants stained hands will become very slippery, so it will be difficult to carry
work-pieces, using and operating machine, resulting in injuries and damage to the
work-pieces.
Do not use the cross screwdriver to open the protective door with the power connected.
Even when the tools are rotating, the processing region is accessable, and thus
sometimes injuries may happen. When the power supply is on, use the protective door
open and close button to control the protective door.
Never overload the machine. The weight exceeding the maximum load will bring
damage to the platform, injuries to the staff, or the damage to the work-pieces and
fixtures.
When opening the machine protective door, it is necessary to prepare the loop
disconnecting the power between the motor and the control unit.
The replacement of the CNC memory backup battery or the fluorescent lights inside the
machine should be only conducted by the maintenance staff, and routine
maintenance and preventive maintenance staff is not authorized. If the operation is
conducted by the staff with insufficient expertise, the safety devices may not fully
work, or because of the unexpected movement of the machine, injuries or electric
shocks may be caused.
Attention
Sharp corners and burrs on processed and unprocessed work-pieces should be noticed.
They may cause injuries. Gloves or other protective equipment are necessary.
When using or replacing the tools, pay attention to the sharp parts that may cause
injuries. When using tools, please wear protective equipment such as gloves etc.
When disposing chips, be careful to avoid injuries. Gloves or other protective
equipment are necessary.
The disposal of tools should comply with relevant regulations on the disposal of
hazardous materials. Arbitrary discarding will lead to injuries if touched by other
people.
Attention
Work-pieces should be properly clamped on the fixture for processing. Moreover, the
fixture should be kept fixed on the working table. A work-piece in processing that is not
completely fixed may come off the fixture and fly out to damage the work-piece and
the machine.
VII
VMC Seies
e
Prefacr
Before processing, it should be recognized that the tool has been effectively installed in
the tool component. If the installation is improper, the tool may come off and damage the
work-piece and the machine.
Before processing, confirmation should be made to ensure that the tool is not worn and
broken. Otherwise, the debris of the tool flying out may damage the machine.
Before processing, confirmation should be made to ensure that the tool component is
effectively installed on the clamp of the tool magazine in accordance with the
instructions. If the installation is improper, the tool component may come off and fly out
to damage the work-piece and the machine.
b) Danger associated with Electric

Operation and Adjustment Process
Warning
Due to the dangerous existence of unexpected machine tool movements causing risks
of injuries or electric shocks, the operation must comply with the following matters.
In the configuration operations, the main breaker (out of the electrical cabinet)
should be disconnected.
Before the baffle plate is removed for the purpose of maintenance, the circuit
breaker in the electrical cabinet must be disconnected.
In the maintenance and configuration of optional components, the circuit breaker

in the electrical cabinet and of the optional components should be disconnected.
When connecting the power supply after the removal of the cover plate for
maintenance operations, it is necessary to make sure whether there is other staff
nearby
The assembly of the Z-axis motor should be carried out when the main power of the
machine is off. Otherwise, unexpected injuries or electric shock may happen.
In the process of carrying out maintenance operations, a sign should be hung near the
circuit breaker in the electrical cabinet, which shows that no one except for the
operators is allowed to connect the power supply.
In the process of maintenance operation, as well as when the maintenance operation is
done and the power is connected to run the machine, it is important to confirm whether
there are forgotten tools in the machine. Otherwise, the movement of the machine may
lead to the jam of the tool or damage to the machine, or injuries caused by flying tools.
In the process of electrical adjustment with the cover plate removed, tools with fully
electrical protection (resin screwdrivers, etc.) should be applied. Otherwise, an electric
shock may happen.
After the maintenance operation is ended, all the components including screws
disassembled should be fitted. Otherwise, safety devices may not work properly or
correctly that cause electric shocks or injuries.
The use of the machine should be instantly stopped in the event the power cable and
the connection cable are damaged. Otherwise, electric shocks or fire may happen.
Before the replacement of the damaged cable by the maintenance staff, the machine
may not be used.
Before the disassembled cables are installed properly, the power supply of the machine
should not be connected. Otherwise, an electric shock may happen.
During the process of replacing the parts, the circuit breaker (except for the batteries
for the separated absolute pulse encoder) in the electrical cabinet should always be
disconnected . Otherwise, damages to the parts or electric shocks may happen.
In the process of replacement of fuses and batteries, the power must be cut off through
the main circuit breaker. Otherwise, an electric shock may happen.
Warning
The replacement of the CNC memory backup battery or the fluorescent lights inside the
machine should be only conducted by the maintenance staff, and routine
maintenance and preventive maintenance staff is not authorized. If the operation is
conducted by the staff with insufficient expertise, the safety devices may not fully
work, or because of the unexpected movement of the machine, injuries or electric
shocks may be caused.
VIII
VMC Series
Preface
It should be noticed that although the circuit breaker in the electrical cabinet is
disconnected, the power supply at the circuit breaker side is still connected. Moreover,
it should be noticed that there are electrical risks in the following devices connected to
the main circuit breaker side.
1.
When an external transformer is installed
2.
When external non-standard equipment is installed
Inside the electrical cabinet, even after disconnection of the main circuit breaker,
residue voltage still exists in some of the parts, so there is a danger of electric shock.
The operation necessary to contact the inside of the electrical cabinet should only be
conducted by the staff with full electrical knowledge.
Do not touch the electrical cabinet with wet hands. Otherwise, an electric shock may
happen.
Do not pour liquid onto the operating panel and the electrical cabinet. Otherwise, an
electric shock may happen.
Users of pacemakers should keep a distance from the machine. Otherwise, the
pacemaker may be affected.
c) Dangers of Heat
Warning
Inside the electrical cabinet, even after disconnection of the main circuit breaker,
residue voltage still exists in some of the parts, so there is a danger of electric shock.
The operation necessary to contact the inside of the electrical cabinet should only be
conducted by the staff with full electrical knowledge.
It should be noticed that in the operation, as well as the just-concluded shutdown, the
machine parts as follows should not be touched. Some parts of the machine may remain
in high heat and may cause scald. When it is necessary to touch the parts with high
heat, heat-resistant gloves are needed.
Servo motro of the axes (X, Y, Z axis, auxiliary axis);
Spindle Motor;
Coolant motor.
When the power supply is on and after a short while after the disconnection of the
power, it should be noticed that the following positions on the machine should not be
touched. Some positions on the machine may remain in high heat and may cause scald.
When it is necessary to touch the parts with high heat, heat-resistant gloves are needed.
Power cord;
Internal hot parts in the electrical cabinet (transformers, heat sinks).
d) Dangers in the Operation

Warning
During the installation, if the components weigh obviously more than 20kg, seem
uneasy to be lifted with bare hands, or they are heavy when trying to lift, please use a
crane. If they are lifted with bare hands, waist will undertake more burden and they may
bring injuries when falling down.
In the establishment where the machine is used, adequate lighting should be provided to
ensure a safe state, on which components of the machine can be clearly seen. Operating
in a dim place will lead to the wrong operation, which leads to accidents. In the place
where the machine is running, more than 300 lux of illumination should be ensured.
Supplementary component light inside the machine can be installed.
Do not conduct the operation with an unnatural posture such as assembling and
disassembling work-pieces far away from the table. The posture in question may bring
increased burden on the waist, and a falling work-piece, etc. may lead to unexpected
injuries. The table should be moved nearby before conducting operations.
For the operations in height, in order to reduce the possibility of falling down, a ladder
should be used to ensure a foothold. Stepping on the machine or other objects (stools or
desks) that are not used as mounting platforms may likely lead to loss of balance,
bringing unexpected accidents.
Emergency stop button operation should be first implemented in the event of the failure.
The button should be ready to be pressed at any time when necessary. Nothing shoud be
covered on the emergency stop button.
The cause that triggers the emergency stop should be eliminated before the clearance of
the emergency stop. Otherwise, the danger may happen again to bring injuries.
IX
VMC Seies
e
Prefacr
Connections of the emergency stop to the external equipment should be effectively

implemented. Accidents with inadequate connections may lead to injuries or damage to
the tools due to malfunctioning of the emergency stop device.
It is allowed to control 1 or 2 servo motors as the 4th and 5th axis (auxiliary axis).
Auxiliary axes must be configured on the working table. With the axes in other
positions, the operator will not be protected by the fixed baffle plate and the protective
door and may thus be injured.
The machine should be installed to ensure the maintenance space. For the maintennce
space, please refer to II. Configuration Method 3.
e) Clothing
Warning
Operations of the operating panel and the display with gloves on should be avoided.
Operations of the operating panel and the display with gloves on may cause mistakes
while pressing keys and pressing more than one key. Thus, a wrong operation of the
machine may happen that leads injuries or the damage to the work-piece and the
machine.
In order to prevent the accident of being caught in the machine in operations, the safety
clothes as shown below should be worn.
A cap is always required. Long hair may be caught in the machine and affect
sight, so it must be tied up in the cap;
Safety shoes are always required;
Protective glasses should be used;
Buttons at the ends of sleeves should be fastened;
No necklaces and bracelets;
No scarves.
f) Configurations on Power-up, Operations inside

the Machine, and Parameter Settings
Warning
The operator should not open the electrical cabinet. The high voltage parts inside may
lead to an electric shock. When connecting the power supply, the operation should be
conducted through the main breaker (out of the electrical cabinet) and the power switch
(on the operating panel).
The operator is not allowed to remove the fixed baffle plate. Parts of high-speed
rotation and moving parts are installed inside. The removal of the fixed baffle plate
may bring the following dangers.
Dangers of touching the parts of high-speed rotation and moving parts;
Broken tools and debris of work-pieces may fly out;
The chips may fly out;
The coolant may spray out of the machine;
Noises may be released;
The operator is not allowed to open the protective door with the power on. Otherwise,
the safety device may not work properly to lead to injuries.
When needing to open the protective door with the power off, please entrust the
maintenance staff. Operations with inadequate expertise may lead to injuries due to
unexpected movement of the machine.
The modification of the parameters should be conducted by the staff with adequate
expertise. In some cases the interlock system may not work when modifying
parameters, and thus the dangers of injuries may increase. The availability of the
interlocking system should be confirmed when modifying parameters.
g)
Warnings on Fire
Danger
Do not use the coolant with low flash point (2nd oil family with flash point lower
than ). Otherwise fire may happen. Even the coolant of 3rd oil family (with a
flashpoint between 70 and 200) and 4th oil family (with a flash point higher than
250) may be ignited, so it is necessary to pay enough attention to the state and method
of use, such as controlling the production of smoke.
VMC Series
Preface
Flammable and incendiary materials such as dilute agent, gasoline, paper, wood, cloth,
fiber, and aerosol sprays are not allowed around or near the machine (including power
cables and connection cables). These materials may be iginted by the heat of the chips
and sparks.
Warning
Guard against fire when using flammable work-pieces.
They should be processed with appropriate tools on appropriate conditions. On the
processing conditions that are not suitable with worn tools may cause fire due to heat in
cutting. Moreover, the sparks caused by broken tools that splash onto the chip may
cause fire. Please refer to the information provided by the tool manufacturers to
perform processing with appropriate tools and on appropriate conditions.
The machine must be stopped when the tool is damaged. Otherwise, the residual tools
in the work-piece and the Z-axis (spindle nose) may produce sparks due to friction, and
thereby lead to a fire of chips.
Do not use the machine with sparks splashing. Otherwise fire may happen. Procedures
and various types of settings should be fully confirmed in advance to make sure the
movements, eliminating the interference between the fixtures in order to avoid
imposing heavy loads to the tools.
Chips should be cleaned. If the internal chips stack inside the machine, the potential fire
danger will increase. Cleaning should be conducted on a regular basis, so as not to
remove chip stacking.
Oil mist and dust are not allowed around the machine. Otherwise, fire will be caused
due to sparks.
Warning
While processing a plammable work-piece, machine state should always monitored in
case of fire for appropriate and timely measures.
A fire extinguisher is ncessary nearby for a sudden event of fire. Moreover, it is
recommended that an automatic fire extinguisher be installed on the machine.
The material that is suitible for the automative fire extinguisher is as follows. Materials
other than the followings may not be sensitive to the automative fire extinguisher.
Resin;
Foam resin;
Sawdust;
Cotton;
Water-soluble cutting liquid;
Non-water-soluble flammable liquids (gasoline, lamp oil, cutting oil, machine oil,
and lubricants. Almost all the non-water-soluble hazardous material).
Clean regularly the piping and wiring (especially the sensor and nozzle) within the
automatic fire extinguisher. Of particular note is that the chips and cuting liquid
attached to the sensor and nozzle will affect the sensing of the occurrence of fire and
the spraying of liquid.
The use of the machine should be instantly stopped in the event the power cable and
the connection cable are damaged. Otherwise, electric shocks or fire may happen.
Before the replacement of the damaged cable by the maintenance staff, the machine
may not be used.
There must be enough space around the cable clip. If the ceiling, walls, beams, and
other items (such as customer-owned roof that is different from the genuine FANUC
product, etc.) of the building where the machine is set in are too close to the cable, the
possibility of fire and electric shock may increase when the power cord in the cable clip
is broken.
Adequate coolant should always be guaranteed. Inadequate coolant may cause rise of
temperature that leads to fire or damage to the tools and work-pieces.
The roof is recommended. The roof is for the following purpose: in case of fire, the
roof is able to prevent the fire from spreading to the ceiling of the building and reduce
the spread speed; the roof also reduce the amount of oxygen within the cutting lquid
baffle plate to accelerate the extinguishing of fire to promote the effectiveness of the
automatic fire extinguisher.
XI
VMC Seies
e
Prefacr
h) Maintenance
Warning
Inspection and maintenance should be carried out regularly. The inspection items
described in the maintenance sections of the manual must be implemented. Otherwise,
the machine will cause death or injuries, or damage due to the failure.
Maintenance of the replacement parts should be in accordance with the implementation
of the elements contained in the manual. Improper use of parts or wrong replacement
methods will lead to machine failure or injuries.
i) Setting and Operation of the Machine

Warning
The machine should be placed in a leveled environment. If the machine is placed in an
unstable environment, the machine may move to bring unexpected injuries. The floor
must in accordance with the following conditions while setting the machine.
Even for heavy objects of 2.5t, the ground will not be deformed and there
will not be any problem;
The floor should be leveled without any uplift or depression;
The floor should be very hard, and even if imposed with 1.5 Mpa
(15kgf/cm), the floor will not deform;
The floor should be flat;
The floor should not deteriorate with the passage of time;
The floor should not deteriorate with changes in the environment due to
day-to-day use.
Confirm that the Z axis (spindle nose) wont descend before opening the protective
door. In some extreme cases, the Z axis may descend due to failure of the Z axis brake.
It is necessary to notice if the Z axis descend after opening the protective door. The
operation below the Z axis requires a wood block that is placed between the working
table and the Z axis in case of failures to support the Z axis from descending.
Confirm if the spindle has stopped before opening the protective door while the power
is off. When disconnecting the power in the rotation of the axis, due to the inability to
control and stop the spindle, which will continue to rotate because of inertia, the chips
may fly out, or injuries may happen if touching the spindle.
Pay attention to the descending of the Z axis (spindle nose) when disassembling the Z
axis motor. When the motor is being disassembled, the Z axis may descend because the
brake integrated in the motor is also removed. This may lead to injuries by being
caught. For the removal of the motor, binds can be employed to fix the working table
and the Z axis.
For the first time using the embedded Ethernet function, please contact your network
administrator for advice, and pay attention to the IP address settings and make full
communication tests. If the IP address is incorrect, failures may happen in the
communication of the network that lead to wrong operation in other machines, so full
attention should be paid.
Cranes, slings, or steel cables for hoisting the machine should be of the capacity over
the weight of main machine part.
Keep the machine in balance when hoisting.
XII
VMC Series
Preface
3. Warning Labels and Signs

Pay more attenion to the parts with labels in the day-to-day operations.
The machine is with the following labels on.
The warning labels should be kept in a state that convenient to be recognized
and read. Never stain, damage, or remove the warning labels.
In case that the labels are lost or unable to be read, please contact the nearest
Shenyang Machine Tool or distributor.
Coordinate label
Handling label
WARNING
The machine tool should be

lifted by the figure!
XIII
VMC Series
Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SHENYANG MACHINE TOOL (GROUP) CO., LTD. ........................................................................ I
PREFACE ................................................................................................................................................ III
SAFETY POLICIES............................................................................................................................... VI
1. MACHINE SAFETY FEATURES ................................................................................................... VI
2. WARNINGS........................................................................................................................................ VII
3. WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS ................................................................................................ XIII
. OVERVIEW .................................................................................................................................... - 1 -
1 OVERVIEW ....................................................................................................................................... - 2 -
1.1 FEATURES ..................................................................................................................................... - 3 -
1.2 USE OF THE MACHINE ................................................................................................................. - 3 -
2 BASIC OPERATIONS ................................................................................................................... - 4 -
. ROUTINE RUN .............................................................................................................................. - 5 -
1 POWER ON/OFF .............................................................................................................................. - 6 -
1.1 POWER ON .................................................................................................................................... - 7 -
1.2 POWER OFF .................................................................................................................................. - 8 -
2 EMERGENCY STOP........................................................................................................................ - 9 -
3 OPEN/CLOSE THE SAFETY DOOR .......................................................................................... - 10 -
3.1 LOCKING THE SAFETY DOOR .............................................................................................. - 10 -
3.2 OPERATION LIMIT WHEN SAFETY DOOR IS OPEN ...................................................... - 10 -
3.3 RELEASE THE SAFETY DOOR LOCKING WHILE RUNNING ...................................... - 11 -
4 PREPARATION PROGRAM (CNC OPERATION).............................................................................. - 12 -
5 DRY RUN ......................................................................................................................................... - 13 -
5.1 DRY RUN ...................................................................................................................................... - 13 -
5.2 STEPS OF DRY RUN .................................................................................................................. - 13 -
5.3 DRY RUN SPEED ........................................................................................................................ - 13 -
6 AUTOMATICRUNNING(CNCOPERATION)............................................................................................. - 15 -
6.1 START OF AUTOMATIC RUNNING....................................................................................... - 15 -
6.2 STOP OF AUTOMATIC PROGRAM ....................................................................................... - 15 -
6.3 RESTART OF AUTOMATIC RUNNING ................................................................................. - 16 -
.OPERATION DETAILS ............................................................................................................... - 17 -
1 CREATE PROGRAMS .................................................................................................................. - 18 -
1.1 EDIT PROGRAMS ...................................................................................................................... - 18 -
1.1.1 CREATE PROGRAMS ............................................................................................................ - 18 -
1.1.2 MODIFYING PROGRAMS..................................................................................................... - 18 -
1.1.3 DELETING PROGRAMS ........................................................................................................ - 23 -
1.1.4 CONFIRMING PROGRAM NO. IN THE MEMORY ........................................................ - 24 -
XIV
VMC Series
Contents
1.1.5 CALLING PROGRAMS IN THE MEMORY ....................................................................... - 24 -

1.2 PROGRAMMING ........................................................................................................................ - 25 -
1.2.1 SPINDLE FUNCTION (S FUNCTION) ................................................................................. - 25 -
1.2.2 AUXILIARY FUNCTION (M FUNCTION) .......................................................................... - 25 -
1.2.3 TOOL FUNCTION (T FUNCTION)....................................................................................... - 27 -
1.2.4 SPINDLE ORIENTATION (M19 FUNCTION) .................................................................... - 27 -
1.2.5 RIGID TAPPING CYCLE (M29 FUNCTION) ..................................................................... - 27 -
2 DISPLAYING & CHANGING PARAMETERS ................................................................................ - 34 -
2.1 DISPLAYING PARAMETERS................................................................................................... - 34 -
2.2 CHANGING PARAMETERS (BY MDI PANEL) .................................................................... - 35 -
2.3 CHANGING OFFSET DATA ..................................................................................................... - 36 -
2.4 CHANGING DATA OF WORK PIECE COORDINATE SYSTEM ...................................... - 37 -
2.4.1 SETTING WORK PIECE COORDINATE SYSTEM.......................................................... - 37 -
2.4.2 SELECTING WORK PIECE COORDINATE SYSTEM .................................................... - 37 -
2.4.3 CHANGING WORK PIECE COORDINATE SYSTEM ..................................................... - 39 -
2.5 CHANGING USER MACRO PROGRAM VARIABLE ......................................................... - 41 -
2.5.1 USER MACRO PROGRAM VARIABLE .............................................................................. - 41 -
2.5.2 SETTING DISPLAYED VARIABLE VALUE ....................................................................... - 44 -
3 MANUAL OPERATIONS.............................................................................................................. - 45 -
3.1 OPERATION OF THE SPINDLE ............................................................................................. - 45 -
3.2 MOVEMENT OF EACH AXIS .................................................................................................. - 45 -
4 AUTOMATIC RUNNING .............................................................................................................. - 46 -
4.1 MDI RUNNING ............................................................................................................................ - 46 -
4.2 OPERATION OF MEMORY ..................................................................................................... - 49 -
4.3 REMOTE CONTROL RUNNING ............................................................................................. - 51 -
4.4 SETTING AND OPERATION ABOUT AUTOMATIC RUNNING..................................... - 53 -
4.4.1 SINGLE-BLOCK PROGRAM ................................................................................................ - 53 -
4.4.2 RE-START AUTOMATIC RUNNING AFTER FEED HOLDING OR STOP ................ - 54 -
4.4.3 EXECUTION OF MANUAL RUNNING DURING AUTOMATIC RUNNING .............. - 54 -
4.4.5 CUTTING FEED OVERRIDE SWITCH .............................................................................. - 54 -
4.4.6 M01 STOP .................................................................................................................................. - 54 -
4.4.7 OPTIONAL PROGRAM-BLOCK SKIP ............................................................................... - 54 -
4.4.8 RAPID MOVEMENT OVERRIDE ........................................................................................ - 55 -
4.4.9 MACHINE LOCK ..................................................................................................................... - 55 -
4.4.10 M.S.T.LOCK ............................................................................................................................ - 55 -
4.4.11 HANDLE INTERRUPT ......................................................................................................... - 55 -
4.4.12 PROGRAM RESTART .......................................................................................................... - 56 -
5 TOOL CHANGE.............................................................................................................................. - 57 -
5.1 ATTENTIONS FOR TOOL CHANGE................................................................................... - 57 -
5.1.1 ATTENTIONS FOR TOOL CHANGE OF TURRET MAGAZINE: ................................ - 57 -
XV
VMC Series
Contents
5.1.2 ATTENTIONS FOR TOOL CHANGE OF PLATE MAGAZINE: ................................... - 57 -

5.1.3 ATTENTIONS FOR TOOL CHANGE OF CHAIN MAGAZINE: ................................... - 57 -
5.2 TOOL CHANGE EXECUTION WITH M CODES AND T CODES .................................... - 58 -
5.3 TOOL CHANGE OF TURRET MAGAZINE .......................................................................... - 58 -
5.3.1 OPERATION STEPS FOR AUTOMATIC AND MANUAL TOOL CHANGE ................ - 58 -
5.3.2 TOOL CHANGE ACTIONS OF MACHINE TOOL AND MAGAZINE ......................... - 59 -
5.4 TOOL CHANGE OF PLATE TOOL MAGAZINE.................................................................. - 60 -
5.4.1 OPERATION STEPS OF AUTOMATIC AND MANUAL TOOL CHANGE.................. - 60 -
5.5 TOOL CHANGE OF CHAIN ..................................................................................................... - 61 -
5.5.1 OPERATION STEPS OF AUTOMATIC AND MANUAL TOOL CHANGE.................. - 61 -
5.6 TREATMENT OF TOOL CHANGE ERRORS ....................................................................... - 68 -
6 SPINDLE FUNCTION.................................................................................................................... - 70 -
6.1 SPINDLE ROTATING ................................................................................................................ - 70 -
6.1.1 METHOD BY MEANS OF M CODE INSTRUCTION ....................................................... - 70 -
6.1.2 ROTATING SPINDLE METHOD BY MEANS OF SPINDLE KEY ON OPERATION
PANEL ................................................................................................................................................. - 70 -
6.1.3 SPINDLE ROTATING WHILE SAFETY DOOR OPEN ................................................... - 70 -
6.2 SPINDLE OVERRIDE ................................................................................................................ - 71 -
6.3 TABLE FOR SPINDLE LOAD .................................................................................................. - 71 -
6.4 ORIENTING OF THE SPINDLE (M19)................................................................................... - 72 -
6.5 SPEED CHANGE OF SPINDLE ................................................................................................ - 72 -
6.5.1 SPINDLE MECHANICAL SPEED CHANGE ...................................................................... - 72 -
6.5.2 ELECTRIC SPEED CHANGE OF SPINDLE ...................................................................... - 73 -
7 AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS OF MACHINE................................................................................ - 74 -
7.1 HYDRAULIC STATION ............................................................................................................. - 74 -
7.2 CHIP CONVEYOR ...................................................................................................................... - 74 -
7.2.1 SPIRAL CHIP CONVEYOR ................................................................................................... - 74 -
7.2.2 CHAIN CHIP CONVEYOR .................................................................................................... - 75 -
7.3 PAPER STRIP FILTER ............................................................................................................... - 75 -
7.4 LIFTING PUMP ........................................................................................................................... - 75 -
7.5 WORK-PIECE AND TOOL MEASUREMENTS ................................................................... - 75 -
7.5.1 WORK-PIECE MEASUREMENT ......................................................................................... - 75 -
7.5.2 TOOL MEASUREMENT ......................................................................................................... - 76 -
7.6 COOLING OF ELECTRIC CABINET ..................................................................................... - 76 -
7.6.1 CABINET FAN .......................................................................................................................... - 76 -
7.6.2 AIR CONDITIONER ................................................................................................................ - 76 -
7.6.3 HEAT EXCHANGER ............................................................................................................... - 76 -
7.7 MACHINE COOLING AND OIL MIST COLLECTING ...................................................... - 76 -
XVI
VMC Series
Contents
7.7.1 WATER COOLING................................................................................................................... - 77 -

7.7.2 INNER COOLING .................................................................................................................... - 77 -
7.7.3 AIR COOLING .......................................................................................................................... - 77 -
7.8 MACHINE ILLUMINATION .................................................................................................... - 78 -
7.8.1 ELECTRIC CABINET ILLUMINATION ............................................................................. - 78 -
7.8.2 ILLUMINATION FOR WORK-PIECES............................................................................... - 78 -
7.9 INTRODUCTION OF MACHINE FIXTURES ....................................................................... - 78 -
7.10 TRANSFORMERS ..................................................................................................................... - 78 -
7.11 LUBRICATION.......................................................................................................................... - 78 -
7.12 WATER GUN AND AIR GUN ................................................................................................. - 79 -
8 DISPLAYING OF ALARM, OPERATION & DIAGNOSIS .................................................... - 80 -
8.1 CNC INTERFACE ....................................................................................................................... - 80 -
8.1.1 ALARM INFORMATION INTERFACE .............................................................................. - 80 -
8.1.2 OPERATION INFORMATION INTERFACE ...................................................................... - 81 -
9 OVER-TRAVEL RELEASES........................................................................................................ - 82 -
10 RELEASE OF TOOL CAPTURE STATUS .............................................................................. - 83 -
11 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA............................................................................................................... - 84 -
11.1 DISPLAYING THE CONTENTS OF FILES ......................................................................... - 84 -
11.2 SEARCHING FILE.................................................................................................................... - 86 -
11.3 READING FILE ......................................................................................................................... - 87 -
11.4 WRITING FILE ......................................................................................................................... - 89 -
11.5 DELETING FILE ....................................................................................................................... - 90 -
11.6 ALL INPUT/OUTPUT BY THE MEMORY CARD ............................................................. - 91 -
12 TOOL LIFE MANAGEMENT FUNCTION ............................................................................. - 96 -
12.1 DATA FOR MANAGING TOOL LIFE .................................................................................. - 97 -
12.2 RECORDING, MODIFYING AND DELETING THE DATA FOR MANAGING TOOL
LIFE ..................................................................................................................................................... - 98 -
12.3 TOOL-LIFE MANAGEMENT COMMAND APPLIED IN MACHINING PROGRAMS ..... 100 -
12.4 TOOL LIFE .............................................................................................................................. - 102 -
12.5 PARAMETERS ASSOCIATED WITH TOOL-LIFE MANAGEMENT ......................... - 103 -
13 STATUS INDICATORS ............................................................................................................. - 108 -
14 DRILLING CYCLE FOR SMALL DEEP HOLES .......................................................................... - 109 -
15 HIGH-SPEED SKIP FUNCTION ............................................................................................. - 113 -
16 FIXED CYCLES FOR HIGH-SPEED POSITIONING DRILLING ................................... - 118 -
16.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................................. - 118 -
16.2 FIXED CYCLE ......................................................................................................................... - 118 -
16.3 PARAMETER........................................................................................................................... - 125 -
16.4 NOTICES .................................................................................................................................. - 125 -
17 ORIGIN RESTORATION METHOD & PARAMETERS FOR MACHINE ADJUSTMENT . - 126 -
XVII
VMC Series
Contents
APPENDIX ........................................................................................................................................ - 127 -

A LIST OF G CODES ...................................................................................................................... - 128 -
B OPERATION LIST....................................................................................................................... - 133 -
C ALARM LIST ............................................................................................................................... - 136 -
D RECOMMENDED FLASH CARD .................................................................................................. - 189 -
E EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION ................................................................................... - 190 -
F M CODES LIST ............................................................................................................................ - 193 -
G MAIN ELECTRIC PARTS LIST ............................................................................................... - 196 -
H PMC PARAMETERS LIST ........................................................................................................ - 199 -
I LIST OF SOFT SWITCHES ........................................................................................................ - 205 -
J POSITION OF ELECTRIC PARTS ON MACHINE ............................................................... - 206 -
K ELECTRIC ELEMENTS DIAGRAM....................................................................................... - 207 -
L THE LIST OF THE DIRECTIVE B ABOUT SPINDLE ORIENTATION POINT. ......... - 208 -
M THE SETTING UP AND USE OF FUNCTION IN PROHIBITED REGION..................... - 232 -
N PMC PARAMETERS LIST MATE ......................................................................................... - 235 -
XVIII
VMC Series
Overview
. Overview
-1-
VMC Series
Overview
Overview
VMC Series Machine Tools belong to vertical machining centers
controlled by CNC system to realize cutting, like drilling, tapping
and milling. Please dont use the machine tool for other purposes.
Please dont use the machine tool for other purposes.
-2-
VMC Series
Overview
1.1 Features
(1) Linear and curve machining
In milling operations, high-precision linear and curve machining can
be performed from different angles.
(2) Rigid tapping

In the rigid tapping with simultaneous feed of the spindle and the Z
axis, the tapping riveting machine is not used so as to carry out
high-speed and high-precision tapping in a short period of time.
(3) Complete NC function

Full NC functions are provided, corresponding to drilling, tapping,
milling, and model machining.
(4) Safety functions

The safety functions of the machine comply with Class 3 of
European safety standard EN954-1.
The machine is manufactured according to the Appendix I of Machine
Tool Commands 98/37/EC.
1.2 Use of the Machine

VMC Series Machines are vertical drillers controled by the CNC
(computer numerical control device) for cutting, which can carry out
milling, drilling, boring, and tapping.
Please do not use the machine tools for other purposes.
Cutting performance is subject to the differences of work-pieces,
tools, and coolants. Please refer to the operation manual of tools and
coolants when using the machine.
-3-
VMC Series
2.Basic Operations
Basic Operations
Standard interface for FANUC series over FANUC Series-21I
Function keys are used to select the category of the menu

to be displayed.
MDI panel is available with following function keys.
Pos
PROG
OFFSET
SETTING
SYSTEM
MESSAGE
GRAPH
CUSTOM1
-4-
The key can be used to display position display menu.
The key can be used to display program menu.

The key can be used to display offset/setting menu.
The key can be used to display system menu.
The key can be used to display information menu
The key can be used to display graphic menu.
The key can be used to display user-defined menu (dialog macro menu)
VMC Series
Routine Run
. Routine Run
-5-
VMC Series
1. Power On/Off
Power On/Off
The input power supply for the machine tools of this series (standard type) is of
three-phase and four-wire system with 3380V, 50HZ. In addition, it can also be
changed according to the different voltage requirements of different countries, for
example, the input voltage can be changed into 3220V, 60HZ, 3440V, 60HZ or
3600V, 60HZ.
Fluctuating range:
voltage
stabilized voltage for AC power supply is 0.91.1 times of rated voltage.
Frequency
0.991.01 times of rated frequency (continuous)

0.981.02 times of rated frequency (short period)
Harmonics
a total of 2~5 harmonic distortions shall not exceed 10% of the voltage
virtual value, and a maximum of total 6030 harmonic distortions shall not
exceed 2% of additional voltage of wiring.
Unbalanced voltage of three-phase power supply neither negative sequence component
nor zero sequence component of voltage is permitted to exceed 2% of the
positive-sequence component of the voltage, and on the side of the power
supply of the machine, a short-circuit protection device is provided, of which
diameter for inlet wires shall not be less than 16mm (single phase). The inlet
wiring for general power supply is led from bottom of the electric cabinet, and
under condition that the voltage of power grid does not conform to above
mentioned request, users must add a device for stabilizing voltage, achieving
requested voltage, and otherwise, it is not allowed to use the machine.
Notice: if the input voltage of the machine is in three-phase and five-wire system,
please connect the zero wire on the transformer to the neutral wire instead of to
the granded wier.
Inspection Before Running
In order to assure the safety for operator and machine, please check according to the
following before running the machine to guarantee the safety and service life of the
machine.
1 Check if there is damage to circuits, pipes and connectors.
2 Check if the voltage, frequency and phase sequence of input power supply are all
correct.
3 Make sure all the control switches are correctly installed, with no interference or
obstruct.
4 Switch on the power supply, checking if the spindle fan motor starts to run
normally.
5 Disconnect the main power before leaving.
-6-
VMC series
1. Power ON/OFF
1.1 Power On
1) Set the handwheel of the breaker on the cabinet door of the control device to the
position ON and to the position where a sound of click is heard. (Please make sure
if the cabinet door of the control device is well closed, and if the door is still open, it is
only allowed to close the door at first, and then set the handwheel of the breaker on the
cabinet door of control device to the position ON).
Figure 2.1 Breaker is set at the position ON

2) Press the button POWER ON on the operation panel, switch on the power.
3) Several seconds after switching on the power supply, start-up progress bar (NOT
READY) displayed on the LCD menu will disappear, and the machine is ready to start.
4) Make sure that the cooling equipment in the cabinet is running.
Important
During power ON, except for button POWER ON, never press the other buttons
(buttons on MDI panel and operation panel of the machine).
-7-
VMC Series
1. Power On/Off
1.2 Power Off

1) Make sure the indicator for button CYCLESTART on the operation panel goes out.
2) Make sure all the movable parts of the machine are stopped.
3) Disconnect the power suply of the Input/Output device connected if any.
4) Press the Emergency-stop button.
5) Press the POWER OFF button to cut off the power of CNC.
6) Turn the hand-wheel on the cabinet of control device to OFF.
Figure 2.2 Breaker OFF
Warning
It should be noticed that although the circuit breaker in the electrical cabinet is
disconnected, the power supply at the circuit breaker side is still connected.
Moreover, it should be noticed that there are electrical risks in the following devices
connected to the main circuit breaker side.
1. When an external transformer is installed
2. When external non-standard equipment is installed
Important
During power ON, except for button POWER ON, never press the other buttons
(buttons on MDI panel and operation panel of the machine).
-8-
VMC Series
2. Emergency Stop
Emergency Stop
Warning
Emergency stop button operation should be first implemented in the event
of the failure of the machine. It is necessary to well prepared so that the
button can be pressed at any moment. Nothing shoud be covered on the
emergency stop button.
The cause that triggers the emergency stop should be eliminated before the
clearance of the emergency stop. Otherwise, the danger may happen again
to result in injuries.
The button is used to instantaneously stop the machine while emergency

occurs.
In case that the machine is executing unexpected operation, it is able to stop
all operation of the machine via the e-stop button.
While E-stop button is pressed, the status of each part of the machine is as
follows:
1 All moving axes stop immediately.
2 The rotating spindle stops immediately.
3 Cooling device stops working.
4 The control device is on alarm disabling all automatic and manual
operation.
5 The Z axis descends slightly.
If the E-stop button is pressed during a tool changing, the following may
occur according to operation status.
1 While the spindle is registering, it stops immediately.
2 While the Z axis is rising, Z axis will stop moving immediately and the
control status of the spindle will be cancelled.
3 While the Z axis is descending, Z axis will stop moving immediately
and the control status of the spindle will be cancelled.
4 While the magazine is rotating, the magazine will stop rotating.
5 While the ATC is changing tool, the ATC will stop changing tool.
Locking is effective upon the E-stop is pressed, and is cleared via turning it
to the right.
Supplementary information
While E-stop button is pressed, the current supplied to the motor will be cut
off.
-9-
VMC Series
3 Open/Close the Safety door
Open/Close the Safety Door

Warning
Make sure that the Z axis (spindle nose) wont descend before opening the
safety door. The operation below the Z axis requires a wood block that is
placed between the working table and the Z axis in case of failures of the Z
axis brake that cause danger.
When disconnecting the power in the rotation of the spindle, due to the
inability to control and stop the spindle, which will continue to rotate
because of inertia, the chips may fly out. Therefore, it is necessary to make
sure that the spindle has stopped before opening the safety door.
Locking mechanism is provided on the safety door, and before the safety
status is confirmed, the safety door is not able to be opened. In order to use
the machine safely, while the safety door is under opening status, the running
of the machine will be limited. Besides, while the machine is running, if
releasing operation is executed (pressing the key for opening/closing safety
door on the operation panel), the machine will be paused.
3.1 Locking the Safety Door

Locking mechanism is provided so that normally the door can not be opend.
The following operations will unlock the door.
1 Press the DOOR button for opening/closing safety door on the operation
panel.
2 Execute M02 or M30.(PMC parameter K12.6=1)
While the locking for the safety door is released, the indicator for the button
for opening/closing safety door on the operation panel will be on.
The following operations will lock the door.
Close the safety door, press the button for opening/closing safety door on the
operation panel, and the indicator for button for opening/closing safety door
on the operation panel will be off.
3.2 Operation Limit When Safety Door Is Open

If the safety door is open, the machine will be under following limits.
1 Automatic run is disabled.
2 MDI is disabled.
3 Cooling is disabled.
4 Tool changing is disabled.
5 Velocity of manual run is limited.
6 In the manual operation with the safety door on,
If the mode is switched, operations of the spindle and axes will be
- 10 -
VMC Series
3. Open/Close the Safety Door

stopped.
When the safety door is closed, the spindle and the axes will halt.
NOTEIf
you
standby Inserting
want
to
work
when
the
safety
door
open you
must
let the bolt of
the door lock!
3.3 Release the Safety Door Locking While Running

While the safety door under locking status is unlocked, the machine will stop
in the following ways.
1 Spindle and other axes will stop running after retarding.
2 If the machine is under tool changing status, the machine will stop after
tool chainging terminates..
3 Cooler and the oil mist collector stop.
4 During the rigid tapping, after moving to point R, the movement of each
axis and rotation of the spindle will stop after retarding.
5 Pause of the machine will terminate.
6 In spindle regstration operation, the spindle stops after registration.
Follow the steps below to re-enable automatic run.
1 While the safety door is closed when it is set at Open position, the safety
door will be locked automatically; the indicator for the button for
opening/closing safety door on the operation panel will be off; by the
button for opening/closing safety door on the operation panel, the
indicator goes out.
3 Press the button for coolant and mist collector to restart the coolant
and mist collector.
3 Press the start button to set automatic run mode.
- 11 -
VMC Series
4 Preparation Program
Preparation Program (CNC Operation)

Calling programs
Three methods are available.
1Press the mode selection key [AUTO] , switching to the running mode.
2Press the key [PROG] to select program menu.
3Three methods are available to select programs:
1) Under the program menu or check menu, enter the program name, and
then press the key [ PROGRAM SEARCH ] to search program.
2) Under the program menu or check menu, press the soft key [ PROGRAM
SEARCH ]and then press the key [ PREV PROGRM ] or [ NEXT
PROGRM ] to search the previous or next program.
3) On the program menu, select the program to be called by a cursor key. And
then press the key [OPERATION] and [MAIN PROGRM].
And auto running is ready.
If the required program is not available, alarm information SPECIFIED

PROGRAM NOT FOUND will be displayed to indicate that it is unable to
find your specified program. Press the key < CAN > or < RESET > and then
enter the correct program name.
- 12 -
VMC Series
5. Dry Run
DRY Run
5.1 DRY Run

Tool speed is corresponding to the parameter value, and has no relationship
with the feed speed instructed in the program. The function can be used to
inspect the tool movement under the condition that work pieces are not
installed.
Tool
Working table
Figure 5. trial run
5.2 Steps of Dry Run

Press the dry run key on the operation panel then start automatic running,
And then the tool moves at the speed set by the parameter value. Rapid
speed switch can also be used to change the speed of machine.
5.3 Dry run Speed

Dry run speed changes according to rapid speed button status and parameter
values as in the table below:
Rapid speed
button
Program command
- 13 -
VMC Series
5.Dry run
Rapid movement
Feed
ON
Rapid speed
Dry run speed JVmax *2)
OFF
Dry run speed JV

or rapid speed *1)
Dry run speed JV*2)
Max. Cutting feed speed
.set by parameter No.1422
Rapid speed.
.set by parameter No.1420
Dry run speed .
set by parameter No.1410
JV: JOG feed override

*1) when parameter RDR (No.1401#6) is set to 1, it is dry run speedJV. And
while parameter RDR is set to 0, it is rapid speed.
*2) Limited at the maximum rapid speed
JV max: max JOG feed override
- 14 -
VMC Series
6. Automatic Running
Automatic Running (CNC Operation)
6.1 Start of Automatic Running

By means of pressing the cycle start key, it is able to start the automatic
operation.
By means of pressing the tool feed button or reset key, it is able to interrupt
or stop the automatic operation. Besides, if program stop or program end
command is set in the program, the automatic running can be interrupted.
After completing one machining program, the automatic operation will stop
automatically.
Start
Cycle start
Tool feed stop

Reset
Program stops
Program ends
Stop
Automatic operation
Stop caused by
a program
Figure 1.3(b) Start and stop under automatic operation status
6.2 Stop of Automatic Program

It is available to use the button [FEED HOLD] or [SINGLE BLOCK]
(single segment) to keep automatic running.
1) Keep automatic running by means of the button [FEED HOLD].
While the button [FEED HOLD] is pressed, automatic running will be kept,
and the indicating light for the button will be on. At the same time, the
indicating light for button [CYCLE START] goes off.
2) Keep automatic running by means of button [SINGLE BLOCK] (single
segment).
While the button [SINGLE BLOCK] is pressed, the machine will stop after
a segment has been executed, and when the button [CYCLE START] is
pressed again, the machine will stop after re-execution of the

next segment.
- 15 -
VMC Series
6.Automatic Running
6.3 Restart of Automatic Running

By means of pressing the key [CYCLE START], it is able to restart the
automatic running, and in this case, the indicating light of the button will be
on. At the same time, the indicating light for the button [FEED HOLD]
goes off.
- 16 -
VMC Series
Operation Details
.Operation Details
- 17 -
VMC Series
1. Create Programs
Create Programs
1.1 Edit Programs

1.1.1 Create Programs
1) Select EDIT mode.
2) Press the function key < PROG > to display program menu.
3) Enter program No.<0>****.
While inputting programs, it is necessary to use the key < INSERT >.
1.1.2 Modifying Programs

It is available to insert, modify or delete the programs in the storage.
Steps:
1) Select EDIT mode.
2) Press the function key PROG;
3) And then select the program to be edited.
If the program to be edited has been selected, then execute step 4. And if
not, please search program number.
4) Search the word to be modified according to the following methods.
Scan (search) method
Word searching method
5) Modify, insert or delete the word.
Word searching
There are three methods available to search words: press the cursor key, and
then scan the whole text; word searching; address searching.
Word searching steps:
An example of searching for S12 is as follows:
- 18 -
VMC Series
1. Create Programs
Searching/scanning N01234
Searching S12
Steps:
1) Press the address key
2) Use value key to enter
If only S1 is entered, it will be unable to search S12.

While searching S09, if only S9 is entered, it will be unable to
search
S09.
While searching S09you must input S09.
3) Press the keySRH(searching)to start searching operation.
After searching operation is completed, the cursor will be stopped at S12.
If the keySRH, not the keySRHis pressed, the reverse searching
will be executed.
Address Searching
Steps for address searching
An example of searching for M03 is as follows:
Search M03
Steps:
1) Press the address key.
2) Press the soft keySRH(searching)to start searching operation.
After searching operation is completed, the cursor will be stopped at M03.
If the keySRH, not the keySRHis pressed, the reverse searching
will be executed.
- 19 -
VMC Series
1. Create Programs
Searching for program start position

The cursor may skip to the beginning of the program. And the searching in
which the cursor moves to the beginning of the program is called searching
for program start position.
Searching for program start position
Steps:
Method No. 1
1 Under the EDIT mode, select program menu and then press the
key
. While the cursor returns to the beginning of the program, the
content of the program will be displayed from the beginning on the CRT
screen.
Method No. 2
1 Under MEMORY or EDIT mode, select the program menu and then press
the address key O.
2 Enter the program number.
3 Press the soft keyO SRH(searching for program number).
Method No. 3
1 Select MEMORY or EDIT mode.
2 Press the function key.
3 Press the soft key(OPRT)
(operation).
4 Press the soft keyREWIND(rewind).
Insert a word
Steps:
1 Search or scan the word to be inserted before a word.
2 Enter the inserted address.
3 Enter a data.
4 Press the key
An example of inserting T15 is as follows:

1 Search or scan Z1250.
- 20 -
VMC Series
1. Create Programs
Searching/scanning Z1250.0
..
2 Use Address/Value key to enter
3 Press the key
to edit.
Insert T15
Modify a word
Steps:
1 Search or scan the word to be modified.
2 Enter the inserted address.
3 Enter a data.
4 Press the key
to edit.
Take changing T15 into M15 as an example.

1 Search or scan T15.
Searching or scanning T15
- 21 -
VMC Series
1. Create Programs
2 Use Address/ Value key to enter
3 Press the key
to edit.
Be modified to M15
Delete a word
Steps
1 search or scan the word to be deleted.
2 Press the key
to edit.
Take deleting X100.0 as an example.

1) Search or scan X100.0.
Search or scan X100.0
2) Press the key
to edit.
Delete X100.0
- 22 -
VMC Series
1. Create Programs
1.1.3 Deleting Programs

One or more than one segments in a program can be deleted.
Steps:
By means of following operation, delete a program from the present word
to its EOB, and then the cursor moves to the address of the next word.
1 search or scan the address of the program segment to be deleted.
2 Press the key
3 Press the key
to edit.
Example for deleting program segment N01234:

1) Search or scan N01234.
2) Press the key

3) Press the key
.
.
Segment including N01234 is

deleted.
- 23 -
VMC Series
1. Create Programs
1.1.4 Confirming Program No. in the Memory

1)
Select EDIT mode and then press the function key [(PORT)].
2)
By means of pressing key [NEXT PROGRM] or [PREV PROGRM],

display the memory content and program content.
1.1.5 Calling Programs in the Memory

1)
Select EDIT mode or MEMORY mode.
2)
2) Press the function key
3)
Press the address key O.
4)
Enter the program number to be searched.
5)
Press the soft keyO SRH to search program No.
6)
After completing searching, the program number searched will be
to display program menu.
displayed at the upper right corner of the CRT screen.
- 24 -
VMC Series
1. Create Programs
1.2 Programming
1.2.1 Spindle Function (S Function)
Method to specify spindle velocity with the code
Enter a code signal or read pulse signal by specifying a value following
address S, and in this way, the spindle velocity on one side of the machine
can be controlled.
Only one S code can be specified for one segment. When move command
and S code command are present simultaneously in a segment, the
execution sequence is different following two statements below.
1.
PMC parameter K17.5=1

Parameter No.3708.0=1No.3740=50 No.4022=150
S code execute first until the spindle speed reach the
injunction speed then execute move command.
2.
PMC parameter K17.5=0

Parameter No.3708.0=0No.3740=0 No.4022=0
S code and move command will be execute at the same time.
1.2.2 Auxiliary Function (M Function)

General
There are two kinds of auxiliary functions available: auxiliary function (M
code) used to specify spindle start/stop, program ending, etc; auxiliary
function (B code) used to specify positioning of index working table.
If a value following Address M is specified, a code signal and a gating
pulse signal will be sent. All there signals are used to control power
ON/OFF of the machine.
In appendix, there is M CODES LIST indicating the Corresponding
relationship between M codes and function.
Except M98, M99 and M198M codes (parameters No.60716079) used
to call one subprogram and M codes (parameters No.60806089) used to
call one assigned macro, all M codes shall be operated in the machine.
Explanation:
M codes possess following special meanings:
- M02, M30 (a program ends)

The codes show the ending of main program.
Under this status, automatic operation will be stopped and CNC device will
be reset. After a segment of the specified program has been executed,
re-return to the beginning of the program.
Parameter M02 (No.3404#5) or M30 (No.3404#4) can be used to make
M02 or M30 not return to the beginning of the program.
- M00 (a program stops)

After a specified program segment M00 has been executed, automatic
operation will be stopped.
While the program is stopped, all existing modal information will be saved.
And then it is able to re-execute automatic operation by starting automatic
operation.
- M01 (optional stop)
- 25 -
VMC Series
1. Create Programs
It is similar to M00and after a specified program segment M01 has been
executed, automatic operation will be stopped. However, the code is only
valid when the switch [ACTIVAE M01] for optional stop on the operation
panel is set to ON.
- M98 (calling a subprogram)
The code can be used to call a subprogram.
Code signal and gating pulse signal will not be sent.
- M99 (a subprogram ends)
The codes show a subprogram ends.
While M99 is being executed, it is able to return to main program. Code
signal and gating pulse signal will not be sent.
- M198 (calling a subprogram)
The code can be used to call a subprogram from a file in the external
input/output function.
Notes:
Generally, only one M code can be specified to one program segment.
However, if the parameter M3B (No.3404#7) is set to 1up to three M
codes can be specified in one program segment, and the three M codes will
be output to the machine simultaneously. Compared with the status that
only one M code is specified in one program, machining cycle of the
machine can be shortened.
Explanation:
CNC allows up to three M codes to be set in one program segment.
However, due to operation limit of the machine, some M codes cannot be
specified at the same time. Never specify M00, M01, M02, M30, M98,
M99, and M198 with other M codes simultaneously. Some M codes
different from M00, M01, M02, M30, M98, M99 and M198 can not be
specified with another M code, and some M code must be specified in a
single program segment. M06 must be specified separately. On the contrary,
several M codes not used to execute a certain internal CNC operation after
sending an M code signal to the machine can be specified in a single
segment.
For example:
There is one M code command in a single segment.
One M code command in a single segment
- 26 -
Several M code commands in a single segment
VMC Series
1. Create Programs
1.2.3 Tool Function (T Function)

Tool selection function
The tool mounted on the machine can be selected by assigning a value (8
digits at most) after address T.
One T code command can be specified in one program segment.
While a movement command and a T code appear are specified in the same
segment, please refer to operation details 5.2 Tool Change Execution with
M Codes and T Codes.
1.2.4 Spindle Orientation (M19 Function)

M19;
By means of this instruction, it is able to stop the spindle at the position set
by the parameter (4077).
The instruction is valid before spindle running instruction (M03, M04),
spindle stop instruction (M05) and program ending (M00, M0, etc.) are
executed. The reset key can cut off the spindle excitation, but cannot cancel
the instruction.
Never execute this instruction during tool changing, fixed cycle or rigid
tapping.
1.2.5 Rigid Tapping Cycle (M29 Function)

(1) General
Tapping cycle (G84) and reverse tapping cycle (G74) can be executed under
the standard mode or rigid tapping mode. Under the standard mode, the
spindle running or stop are both accompanied with movement along the
tapping axis. Tapping axis takes the advantage of auxiliary function (M
code) to do tapping operation: M03 (spindle forward), M04 (spindle reverse)
and M05 (spindle stop). Under the rigid tapping mode, the tapping is
realized by control of spindle motor (take it as a servo motor) and the
interpolation between the spindle and tapping axis. While tapping under
rigid tapping mode, once the spindle rotates for one revolution, the tapping
axis will move forward for a certain distance (pitch). Even if during the
accelerating or retarding, the above operation will not be changed.
Herewith, it is not necessary to use changeable taps for rigid tapping mode
(required under standard mode), and therefore, it is able to carry out the
tapping operation more accurately and faster.
(2) Rigid tapping (G84)
If the spindle motor is controlled to be under rigid mode (take it as a servo
motor), the tapping cycle can be faster.
Format:
- 27 -
VMC Series
1. Create Programs
: Data of hole position

: Distance from point R to hole bottom and hole bottom position
: Distance from initial horizontal position to point R.
: Interruption time for returning from hole bottom and point R
: Tool feed speed during cutting
: Repetition times (limited to that repetition is required)
(FS15 format)
: Repetition times (limited to that repetition is required)
Spindle stop
Spindle stop
Initial horizontal
position
Operation 1
Operation
6
Spindle stop
Spindle Operation 2
forward
Point R
R horizontal pos.
Operation 3
Spindle
forward
Spindle stop
Point R
R horizontal pos.
Operation 5
Point Z
Point Z
Spindle stop
Operation 4
Spindle
reverse
Spindle
reverse
Spindle stop
Explanation:
After positioning along X-axis and positioning along Y-axis are completed,
rapidly move to the horizontal position of point R.
Carry out the tapping operation from horizontal position of point R to point
Z. After tapping has been finished, spindle will stop running, interrupted.
And then spindle will run reversely, and tool will withdraw to the horizontal
position of point R, spindle stopping rotating.
After that, the spindle will
rapidly move to the initial horizontal position.

While tapping is being carried out, tool feed speed overload and spindle
overload are both set to 100%. However, the allowed overload for
withdrawing operation (operation 5) can be 2000%, which depends on set
values of parameter DOV (No.5200 #4), parameter OVU (No.5201 #3) and
parameter No.5211.
Rigid tapping mode
- 28 -
VMC Series
1. Create Programs
It is available to use one the following three methods to specify the rigid
tapping method:
- specify M29 S***** before tapping command.
- specify M29 S***** in the program segment including tapping command.
- Set parameter G84 No.5200#0 to 1.
- pitch
Under feed per min. mode, tool feed speed spindle speedpitch.
Under feed per revolution modetool feed speedpitch.
- Compensation for tool length
During the fixed cycle, if tool length compensation is specified (G43, G44,
G49), the offset value will be adopted during orientation to point R.
- switching of axes
Before switching drilling axis, it is necessary to cancel the fixed cycle. If
the switching of drilling axis is carried out under rigid tapping mode,
warner P/S (No.206) will send out alarm.
- S command
If the speed is higher than max speed of the applied gears, No.200 of P/S
warner will send out alarm.
During rigid tapping, S command will be delete during the fixed cycle of
rigid tapping, and in this way, S0 is set to the specified the status.
- Spindle quantum
If operation of unit testing is carried out within 8msec while the speed
requiring more than 32767 pulses is specified, P/S warner (No.202) will
send out alarm because the operation cannot be assured.
- F command
If the specified value is over the upper limit of cutting feed speed, warner
P/S (No.011) will send out alarm.
- Unit of F command
Metric input
Inch input
G94 1mm/min
0.01 inch/min
G950.01mm/rev 0.0001 inch/rev
- M29
remarks
decimal programming allowed
If S command and axis movement command are specified between M29

and G84, warner P/S (No.203) will send out alarm. If during the tapping
cycle, M29 is specifiedwarner P/S (No.204) will send out alarm. Specify P
in the program segment for drilling operation. If P is specified in the
program segment for not drilling operation, it cannot be stored as a modal
data.
- Cancel
Do not use the G codes ((G00 G03, G60 (when parameter
MDL(No.5431#0) is set to 1) specified in group 01 by the program segment
which is the same as G84, and otherwise, G84 will be cancelled.
- Tool position offset
Under this fixed cycle mode, tool position offset is omitted.
- re-start the program
During rigid tapping cycles, it is unable to re-start the program.
- calling subprogram
Please use a separate program segment to specify the subprogram calling
command M98P_ under fixed cycle mode.
- 29 -
VMC Series
1. Create Programs
For example
Z-axis feed speed 1000mm/min
Spindle speed 1000 min 1
Pitch 1.0mm
programming for feed/min
G94; specify feed/min
G00 X120.0 Y100.0; positioning
M29 S1000; specify rigid tapping mode
G84 Z-100.0 R-20.0 F1000; rigid tapping
programming for feed/revolution
G95; specify feed/revolution
G84 Z-100.0 R-20.0 F1.0; rigid tapping
(3) Rigid reverse tapping cycle (G74)
While spindle motor is controlled under the rigid mode (take it as a servo
motor), the tapping cycle can be faster.
Format

: Pause duration for returning from hole bottom and point R
: Repetition times (only when repetition is required)
(FS15 format)
: Repetition times (only when repetition is required)
- 30 -
VMC Series
1. Create Programs
Spindle stop
Spindle stop
Initial horizontal
position
Operation 1
Operation 2
Spindle
reverse
Operation 6
Spindle stop
Point R
Spindle
reverse
Point R
R horizontal pos.
Operation 3
Spindle
stop
R horizontal pos.
Operation 5
Point Z
Spindle stop
Operation 4
Spindle
forward
Point Z
Spindle
forward
Spindle stop
Explanation
After positioning along X-axis and positioning along Y-axis are completed,
rapidly move to the horizontal position of point R.
Carry out the tapping operation from horizontal position of point R to point
Z. After tapping has been finished, spindle will stop running, interrupted.
And then spindle will run reversely, and tool will withdraw to the horizontal
position of point R, spindle stopping rotating.
After that, the spindle will
rapidly move to the initial horizontal position.

While tapping is being carried out, tool feed speed overload and spindle
overload are both set to 100%. However, the allowed overload for
withdrawing operation (operation 5) can be 2000%, which depends on set
values of parameter DOV (No.5200 #4), parameter OVU (No.5201 #3) and
parameter No.5211.
-Rigid tapping mode
It is available to use one the following three methods to specify the rigid
tapping method:
- Specify M29 S***** before tapping command.
-Specify M29 S***** in the program segment including tapping command.
- Set parameter G84 No.5200#0 to 1.
- pitch
Under feed per min. mode, tool feed speed spindle speedpitch.
Under feed per revolution modetool feed speedpitch.
- Compensation for tool length
During the fixed cycle, if tool length compensation is specified (G43, G44,
G49), the offset value will be adopted during orientation to point R.
- Command of FS15 format
Rigid tapping can be carried out by command of FS15 format. For sequence
and limit of rigid tapping (including the data transmission between PMC),
- 31 -
VMC Series
1. Create Programs
please refer to FS16i/18i for execution.
- Switching of axes
Before switching drilling axis, it is necessary to cancel the fixed cycle. If
the switching of drilling axis is carried out under rigid tapping mode,
warner P/S (No.206) will send out alarm.
- S command
- If the speed higher than the maximum speed of applied gears, No.200 of
P/S warner will send out alarm.
During rigid tapping, S command will be delete during the fixed cycle of
rigid tapping, and in this way, S0 is set to the specified the status.
- Spindle quantum
If operation of unit testing is carried out within 8msec while the speed
requiring more than 32767 pulses is specified, P/S warner (No.202) will
send out alarm because the operation cannot be assured.
- F command
If the specified value is over the upper limit of cutting feed speed, warner
P/S (No.011) will send out alarm.
- Unit for F command
Metric input
Inch input
G94 1mm/min
0.01 inch/min
G95 0.01mm/rev 0.0001 inch/rev
- M29
remarks
If S command and axis movement command are specified between M29

and G74, warner P/S (No.203) will send out alarm. If during the tapping
cycle, M29 is specifiedwarner P/S (No.204) will send out alarm. Specify P
in the program segment for drilling operation. If P is specified in the
program segment for not drilling operation, it cannot be stored as a modal
data.
- Cancel
Do not use the G codes (G00 G03, G60 (when parameter
MDL(No.5431#0) is set to 1)) specified in group 01 by the program
segment which is the same as G74, and otherwise, G74 will be cancelled.
Under this fixed cycle mode, tool position offset is omitted.
- Re-start the program
During rigid tapping cycles, it is unable to re-start the program.
- Calling subprogram
Please use a separate program segment to specify the subprogram calling
command M98P_ under fixed cycle mode.
For example:
Z-axis feed speed 1000mm/min
Spindle speed 1000 min 1
Pitch 1.0mm
programming for feed/min
G94; specify feed/min
G74 Z-100.0 R-20.0 F1000; rigid tapping
programming for feed/revolution
G95; specify feed/revolution
- 32 -
VMC Series
1. Create Programs
G74 Z-100.0 R-20.0 F1.0; rigid tapping
- 33 -
VMC Series
2. Displaying & Changing Parameters
Displaying & Changing Parameters
2.1 Displaying Parameters

Operation steps are as follows:
on MDI panel for several times,
1. After pressing the function key

or after the function key
on MDI panel is pressed, press the softkey
PARAM, the parameter menu will be displayed.
Function key
Cursor display
Softkey display
(Chapter selection key)
Key for menu return
Softkey
Key for menu continuity

2. Parameter menu consists of several pages. It is available to display the
page with the parameter required by one of method (a) and method (b).
(a) With the page-turning key or cursor key, the page required can be
displayed.
(b) Input the Data number of the parameter required, and then press the
softkey NO.SRH(parameter number search).
In this way, the page where the input data number is located will be
displayed, and the cursor will be stopped at the specified data number (the
data will be displayed as a value in the opposite direction).
Notes
While softkey is displayed as chapter selection key, input can be started,
and then the softkey display will be changed into operation selection key
including NO.SRH.
If the softkey is pressed, it can also be changed into (OPRT)operation
selection key.
Display of input data
Softkey display (operation
selection key)
- 34 -
VMC Series
2.2 Changing Parameters (by MDI Panel)

Operation steps are as follows:
1. Select MDI mode, or emergency stop status.
2. Select the status where parameters can be written.
2-1 Set PMC parameter K29.7 to 1, and at the same time alarm diaplayed:
1095 PARAMETER WRITE ENABLE. (Set K29.7 to 0 after changing
parameter other wise machine can not cycle start)
2-2 Press the function key
function key
for several times or after pressing the
, press softkeySETTING
and then the setting
menu will be displayed (displaying the first page of the setting menu).
2-3 Make the cursor point at PARAMETER WRITE by a cursor key.
Press the softkey [(OPRT)](operation), making the softkey to be the

operation selection key
Softkey display
(Operation selection key)
2-4 Press the softkey (OPRT)(operation), enabling the softkey to be the
operation selection key.
2-5 Press the softkey ON:1 or type 1, and then press the softkey
INPUT , making PARAMETERWRITE to be 1. In this way,
parameters can be set. At the same time, CNC system will give P/S alarm
(No.100: PARAMETER WRITE ENABLE).
3. After pressing the function key
times, or after the function key
on MDI panel for several

on MDI panel is pressed, press
the softkeyPARAM, the parameter menu will be displayed. (Please refer

to the first section 1. Displaying Parameters)
4. Display the page with the parameters required, and position the cursor
point at the parameters to be set.
5. Type the data to be set, and then press the softkeyINPUT
and then the
input data will be set to the parameter pointed by the cursor.
for example 12000 INPUT
- 35 -
VMC Series
Display of the cursor
If you want to input data continuously from the selected parameter number,
it is available to use sign ; to separate the input between data.
for example Type 10;20;30;40, and then press the keyINPUT, and
then the from the parameter pointed by the cursor, the sequence set is 10, 20,
30 and 40.
6. According to the actual requirement, repeat step 4 and step 5.
7. After parameter setting is completed, return zero for PARAMETER
WRITE to forbid parameter setting.
8. Reset CNC, and release P/S alarm (No.100).
Besides, according to different parameters, during setting parameters, P/S
alarm (No.000: PLEASE TURNOFF POWER) may occur. At this moment,
please turn off the power for CNC temporarily.
2.3 Changing Offset Data
Press the function key
and then keep pressing the softkey
[OFFSET] to display the tool offset menu.

Make the cursor point at the parameter number to be set and then input the
value required, and then press the key
- 36 -
VMC Series
2.4 Changing Data of Work Piece Coordinate System

The coordinate system set for machining a work piece is called work piece
coordinate system. A work piece coordinate system is set by CNC with well
prepared functions. It is available to edit programs and cut work pieces
(selecting work piece coordinate system) in the set work piece coordinate
system. Work piece coordinate system can be changed by changing the
origin of the set work piece coordinate system.
2.4.1 Setting Work Piece Coordinate System

A work piece coordinate system can be set with one of the following three
methods:
(1) Method to use G92
By program instructions, it is available to set a work piece coordinate
system by the value following G92.
(2) Method to use G54G59
Set six work piece coordinate systems by the MDI panel at first, and then
select the work piece coordinate system to be used by program instructions
of G54G59. While absolute instruction is used, the work piece coordinate
system must be set by one of the above mentioned.
Format
- Work piece coordinate system set by G92
(G90)G92 IP_
Explanation
The work piece coordinate system will be set in this way: locate one point
on the tool (for example: tool tip) to a specified coordinate. If during tool
length compensation, G92 is used to set coordinate system, the following
coordinate system will be set: the position before offset is set by G92.
During tool radius compensation, the offset can be temporarily cancelled by
G92.
For example:
Example No.1:
Set a coordinate system by instruction G92
X25.2 Z23.0 (Taking the tool tip as the starting
point of the program)
Example No.2:
Set a coordinate system by instruction G92 X600.0 Z1200.0
(Taking the reference point on the tool holder as the starting
point of the program)
Reference point
If an absolute instruction has been
specified, reference point will be
moved to the specified position.
If it is required to move the tool
after specifying tool tip, it is
necessary to compensate the
difference from tool to tool tip and
reference point by tool length
compensation. (Refer to II-14.1)
2.4.2 Selecting Work piece Coordinate System

Users can select the following work piece coordinate system
which have already been set (please refer to
-7.2.1 for details).

- 37 -
VMC Series

(1) If the work piece coordinate system has been set by G92 or
automatically set by the set work piece coordinate system, the absolute
instruction specified subsequently will become the position in this
coordinate system.
(2) By specifying G54G59, one of the six coordinate systems set by MDI
panel can be selected.
G54work piece coordinate system 1
Work piece coordinate system 16 are all set after power on and returning
to the reference position. After power on, coordinate system set by G54 will
be selected.
For example
Work piece coordinate system 2 (G55)

In this example, position to the position
(X=40.0, Y=100.0) in work piece coordinate
system 2
Figure 3.4.2
- 38 -
VMC Series
2.4.3 Changing Work piece Coordinate System

By changing the offset value of an external work piece origin or work piece
origin, it is able to change the six coordinate systems set by G54G59.
There are three methods available to change the offset value of an external
work piece origin or work piece origin:
(1) By the MDI panel
(2) By a program (G10 or G92)
(3) By external data input function
Input a signal to CNC, and then the offset value of an external work piece
origin can be changed.
Work-piece
coordinate system 1
(G54)
Work-piece
coordinate system 2
(G55)
Work-piece
coordinate system 3
(G56)
Work-piece
coordinate system 4
(G57)
Work-piece
coordinate system 5
(G58)
Origin of the machine
Work-piece
coordinate system 6
(G59)
Offset value of an outer work piece origin

Offset value of the work piece origin
Fig 3.4.3 Changing the offset value of an external work piece origin or work piece origin
Format
- Changing method by means of G10
G10 L2 Pp IP_
p=0: Specify the offset value of an external work piece origin
p=16: Specify the offset value of the work piece origin relative to work
piece coordinate system 16.
IP_: For an absolute instruction (G90), this is the offset value of work piece
origin of each axis. For an incremental instruction (G91), the value shall be
added to originally set offset value of work piece origin of each axis (the
result shall be offset value of work piece origin).
Changing method by G92
G92 IP_
Explanation
- Changing method by G10
By G10, each work piece coordinate system can be separately changed.
- Changing method by G92
By G92 IP_, the work piece coordinate system can be specified. The work
piece coordinate system selected from G54G59 will be transformed into
the new work piece coordinate system, making the current tool position
correspond with coordinate value of IP_. At this moment, the modification
- 39 -
VMC Series

value of coordinate system will be added to the offset values of all work
piece origins, which means that all work piece coordinate system shall shift
for the same distance.
Notice
After the offset value of an external work piece origin has been set, while
you are setting coordinate system by G92, it is necessary to set a coordinate
system which will not be affected by external origin offset value. For
example, while G92 X100.0 Z80.0; is specified to set a coordinate system,
the current tool standard position shall be X=100.0, Z=80.0.
For example
Work-piece
coordinate system set
Tool position
Under G54 status, while tool position is set at

(200,160), if G92X100Y100; is specified, a work
piece coordinate system 1 (X-Y) which will only
generate a drift vector A will be created.
New work-piece
coordinate system
Original work-piece
coordinate system
Work-piece
Work-piece
by G55
X-Z new work piece coordinate system

X-Z original work piece coordinate system
A: offset value caused by G92
B: offset value of work piece origin in G54 coordinate
system
C: offset value of work piece origin in G55 coordinate
system
- 40 -
Here we take the work piece coordinate

system set by G54 as an example as shown
in the left figure. If the corresponding
relationship
between
work
piece
coordinate system set by G54 and work
piece coordinate system set by G55 has
already been correctly set, it is available to
set work piece coordinate system G55 by
following instructions (the dark spot
shown in the left figure shall be located at
(600.0,1200.0).
G92X600.0Z1200.0;
Besides, it is assumed that the two
brackets are of different positions. If the
relationship of the two coordinate system
set by G54 and G55 has correctly set
corresponding relation between the two
brackets, if G92 has changed the
coordinate system for one bracket, the
coordinate system for the other bracket
will move accordingly. And that is to say,
as long as G54 or G55 is specified, it is
able to machine the work pieces placed in
the two brackets under the same program.
VMC Series
2.5 Changing User Macro Program Variable

Although subprogram is quite important to a repeatable operation, if user
macro program function has been applied, it can also use variables,
calculation commands as well as conditional branch to facilitate edit
common programs (for example, press-pit machining and fixed cycles
defined by the users). User macro program can be called by a simple
command, which is similar to call subprogram.
User macro program
Machining program
2.5.1 User Macro Program Variable

Generally, machining program shall adopt values to specify G codes and
movement distance, for example, G00,X100.0. While macro programs are
adopted, besides the variable number, the value can also be changed by
programs or through MDI panel.
#1=#2+100
G01 X#1 F300
Explanation:
- Variable expression
When a variable is specified, the variable number shall be specified behind
the sign (#). It is not allowed to take the variables as general-purpose
program language to be named.
for example#1
The expression can be used to specify variable No, and at this moment, the
expression must be placed in the [
].
for example#[#1+#2-12]
- Variable variety
Variables can be categorized into 4 kinds with variable numbers:
- 41 -
VMC Series
Table 15.1 Variable Variety

Variable No.
Variable Variety
#0
Always blank
#1~#33
Local variable
#100~#149
(#199)
#500~#531
(#999)
General-purpose variable
#1000~
System variable
Function
The variable shall be always blank, not able to substitute
any value.
Local variable can only be used in one macro program to
save data (for examples, the calculated result). While
power off, local variable will be initiated to blank. While
macro programs are called, it is necessary to substitute
independent variable.
Different macro programs can share general-purpose
variables. While power off, variable #100~#149 will be
initiated to blank, while variable #500~#531 can save the
data. Optional general-purpose variables #150~#199 and
#532~#999 are also provided.
System variable can be used to read and write various
CNC data, like current position and tool offset value.
Notes:
General-purpose variables #150#199 and #532#999 are options.
- Scope of variables
Local variables and general-purpose variables can adopt any value within
following scopes:
-1047-10-29 , 0 , +10-29+1047
If calculation has exceeded the above scopes, P/S warner (No.111) will
alarm.
- Omitting decimal
While defining variable values in the programs, it is allowed to omit
decimal.
for example#1=123; The meaning is: actual value of variable shall be
123.000.
- Referencing a variable
If a variable is to be referred in a program, it is necessary to specify the
variable number behind the address word. When an expression is used to
specify a variable, it is necessary to place the expression in a [ ].
for exampleG01 X[#1+#2] F#3
The referred variable value will be automatically rounded according to the
min set unit of the address.
for examplewhile G00 X#1is executedon the CNC of 1/1000mm
assign variable #1 by 12.3456 , and then the actual command will be
changed into G00 X12.346
In order to change the sign of the referred variable, negative sign (-) must
be added in front of #.
for exampleG00 X-#1
While an undefined variable is referred, before barging up against the
address word, the variable will be omitted.
for examplewhile value of variable #1 is 0and that of variable #2 is
blank, if G00 X#1 Y#2is executed, the result will be G00 X0
- Double-path control macro variables provided with general-purpose
macro program variable (double-path control) which are general to different
paths.
By setting parameter (No.6036, 6037), part general-purpose variable can be
used between paths.
- Un-defined variables
While variable values are not well defined, the variable shall be called
blank variable. Variable #0 will be always blank, and it is able to be
- 42 -
VMC Series

written, but not to be read.
(a) Referring variable
While a defined variable is referred, the address itself will be omitted.
While #1=<blank>
While #1=0
G90X100 Y#1
G90X100 Y#1
G90 X100
G90 X100 Y10

(b) Calculation expression
Unless substituted by blankblank is identical to 0.
While #1=<blank>
While #1=0
#2=#1
#2=#1
#2=<blank>
#2=0
#2=#1*5
#2=#1*5
#2=0
#2=0
#2=#1+#1
#2=#1+#1
#2=0
#2=0
(c) Conditional expression
Only when EQ and NEblank is not identical to 0.
While #1=<blank>
While #1=0
#1 EQ #0
#1 EQ #0
Valid
Invalid
#1NE0
#1NE0
Valid
Invalid
#1GE#0
#1GE#0
Valid
Valid
#1GT0
#1GT0
Invalid
Invalid
- General-purpose user macro variable (double-control path function)
By double-control path function, each path can be provided with macro
variables. Specify the parameter (No. 6036, 6037), and in this way, it is
allowed to use some general-purpose variable between different paths.
- 43 -
VMC Series
2.5.2 Setting Displayed Variable Value
- While the variable value is under blank status, it means that the variable is
of blank value.
- ******** represents overflow (absolute value of variable is bigger than
99999999) or underflow (absolute value of variable is smaller than
0.0000001). Limit program number, sequence number and skip No, of
optional program block can not be referred by a variable.
for exampleIt is not allowed to use following methods to use the
variables:
O#1
/#2 G00 X100.0
N#3 Y200.0
Note:#146#147#148 #149#150#600#948#950#951
#952#953#954#955#956#999 are Macro variables that are used
by macro program to changing tool. From #500 to #530 are macro
variables that are used by RENISHAW measure system. It is forbidden to
use them in the macro program edit by customer. Other wise something out
of anticipation will happen injuring the machine operator even to death or
property loss.
- 44 -
VMC Series
3. Manual Operations
Manual Operations
3.1 Operation of the Spindle

S instruction can be set by MDI panel.
The running speed of the spindle is in accordance with the S
instruction set by MDI.
3.2 Movement of Each Axis

In order to operate the machine manually, it is necessary to select the
JOG
key
on the operation panel at first.
AUTO
MDI
DNC
EDIT
HANDLE
JOG
RAPID
REF
And then move the selection key of each axis
- 45 -
VMC Series
Automatic Running
4.1 MDI Running

Under MDI mode, a program with up to 10 rows can be edited by MDI
panel under universal mode, and it can be executed under MDI mode.
MDI operation can be used during simple testing operation, and please take
below mentioned steps as an example.
Steps:
1. Press the [MDI] switch of MODE selection switch.
2. Press the function key
on MDI panel to select program menu,
and display following screen.
Program No. O0000 is automatically inserted.

3. Edit a program to be executed the same as common programming. If
M99 is specified in the last program block, after completion, the program
will return to the beginning of the program. Under MDI mode, program edit
can be achieved by inserting, modifying, deleting, word searching, address
searching, program searching, etc.
4. It is allowed to delete one program edited under MDI mode by following
methods.
aInput address O, and then press the key
- 46 -
on MDI panel;
VMC Series
bThe other method is to press the key
. At this moment, it is
necessary to set the parameter MCL (No.3203#7)to 1.

5. Move the cursor to the beginning of the program (it is also allowed to
start from the middle of the program) to execute the program. Press the
cycle start key on the operation panel of the machine, and at this moment, it
is available to edit the program. While executing program end of M02, M30
or ER (%), the edited program will be deleted automatically, and then the
operation ends. While executing M99, it will return to the beginning of the
edited program.
6. While it is required to stop midway or terminate MDI operation, please

follow the following operation methods:
aStop MDI operation
Press the cycle stop switch on the operation panel of the machine, and then
the indicator of the pressed switch will be on and the indicator for cycle
start key will be off. The machine will present the following status:
(i)While the machine is executing movement operation, tool-feed operation
will decelerate to stop.
(ii) While the machine is executing M codes, S codes OR T codes, the
operation will be stopped until the operation is completed.
Once the cycle start key on the operation panel is pressed, the machine will
restart the operation.
b Termination of MDI operation
Press the key
on MDI panel automatic operation will be
terminated, entering reset status. If the reset key is pressed during

movement, the movement will decelerate to stop.
Explanation
The operation for executing and stopping memory explained above can be
used to execute and stop MDI operation. However, during MDI operation, it
- 47 -
VMC Series
is not necessary to return to the beginning of the program for M30 (it is
necessary to return to the beginning of the program for M99).
Deleting a program
-Under MDI mode, the edited programs can be deleted under following
situations:
- During MDI operation, while M02,M30 or ER (%) are being executed,
if the parameter MER (No.3203#6) has been set to 1, the program will be
deleted when the last program block has been executed under the
single-program operation.
- Under MEMORY mode, memory operation has been carried out.
- Under EDIT mode, editing operation has been carried out.
- While background edit has been carried out
- While keys O and [DELETE] are pressed.
- While parameter MCL (No.3203#7) has been set to 1, and the [RESET]
key has been pressed
Re-start
While MDI operation is stopped, after editing operation, if it is required to
restart the operation, it is necessary to start the operation from the current
position of the cursor.
Editing a program at midway of MDI operation
At midway of MDI, programs can be edited. However, before using
parameter MIE (No.3203#5) to reset, program edit can be prohibited.
Limitation
- Record of programs
It is not allowed to record the programs which are edited under MDI mode.
- Rows of programs
A program can be available with many rows, as long as you may place all
the rows within one page. In this case, it is allowed to edit a program with
max 6 rows. It is also available to edit a program with maximum 10 rows
by setting parameter MDL (No.3107#7) to 0 (without displaying modal
information). If the edited program has exceeded set rows, ER (%) will be
deleted, and in this way, it is unable to insert or modify.
- Subprogram nesting
It is available to describe a subprogram-calling command (M98) in a
program edited under MDI mode. Namely, by MDI operation, it is available
to call and execute the programs saved in the memory. Nesting of calling
subprogram including automatic programs, is up to two layers (when option
of user macro program is selected, the maximum number of layers can be
4).
Main program
- 48 -
Subprogram
Subprogram
First nesting
Second nesting
VMC Series
- Calling a macro program
While it is available with a user macro program, the macro programs can be
edited and executed under MDI mode. Besides, it is allowed to call and
execute the macro programs. However, if you operate the macro programs
under memory operation, it is not allowed to execute macro program calling
command after memory operation stops and MDI mode has been switched
to.
- Memory
The programs edited under MDI mode shall be saved in the free space of
the memory. Therefore, if the memory has no free space, programs can not
be edited under MDI mode.
4.2 Operation of Memory

Select the required program from the ones which are beforehand stored in
the memory at first, and then press the cycle start button on the operation
panel of the machine to start automatic operation. At this time, the indicator
for the cycle start key will be lighting on. During automatic operation, if the
cycle stop key on the operation panel is pressed, the automatic operation
will be temporarily interrupted. At this time, if you press the cycle start key
on the operation panel again, the automatic operation will be started again.
If the reset key
on the MDI panel is pressed, the automatic

operation will be terminated, entering into reset status.
Please take below mentioned steps as an example:

Steps:
1 Press the MEMORY switche of MODE selection switch.
2 Select the required program from the ones which are beforehand stored in
the memory at first, and then carry out following operations:
2-1 Press the key

to display the program menu.
2-2 Press the address key O.
2-3 Input a program number by numerical keys.
2-4 Press the keyO SRH.
3. Press the cycle start button on the operation panel of the machine to start
automatic operation. At this time, the indicator for the cycle start key will
be lighting on. At the end of the automatic operation, the indicator of the
cycle start key will be off.
4. If you want to stop or cancel the memory operation midway, please
follow following methods:
a. Stop memory operation
Press the cycle stop button on the operation panel of the machine, the
indicator for the pressed key will be lighted on, and the indicator for the
cycle start key will go off. And then the machine will be under following
status:
(i) While the machine is under movement operation, tool-feed operation
will decelerate to stop.
(ii) While M codes, S codes, T codes are being executed, the operation
will be stopped after completion.

While indicator for cycle stop key is lighting on, press the cycle start button
on the operation panel of the machine, and then the machine will re-start the
operation.
b. Terminating memory operation
Press the key
on MDI panel, and then automatic operation will
be terminated, entering reset status. If the reset key is pressed during

movement operation, the movement will decelerate to stop.
- 49 -
VMC Series
Explanation
Execution of memory operation
Execute the following programs after starting memory operation:
1) Read a command for a program block from the specified program.
2) Unscramble the command for the program block.
3) Start the execution of the command.
4) Read the command in the next program block.
5) Unscramble the command in the next program block to execute the
command immediately. And the above process is called buffer.
6) After execution of one program block, start to execute the next program
block at once, and in this way, the next program block can be executed
immediately.
7) Repeat steps 4)6) to execute automatic operation.
Stopping and terminating memory operation
It is available to stop memory operation by two methods: specify a stop
command or press one key on the operation panel of the machine.
Stop commands include M00 (program stop), M01 (optional stop) and
M02 and M30 (program end up).
-There are two keys available to stop memory operation: cycle stop key and
reset key.
- Program stop (M00)
Stop the memory operation after a program block including M00 has been
executed. Same as the situation in which a single program block stops,
when a program stops, and all existing modal information will be saved.
Press the cycle start key, and then you may start the automatic operation
again.
- Optional stop (M01)
The same as M00, after a program block specified by M01, the memory
operation can be stopped. However, it is only valid when the [ACTIVATE
M01] key on the operation panel is switched on.
- Program end (M02,M30)
While reading of M02 or M30 (commands set at the end of the main
program), it is available to terminate the memory operation and enter reset
status. For some machine tools, M30 will return to the beginning of the
program.
- Cycle stop
Press the cycle stop key on the operation panel under memory operation
and the memory operation can be interrupted.
- Reset
Press the key
on MDI panel or the [RESET] key on the operator
panel and then automatic operation can be stopped to make the system enter
reset status. If the reset key is pressed when the tool is moving, the tool will
decelerate to stop.
- Optional block skip
While the key [BLOCK SKIP] for optional block skip is switched on, it is
available to omit the program block with (/).
- 50 -
VMC Series
4.3 Remote Control Running

Under DNC operation mode, by starting automatic operation, while reading
of programs through a reader/card punch interface or remote-control buffers,
machining (DNC operation) can be carried out. If the contents of the floppy
disc display options, it will be available to select the files (programs) saved
in the external input/output device (e.g. Handy File, Floppy Cassette, FA
Card)and specify the execution sequence and times (preset) to carry out
automatic operation. While DNC operation, it is necessary to set the
parameters for relative readers/card punch interface and remote control
buffers in advance.
Please take below mentioned steps as an example:
Steps:
1 Search the file (program) to be executed.
2 Press the key DNC to set it to DNC mode, and then press the cycle start
key to execute the selected file.
7 softkey-type program check menu
- 51 -
VMC Series
During DNC operation, the currently executed program will be displayed

on the program check menu and program menu. The program block number
displayed depends on the program being executed. Besides, the comments
marked by output control mark( and input control mark ) in the
program block.
Explanation
- During DNC operation, it is available to call the programs and macro
programs stored in the memory.
- 52 -
VMC Series
Limitation
- Limit of characters
At most, 256 characters can be displayed in the program, and therefore, the
displayed can be cut at the middle of the program.
- M198 (calling command for programs stored in external input/output
device)
During DNC operation, it is unable to execute M198. if M198 is executed,
P/S warner (No.210) will alarm.
- User macro program
During DNC operation, it is available to specify a user macro program, but
it is unable to edit the programs for cycle command and transfer command.
If a cycle command or transfer command is executed, P/S warner (No.123)
will alarm. While displaying programs, during DNC operation, if special
words for user macro programs like IF, WHILE, COS, NE are displayed,
it is necessary to insert a blank between the neighbor characters.
For example
while DNC operation
#102=SIN[#100] ;
#102=S I N[#100] ;
IF[#100NE0]GOTO5 ; I F[#100NE0]G O T O5 ;
- M99
During DNC operation, while the control has returned to the original
programs from subprogram or macro program calling, it will be unable to
specify the return command (M99P****) of which the sequence number
has been specified.
Users Programs
Alarm
Alarm No.
Alarm Information
086
DR SIGNAL OFF
123
CAN NOT COMMAND

M198/M199
210
CAN NOT COMMAND

M198/M199
Content
While reader/card punch interface is applied to input/output
data, the operation preparation for reader/card punch (DR) is
off.
The reason may be no power supply for input/output device or
the connection of print plate is bad or the cable connection is
off.
During DNC operation, macro control command has been
applied.
Please modify the program.
During DNC operation, M198 has been applied.
4.4 Setting and Operation about Automatic Running

4.4.1 Single-block Program
Single-block program is a function in which a block can be executed by
pressing the CYCLE START key for one time.
Set [SINGLE BLOCK] (single-block) to ON.
And in this way, the program will stop after one program block has been
executed.
Press the CYCLE START key again to execute the next program block, and
then stop.
- 53 -
VMC Series
If it is requested to release the single-block program, it is available to press
[SINGLE BLOCK] (single-block) to set it to OFF.
4.4.2 Re-start Automatic Running after Feed Holding or Stop

1) Return to the mode of feed holding.
2) Press the CYCLE START key.
Indicator for FEED HOLD will be off.
4.4.3 Execution of Manual Running during Automatic Running

1) During automatic running, if FEED HOLD button is pressed or SINGLE
button is set to ON, the machine will be interrupted or stopped.
2) Execute manual running.
4)
5) Switch the mode selection key to the original mode .Press the CYCLE
START button. The tool machine will automatically run to the point that
start JOG and then execute the next program block.
4.4.5 Cutting Feed Override Switch

Feed override can be set from 0 to 120% by F function. In addition, feed
override are 0%2%4%6%8%10%15%20%30%40%50%
60%70%80%90%95%100%105%110%120%
4.4.6 M01 Stop

While a program block including M01 is specified, after execution of
instruction of the program block, the spindle and all axes will stop, cooling
will change to OFF, and the indicator for Feed hold will be on. In order to
make M01 valid, it is necessary to set the key M01 STOP to ON. In order to
restart the operation, please press the CYCLE START button.
The execution of M00 is independent of M01 STOP key. Same as M01
STOP status, the indicator for FEED HOLD will be on.
4.4.7 Optional Program-block Skip

The function is used to skip the program block with /.
It is available to set the function ON/OFF by means BLOCK SKIP of
vertical-direction softkeys under automatic running menu.
Additional explanation
If the signals (word, program block) are skipped by this function, they will
not be saved in the buffer register. Therefore, when a block is skipped, the
next program block will be saved in the buffer register.
Sign (/) must be placed at the beginning of the program block. And if it is
not placed at the beginning, the block from (/) to the former of EOB will be
omitted.
- 54 -
VMC Series
4.4.8 Rapid Movement Override

It is allowed to set rapid movement override to 100%, 50%, 25% or F0.
Rapid movement override is default set to F0 when the NC power on first.
When rapid movement speed is 54m/min, if rapid override of 25% is
adoptedthe speed will be changed into about 13m/min. F0 represents a
fixed speed 300mm/min. The rapid movement instructions for applying
rapid movement speed are as follows:
1.
Rapid movement by G00.
2.
Rapid movement during fixed cycle.
3.
Rapid movement under G27, G28 and G29.
4.
Manual rapid movement.
5.
Rapid movement of manual return to reference point.
6.
Rapid movement during changing tools.
4.4.9 Machine Lock

Press the [MACHINE LOCK] key and then the indicating light become
bright showing that the tool machine coming into Machine Lock mode.
When in JOG or AUTO mode, CNC stop put out moving command to servo
motor. But refresh the absolute coordinate and relative coordinate. So the
operator could observe the changing of the coordinate to check whether the
program is right or wrong.
4.4.10 M.S.T.Lock
This function is used to check to program right or wrong. Press the [M.S.T.
LOCK] key and then the indicating light become bright showing that the
machine tool do not execute the M, S and T codes.
4.4.11 Handle Interrupt

The operation of the Handle Interrupt: Press the [Cycle stop] button on the
operator panel when machine is in auto running mode to make the machine
go into cycle stop mode. And then press the [HANDLE INTERRUPT] key.
Rotating the hand-wheel will make the machine move. Press the [Cycle Start]
button. Machine will add the position programmed and the position
handle-wheel moved to. The function of Handle Interrupt is as the figure
below. More details refer to <OPERATOR MANUAL> supplied by FANUC
please.
- 55 -
VMC Series
Tool position
after handle
interrupt
Tool position
programmed
Cutting
depth
programmed
Value of
handle
interrupt
NOTEAfter the implement of the program about handwheel suspension. Manual must be implement to reference
Point. Otherwise, the collision knife incident and so on will be made when you implement other programs next
time.
4.4.12 Program Restart

This function specifies Sequence No. of a block tobe restarted when a tool is
broken down or when it is desired to restart machining operation after a day
off, and restarts the machining operation from thar block. It can also be used
as a high-speed program check function.
The key of this function is [PGM RST].
More details please refer to <OPERATOR MANUAL> supplied by FANUC.
- 56 -
VMC Series
5. Tool Change
5 Tool Change
5.1
Attentions for Tool Change
5.1.1 Attentions for tool change of turret magazine:

1) Never directly install the tool onto the spindle, because it is very
dangerous, and the tools must be installed on the tool magazine.
2) While installing the tools onto the tool magazine, press the tool until
the end to make the key of pincers engaged with keyways of the tools.
After installation, make sure that there is no shaking of the tools.
3) Tool mandrel of specified model must be used, and never use other
models of products.
4) Do not install the tools directly under the spindle.
5.1.2 Attentions for tool change of plate magazine:

1) Never directly install the tools into the magazine, otherwise, the
spindle may collide with the tools in the magazine during tool change of
the machine tool, which is very dangerous.
2) Tools must be installed into the spindle under manual mode, while
installed into the magazine in automatic mode.
3) Never directly take the tools out of the magazine, otherwise, the
4) Tool change must be executed in automatic mode, and tools in the
magazine are changed onto the spindle. In manual mode, tools can be
dismounted.
5.1.3 Attentions for tool change of chain magazine:

1) Never directly install the tools into the magazine, otherwise, the
2) Tools must be installed into the spindle under manual mode, while
installed into the magazine in automatic mode.
3) Never directly take the tools out of the magazine, otherwise, the
4) Tool change must be executed in automatic mode, and tools in the
magazine are changed onto the spindle. In manual mode, tools can be
dismounted.
- 57 -
VMC Series
5. Tool Change
5.2 Tool Change Execution with M Codes and T Codes

While executing tool change with programs, the following instructions
can be specified by M06.
M06 T__ The tool number to be used should be specified by the two
digits after T. The command is applicable to turret magazine.
T_; The tool number to be used should be specified by the two digits
after T. The command is applicable to plate magazine.
T_;
M6;
The tool number to be used should be specified by the two
digits after T, and T codes and M codes should be applied in 2 rows.

Machining codes can be inserted between T codes and M codes, and
tool predetermination can be achieved. The command is applicable to
chain magazine.
This instruction enables the machine to select tools with shortcut.
Notes:
1
When a tool number out of the specified number has

been specified, alarm (T code for changing tools illegal) will
occur.
When X-axis or Y-axis movement instruction and changing

tool instruction are specified in the same block
For example (G00X500M06T02)
For turret magazine, execute the tool-changing instruction at
first, making Z-axis move to the position for changing tools,
and then the tool magazine will rotate, and at the same time,
Y(X) axis will start moving.
After the tool magazine stops rotating, complete the changing
tool action continuously after X(Y) axis movement has been
completed.
For plate magazine: Execute tool change command and then
execute X(Y) axis moving command.
For chain magazine: X(Y) axis and T code are executed at the
same time.
If the specified tool number is the same as the tool number

mounted on the spindle, it is only available to carry out the
operation for orienting spindle, and Z-axis will return to the
origin, no operation for changing tools.
5.3 Tool Change of Turret Magazine

5.3.1 Operation steps for automatic and manual tool change
1) Automatic tool change
Execute TXXM6 in automatic modes (MDI and EDIT); (values range
from 1 up to the maximum capacity of magazine)
- 58 -
VMC Series
5. Tool Change
2) Manual tool change
It is dangerous to change tools in manual modes, and operators are
not recommended to perform manual tool change, even though the
operators should be very familiar with the techniques of tool
change during the operation of manual tool change. The
introduction of manual tool change is only for tool change
operations when the operation cannot be executed in automatic
mode and it is necessary to take tools out of the machine with
manual operations. For the safty of the operators, the following
detailed operation procedures should be strictly followed:
a) Move Z-axis manually to a relatively safe location, i.e., where
the rotary tool disc cannot touch the blind rivets, and this location
is usually the second reference point of Z-axis of the machine tool.
But it is not absolutely so, it depends on the specific machine tool
configuration and specific tool magazine.
b) Press the magazine Forward or Reverse button on the PLC panel
of the machine tool in manual modes (RAPID and JOG) and rotate
the tool to be taken off the magazine to the left window of machine
tool protection shield.
c) Press the emergency button, and open the left window of
machine tool protection shield to take the tools down the magazine.
d) Close the door and disable the emergency alarm.
e) Move Z-axis below the magazine in manual mode, and perform
manual tool change within the normal effective travel of Z-axis.
5.3.2 Tool change actions of machine tool and magazine

Tool change actions of magazine are as follows:
When operators execute tool change in automatic mode, machining
commands
like
tool
compensation,
coolant,
rapid
and
high-precision machining are cancelled, spindle is oriented, and

Z-axis is raised to the point of tool change. At this time, tools on
the spindle are safely moved back onto the magazine, and the
spindle continues to move in the positive direction of Z-axis until
the second reference point. According to the nearest tool selction,
the tool disc rotates and stops at the aimed tool. The spindle send
off air to blow the water and dust off the tool to prevent the spindle
from any damage when the tool is loaded. Z-axis moves downward
to take the tool out of magazine; NC automatically resumes most
modal commands of the programs edited by customer, and the tool
change action is completed.
- 59 -
VMC Series
5. Tool Change
5.4 Tool Change of Plate Tool Magazine

5.4.1 Operation steps of automatic and manual tool change
Execute T XX in automatic modes (MDI and EDIT); (values range
from 1 up to the maximum capacity of magazine)
It is dangerous to change tools in manual modes, and operators are
not recommended to perform manual tool change, even though the
operators should be very familiar with the techniques of tool
change during the operation of manual tool change. The
introduction of manual tool change is only for tool change
operations when the operation cannot be executed in automatic
mode and it is necessary to take tools out of the machine with
manual operations. For the safty of the operators, the following
detailed operation procedures should be strictly followed:
a) Move Z-axis manually to a relatively safe location, i.e., where
the rotary tool disc cannot touch the blind rivets, and this location
is usually the first reference point of Z-axis of the machine tool.
The purpose is to avoid interference even for the misoperation on
magazine and spindle and to prevent the damages on both spindle
and magazine.
b) Connect the soft switch MAG.JOG ;
c) Press the magazine Forward or Reverse button on the PLC panel
of the machine tool in manual mode (JOG) and rotate the tool to be
taken off the magazine to the opening of the magazine (the left
window of machine tool protection shield).
d) Press the magazine Forward button on the PLC to forward the
magazine to the specified location.
e) Press the emergency button, and open the door of machine tool
to take the tools down the magazine.
f) Close the door and disable the emergency alarm.
g) Press the magazine Backward button on the PLC to move the
magazine backward, and ensure that the disc is moved backward to
the desired location.
h) Move Z-axis below the magazine in manual mode, that is, within
the normal effective travel of Z-axis. Manual tool change is
completed.
i) Break the soft switch MAG.JOG.
- 60 -
VMC Series
5. Tool Change

commands like tool compensation, coolant, rapid and high
precision machining are cancelled, spindle is oriented, and Z-axis is
raised to the point of tool change (the second reference point). The
magazine move forward and the electromagnetic valve closes.
When the system detects the signal that the magazine moves
forward to the desired location, the spindle releases tools and the
tools are safely moved back onto the magazine. The spindle send
from any damage when the tool is loaded. When the system detects
the signal that the tools have been released, the Z-axis moves in the
positive direction until the first reference point. According to the
nearest tool selction, the tool disc rotates and stops at the aimed
tool. Z-axis moves downward to the second reference point and
spindle chucks the tools. When the system detects the signal that
the tools have been chucked, the magazine moves backward and
the electromagnetic valve closes. Tools will be available to be take
out of the magazine to be chucked on the spindle. When the system
detects the signals that the magazine has moved backward to the
desired location and the tools have been chucked, NC
automatically resumes most modal commands of the programs
edited by customer, and the tool return and tool change actions are
completed.
5.5 Tool Change of Chain

5.5.1 Operation steps of automatic and manual tool change
Execute T XX in automatic modes (MDI and EDIT) (values range from
1 up to the maximum capacity of magazine); For M06, the format is as
follows:
T_;
M6;
The tool number to be used should be specified by the two digits
after T, and T codes and M codes should be applied in 2 rows.
Machining codes can be inserted between T codes and M codes, and
tool predetermination can be achieved. The command is applicable to
chain magazine. This instruction enables the machine to select tools
with shortcut.
It is dangerous to change tools in manual modes, and operators are not
recommended to perform manual tool change, even though the operators
- 61 -
VMC Series
5. Tool Change
should be very familiar with the techniques of tool change during the
operation of manual tool change. The introduction of manual tool
change is only for tool change operations when the operation cannot be
executed in automatic mode and it is necessary to take tools out of the
machine with manual operations. For the safty of the operators, the
following detailed operation procedures should be strictly followed:
a) Move Z-axis manually to a relatively safe location. Usually, Z-axis
should be in a position higher than the level of chain and should not
collide with the positive limit of the machine tool. The purpose is to
avoid interference between magazine and spindle even for the
misoperation of rotating the chain and to prevent the damages on both
spindle and chain.
b) Connect the soft switch MAG.JOG;
c) Press the magazine Forward or Reverse button on the PLC panel of
the machine tool in manual mode (JOG) and rotate the tool to be taken
off the magazine to the opening of the magazine (the left window of
machine tool protection shield).
d) Press the emergency button, and open the left window of machine
tool protection shield to take the tools down the magazine.
e) Close the door and disable the emergency alarm.
f) Ensure that the disc is moved backward to the desired location.
g) Move Z-axis below the magazine in manual mode, that is, within the
normal effective travel of Z-axis. The manual tool change is completed.
h) Break the soft switch MAG.JOG
.

commands
like
tool
compensation,
coolant,
rapid
and
high-precision machining are cancelled, and spindle is oriented.

When the chains 0 angle location signal, brake signal, undercut
signal, tool case level signal, spindle tool chuck signal counter
signal are detected to be normal, the system will execute tool
change actions. Otherwise, alarms will remind the operator that the
tool change conditions are not met and tool change actions cannot
be performed. First, according to the principle that the nearest tool
will be selected, the magazine rotates to the aimed tool, tool case is
in vertical, and electromagnetic valve closes. When the system
detects that the tool case has been lowered to the desired position,
Z-axis will be raised to the tool change point (the second reference
point) and the chain rotates to the undercut tool position. When the
system detects the signals that the brake and undercut tool are on
the desired locations, the spindle will execute the tool release
- 62 -
VMC Series
5. Tool Change
action and tools are safely clamped on the chain. The spindle send
from any damage when the tool is loaded. When the system detects
the signal that the tools are released to the desired position, chain
will rotate 180 degrees, tools on spindle and tool case are change
with each other, and the spindle clamps the tools. When the system
detects the signal that the tools are clamped, chain will rotate to 0
degree, the tool case is upward and electromagnetic valve closes.
The tool case is upward and level, tools on the spindle have been
put back into the tool magazine, and the tools taken out of the
magazine are clamped on the spindle. When the system detects the
signal that the tool case is upward to the desired position and the
tools have been clamped, the system automatically resumes most
modal commands of the programs edited by customer, and the tool
return and tool getting actions are completed.
For tool change details, please check the following figures:
Spindle releases the tool

Spindle clamps the tool
Fig 1:
Spindle orientation angle

N4077
Z-axis tool change preparation position
Z-axis tool change position

N1241
Tool change position
of spindle

of magazine
- 63 -
VMC Series
5. Tool Change
Fig 2:
Magazine rotate the aimed tool to the tool change

position in the nearest direction
Z-axis enters into tool change preparation position
Magazine enters into tool change position

N4077

N1241
Original position
of magazine

of magazine
Fig 3:
Tool Getting Process:

N4077

N1241
Original position
of magazine
- 64 -

of magazine
VMC Series
Fig 4:
5. Tool Change

Spindle is oriented and releases tools
Z-axis enters into the tool change position

N4077

N1241
Original position
of magazine

of magazine
Fig 5:
Spindle clamps the tools.


N4077

N1241
Original position
of magazine
Fig 6:

of magazine

Magazine rotate the aimed tool to the tool
change position in the nearest direction
Z-axis enters into tool change preparation
position
Magazine returns to the original position

N4077

N1241
Original position
of magazine

of magazine
- 65 -
VMC Series
5. Tool Change
Fig 7:
Magazine rotate the aimed tool to the tool

change position in the nearest direction
position
Z-axis returns to the tool change preparation
position

N4077

N1241
Original position
of magazine

of magazine
Fig 8:
Tool Return Process:

position

N4077
N1241
Original position
of magazine
Fig 9:

of magazine

position

N4077

N1241
Original position
of magazine
- 66 -

of magazine
VMC Series
Fig 10:
5. Tool Change

position
Z-axis enters into tool change position and
spindle is oriented

N4077

N1241
Original position
of magazine

of magazine
Fig 11:
position
spindle is oriented

N4077
N1241
Original position
of magazine

of magazine
Fig 12:
position
spindle is oriented
Spindle releases tools

N4077
N1241
Original position
of magazine

of magazine
- 67 -
VMC Series
5. Tool Change

Fig 13:

position
spindle is oriented
position

N4077
N1241
Original position
of magazine
Fig 14:

of magazine

position
spindle is oriented
position
Spindle clamps the tools

N4077
N1241
Original position
of magazine

of magazine
5.6 Treatment of Tool Change Errors

During changing tools, if the reset button is pressed, the tool change will
be stopped and alarm occurs. At this moment, it is able to execute
automatic recovering program to release all the relevant alarms.
1) Back-to-zero of tool magazine
When tool change is not correct and the tool clamped by spindle is not
the specified tool, the back-to-zero of tool magazine can solve the
problem. Back-to-zero means rotating the No. 1 tool seat in tool
magazine to the tool change position. The operation is to run the
following program block:
a) Connect the soft switch MAG.JOG;
b) Execute M68 in MDI mode;
c) After M68 executed, break the soft switch MAG.JOG.
- 68 -
VMC Series
5. Tool Change
2) Manual rotation of tool magazine when magazine is not rotated to the
desired position or the chain is not at the origin
When magazine is not rotated to the desired position or the chain is not
at the origin, automatic tool change cannot be executed, and manual
adjustment of the magazine is needed to enable the accurate tool
positioning when the magazine stops.
Methods for manual rotation of magazine:
b) Press the magazine Forward or Reverse button on the PLC panel of
the machine tool in manual mode (JOG) and stop the magazine at the
accurate positions.
c) After the magazine stops at the accurate position, break the soft
switch MAG.JOG.
Methods for manual rotation of chain:
b) Press the chain Rotate button on the PLC panel in manual mode
(JOG), and rotate the chain to the position of 0 degree. The indicator of
ATC READY on the panel lights up, indicating that the chain reaches 0
degree.
c) After the magazine stops at the accurate position, break the soft
switch MAG.JOG.
- 69 -
VMC Series
6. Spindle Function
Spindle Function
6.1 Spindle Rotating

Viewing from the spindle motor and looking at the front end of the spindle,
rotating direction of the spindle is defined.
During spindle rotation, the indicator for SPINDLE (spindle rotating) will
be ON.
Every other revolution, the speed of the spindle can be specified by the
address S and the subsequent 1-5 digits. And the unit of the value shall be
min-1.
The spindle rotation can be controlled by the following two methods.
6.1.1 Method By Means of M Code Instruction

Under automatic running and MDI mode, it is available to control the
spindle by following M codes:
M03: run the spindle clockwise
M04: run the spindle counterclockwise
M05: stop spindle running after all instructions of the block have been
completely executed.
(For example)
M03 S1000
S4000
M04
M05
: make the spindle run clockwise at a speed of 1000min-1.

: set the spindle speed to 4000min-1.
: run the spindle counterclockwise.
: stop spindle running.
6.1.2 Rotating Spindle Method By Means of Spindle Key on

Operation Panel
1.
2.
3.
Specify the spindle speed in advance by MDI

panel.
Select manual mode.
Press the key [SPINDLE CW] for spindle forward and [SPINDLE
CCW] reverse to run the spindle.

4.
Press the key [SPINDLE STOP] for stopping spindle to stop the
spindle.
Under rigid threading mode, indicator of the key will be Flashing.
If the spindle speed is not specified, even though the key for spindle
running is pressed, the spindle will not rotate (when safety door is closed).
6.1.3 Spindle Rotating While Safety Door Open

1.
2.
- 70 -
Select manual mode.

Press the key [SPINDLE CCW] or [SPINDLE CW] to make the
VMC Series
6. Spindle Function
spindle rotate.
Press the key [SPINDLE STOP] for stopping spindle to stop the
spindle.
Notes: the spindle will run at the set fixed speed. (Omit S instruction).
Spindle override will be omitted too.
3.
6.2 Spindle Override

Under all operation modes, it is available to apply override to the spindle
speed. Press the spindle override switch, the spindle override can be
selected within the scope of 50-120%, and then the spindle speed will
change accordingly.
(For example) S3000 applying override of 80%
3000X80/100=2400
Spindle speed if 2400min-1.
While the spindle speed applying override has exceeded the maximum
speed, the spindle speed will be limited to the maximum speed.
(For example) Under standard specification, when the maximum speed is
set at 10000min-1, if the speed is set to S9000 with the override of 120%,
the spindle speed will be 10000min-1, not 9000X120=10800min-1.
During threading cycle (G74 and G84)setting for spindle override is
invalid.
6.3 Table for Spindle Load

1 Display of operation monitor
Load meters of the servo axes and the serial spindle and speed meters can
be displayed.
2 Display methods
(1) Set the parameter OPM (No.3111#1) used to display OPERATING
MONITOR screen to 1.
(2) Press the function key

(3) Press the key
and select the position display screen.

and display the softkey MONI(monitor).
(4) Press the softkey SP.PRM(spindle parameter)and display the

spindle setting and tuning screen.
(5) Following screen will be displayed and it is available to select spindle
monitor screen by softkeys.
1) SP.SET : SPINDLE SETTING screen
2) SP.TUN : SPINDLE TUNING screen
3) SP.MON : SPINDLE MONITOR screen
- 71 -
VMC Series
6. Spindle Function
Notices:
1. At most, it is available to magnify the graph of load meter by 200%.
2 Graph for speed meter will be displayed according to the ratio of the
current speed when the max. speed of the spindle is set to 100%. Speed
meter will display the motor speed; however, if the parameter OPS
(No.3111#6) is set to 1, it will display the spindle speed.
3 During selecting the displayed servo axis, it is available to set spindle
number in parameter No.31513153. When parameter No.31513153 are
all 0, load meter of the basic shaft will be displayed.
6.4 Orienting of the Spindle (M19)

Orienting of the spindle is to stop the spindle at the specified position. The
operation can be realized by M19 instruction.
While ex-works, the spindle stop position is set to changing tool direction,
and please dont change the set angle.
The instruction will be valid until spindle running instruction (M03, M04),
spindle stop instruction (M05) and spindle end up (M00, M01, etc.)
instruction are executed.
During fixed cycle, dont specify this instruction. During fine boring (G76)
and reverse boring (G87), the spindle orienting will be carried out
automatically.
The code of implementing spindle orientation on arbitrary point is Bxx
(Bxx is orientation point);M19must be performed after finished the
operation ,otherwise failure replacement of knife will be result in by
inaccurate orientation of the point when the knife is replaced next time. It
can damage the Machine Tool. The list of the directive B about spindle
orientation point is in the appendix L.
6.5 Speed Change of Spindle

6.5.1 Spindle mechanical speed change
Spindle mechanical speed change means adding gearbox on spindle box
to increase the torque of spindle. Germany ZF gearbox is usually used.
- 72 -
VMC Series
6. Spindle Function
The operations for the spindle are the same as with the normal
mechanical spindle operations, i.e. the spindle will execute forward
(reverse) rotating action timely when SXXM03 (M04) is executed in
automatic mode. In system processing, it is different from that of the
machine without gearbox. The machine with gearbox can judge the low
gear or high gear according to the supplied gear position of specified
revolution and automatically perform the shifting action. If the shifting
action cannot be completed, the alarm will occur to inform the operator
and the operator can execute the program again.
If the program still cannot be executed, professional maintenance
personnel should be invited to determine the error and solve the problem
according to the actual conditions.
6.5.2 Electric speed change of spindle

The electric speed change of spindle is to change the direction by the
contacting of two contactors when the spindle motor with dual windings
is equipped. It can be started by Y/ and Y / Y modes with the same
working principle, which can be used according to the concrete
condition. It is not necessary to provide gearbox for the type of spindle.
The operations in the condition are in compliance with the programming
method, i.e. the spindle will execute the forward (reverse) rotating
action timely when SXXM03 (M04) is executed in automatic mode. It is
different from the normal mechanical spindle in system processing,
parameter setting and hardware connection. During operation, the
machine can judge the low gear or high gear according to the supplied
gear position of specified revolution and automatically perform the
shifting action. If the shifting action cannot be completed, the alarm will
occur to inform the operator and the operator can execute the program
again.
If the program still cannot be executed, the professional maintenance
personnel should be invited to judge the error and solve the problem as
the actual condition.
- 73 -
VMC Series
7. Auxiliary Functions of Machine
7 Auxiliary Functions of Machine

7.1 Hydraulic Station
Alarm No.
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
Hydraulic station can be used in various applications as optional

functions, especially in the clamping and releasing of tool by spindle,
the shifting of spindle gear box, the releasing and clamping of digital
rotating table and hydraulic clamps as we as the pressure
measurement of pipes. The followings are the introductions for the
above. Though a separately designed hydraulic station is usually
equipped on a machine depending on the different optional functions
of the machine for the different applications, the controlling principles
of the separately designed hydraulic stations are the same.
The start-up of hydraulic station:
a) When hydraulic station is used for clamping tool, mechanical gear
box changing gear, NC table clamping it will be started
automatically.
b) When hydraulic station is used for clamp work-piece, it will be
started by the press of [HYON] key on the operator panel.
The hydraulic station can automatically start up when the power is on.
When the pressure is measured to be in the working range, the
hydraulic motor will stop rotating automatically and hold the current
pressure; when the working pressure is exceeded, the hydraulic
station will unload automatically to assure the reliable and stable
running of hydraulic motor; when the pressure is under the working
pressure, the hydraulic motor will start up automatically to assure the
working pressure. The releasing and clamping of the shifting of
spindle gearbox, tool and rotating table are the different actions which
can be achieved by the controlling the relative electromagnetic valves
on the hydraulic station.
Because many measuring signals are on the hydraulic station to
guarantee the reliable and stable work of the hydraulic, there are
plenty of alarm information correspondingly. Of course, it depends on
the concrete hydraulic station. If the customer found that the
hydraulic station used by him is without the function, it is no doubt
for meeting the customers requirement with the optimization price.
The relative alarm information is as followed:
Alarm information
Solution
HYDRAULIC MOTOR QF OFF
Check if the motor starter of the hydraulic station is tripped
off or if short circuit occurs.
HYDRAULIC TEMPRETURE Temperature of hydraulic station is too high, check if the
temperature of motor or oil is overheated.
HYDRAULIC FILTER BLOCKED
The filter is plugged; clean it on time
HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL LOW
The hydraulic fluid level is too low; please fill the hydraulic
fluid.
HYDRAULIC FAN QF OFF
The air switch of fan in hydraulic station is tripped off; check
if short circuit or overloading occurs.
7.2 Chip Conveyor

7.2.1 Spiral chip conveyor
The spiral chip conveyor can be operated as followed:
Confirm K13.4=1 at first; at this time the controlling of the spiral chip
conveyor is enabled.
1 Manual operation
Press the key [CHIP FWD], the chip conveyor starts forward rotating.
Pressing the button again can stop chip conveying. Press the key
[CHIP REV], the chip conveyor starts reverse rotating for a few
seconds and then stops rotating automatically.
2 Automatic operation
Executing M codes in automatic mode can get the same effects with
- 74 -
VMC serial
7. Auxiliary Functions of machine

the operations of buttons:
M72 chip forward;
M73 chip reverse;
M74cancel chip conveying command;
The relative alarm information and hints of chip conveyor are as
followed:
Alarm No.
1035
Alarm information
HELIX CONYER QF OFF
Solution
Check if the motor starter of the spiral chip conveyor is
tripped off; check if short circuit or overloading occurs.
7.2.2 Chain chip conveyor
Alarm No.
1036
Confirm K13.5=1 at first; at this time the controlling of the chain chip
conveyor is enabled.
1 Manual operation
Press the chip forward button on the operation panel of machine,
while the chip conveyor starts rotating. Pressing the button again can
stop chip conveying.
2 Automatic operation
Executing M codes in automatic mode can get the same effects with
the operations of buttons:
M72 chip forward;
M74cancel chip conveying command;
The relative alarm information and hints of chip conveyor are as
followed:
Alarm information
Solution
CHAIN CONYER QF OFF
Check if the motor starter of the chain chip conveyor is
tripped off; check if short circuit occurs.
NOTEIf chip wraps the chain conveyor, please set the switch on the
chain conveyor reverse to start the chain conveyor reverse rotating.
But it can be executed for a few seconds. Much too long time will
mangle the conveyor.
7.3 Paper Strip Filter

Paper strip filter is used to provide high-qualified and pure medium
for oil cooling and water cooling of spindle. The function can be
got depending on the concrete function selection and not all the
machines have the function.
7.4 Lifting Pump

Lifting pump is used to transmit the liquid in two cooling tanks to
ensure the recycle of the cooling liquid of the entire machine, which
is also the requirement of environmental protection.
7.5 Work-piece and Tool Measurements

To realize the high-speed, high-accuracy and high-automation
machining of machine, customer can select the automatic tool
measuring and work-piece measuring devices, depending on the
concrete condition of the work-piece, which are mainly specified by
the customer and usually are made by Marposs and Renishaw. Due
to the high price of the device, the function can only be an optional
function.
7.5.1 Work-piece Measurement

Work-piece measurement means: the measuring device performs the
software measurement for the shape, dimension and other data of
work-piece and then transmits the data to the digital controlled
- 75 -
VMC Series

system; the system will compare the measured data with the required
actual dimensions, and then compensate the differences in programs
to get the high efficiency, high automatic machining and the
decreased error available.
When K17.2=1, work-piece measurement is activated.
M66; work-piece measurement starts up.
7.5.2 Tool Measurement

Before program machining, the length and radius compensations
must be performed for the tool which is used to machine
work-piece. If the tool measuring device is not installed, the
operator should preset the tool according to his working
experiences; while if the device is installed, the data such as the
length and radius of the tool will be transmitted to the digital
controlled system by the measuring device and software, and then
the system will compare the measured data with the actual tool
dimensions to make sure the wear and damage of tool, which can
guarantee the safety of machine in the maximum range.
K17.3=1, work-piece measurement is activated.
M67: Tool measurement starts up.
7.6 Cooling of Electric Cabinet

The reliable running of electric components and drives in electric
cabinet can guarantee the safe and reliable running of machine. The
electric component is of the large heat dissipation, so cooling the
components mainly by fan, heat exchanger and the refrigeration of
air conditioner is necessary.
7.6.1 Cabinet Fan

For the machine with small type, the driver and power module in
them have the small powers and heat dissipating capacities which
can be cooled just by fan to assure the normal working of the
machine.
7.6.2 Air Conditioner
Alarm No.
1045
Compared with other device, air conditioner has a better

refrigerating effect; but it is used only when the working atmosphere
is hot to assure the normal running of machine because of its high
price.
Alarm information
Solution
AIR-CONDITION QF OFF
Check if the air switch of the air-condition is tripped off;
check if short circuit or overloading occurs.
7.6.3 Heat Exchanger
Alarm No.
1045
Electric cabinet can perform cooling by the heat exchanger inside.

The method can realize the cooling effect with a lower cost than that
of air conditioner.
The relative information is as followed:
Alarm information
Solution
HEAT EXCHANGE QF OFF
Check if the air switch of the heat exchanger is tripped off;
check if short circuit or overloading occurs.
7.7 Machine Cooling and Oil Mist Collecting

To meet the environmental requirements, the dirt such as cooling
water and oil mist must be collectively gathered. The cooling of
machine mainly consists of outer the water cooling , the inner
- 76 -
VMC serial

cooling of spindle and oil cooling of spindle; for example, in
machining steel work-piece, oil is the medium in the outer cooling,
oil mist will unavoidably occur, therefore, it is necessary to collect
the oil mist.
Oil mist collector can be started by pressing the key [OIL GATHER]
on the operator panel..
7.7.1 Water Cooling
Alarm No.
1037
2040
2041
Water cooling means the outer cooling with cooling water as the
medium. Similarly, if the medium is oil, it is called oil cooling. Water
cooling and oil cooling need the same operations in the following two
modes:
1 Manual mode
Press the cooling button on the operation panel and the outer cooling
starts; pressing the cooling button again can stop the cooling.
2 Automatic mode:
In automatic mode, execute M08" to start cooling and M09to stop.
Alarm information
Solution
COOLANT MOTOR QF OFF
Check if the cooled motor starter is tripped off; check if short
circuit occurs.
COOLANT LEVEL LOW
Check if the leveling of liquid in cooling water tank is too
low and fill cooling medium if necessary.
COOLANT LEVEL HIGH
Check if the leveling of liquid in cooling water tank is too
high and handle it if necessary to avoid the pollution caused
by the overflow.
7.7.2 Inner Cooling
Alarm No.
1043
Confirm K13.1=1 at first; The controlling of the inner cooling

function is activated.
The inner cooling function is an optional function which can cool
the work-piece by the water from the center of spindle through
machining holes to protect the work-piece well; execute M07 to start
inner cooling of spindle and M09 to cancel it.
Alarm information
Solution
INNER COOLANT QF OFF
Check if the motor starter of inner cooling is tripped off;
check if short circuit occurs.
7.7.3 Air Cooling
Alarm No.
2047
Air cooling is a standard function. The operating modes are as

followed:
1) Manual operation: in JOG mode, press the [BLOW] key on the
operation panel to connect with the air cooling.
When the pressure of air source is low, the air cooling cannot be
opened.
2) Automatic mode:
In automatic mode, execute M12 to open air cooling and M13 to
open inner air cooling. When K14.1=1 the inner air cooling is
operative; when M09 is executed, the air cooling will be canceled.
Alarm information
Solution
AIR PRESSURE LOW
Check if the pressure of air source is low and start the
external air pressure device if necessary.
- 77 -
VMC Series
7.8 Machine Illumination

Machine illumination mainly consists of electric cabinet illumination
and work-piece illumination. For the serial machines, the electric
cabinet illumination is the optional function and the work-piece
illumination is the standard configuration. The two illuminating modes
are introduced in the following:
7.8.1 Electric Cabinet illumination

As the optional configuration, electric cabinet illumination is
convenient for the customer to maintain the electric cabinet at night.
Open the door of the cabinet, press the switch of the illuminating light
to switch it on and press it again to switch it off.
7.8.2 Illumination for Work-pieces

Because the light in the protecting room is not enough, so it is
necessary to install the illuminating devices for the operator to operate
tools. The illumination of machine has a very simple operating mode
with just pressing the LIGHT button on the operation button to
switch the light. When the machine is power on, the light is
automatically on.
7.9 Introduction of Machine Fixtures

The choice of the machine fixture usually accords to the concrete
work-piece to be machined. The air operated fixture and hydraulic
fixture with the same working principle are usually used in the daily
work.
7.10 Transformers
FANUC 3220V control voltage is used in the series of machines.
When the main power supply is not of the 3220V voltage, the
servo transformer should be installed to transform the voltage to the
required 3220V for the machine. For the different configurations,
the capacities of the different servo transformers are different, so it
necessary to refer to the list of the purchased parts according to the
concrete configuration.
7.11 Lubrication
There is lubrication pump on the machine supplying lubrication oil for
linear guideways. And there are two methods to start the lubrication
pump.
1 Automatic Lubricate
In automatic lubricate mode, the lubrication pump start one time for
some time and then stop some time automatically.
The Stop Time = [C10] *5 minutes
For example: If the PMC parameter Counter 10 is set 3, the stop
time will be 15 minutes.The Run Time: T11 (ms), concrete operation
is in the appendix H.3
2 Manual Lubricate
Press the key [LUBRICATE] on the operator panel to start the
lubrication pump. The run time of the pump is T9 (ms). There is
another method to start lubrication pump. That is press the button on
the pump. concrete operation is in the appendix H.3
- 78 -
VMC serial
7.12 Water Gun and Air Gun

There is water gun or air gun on the machine. Or water gun and air gun are
equipped on the machine basing on the compact require. The operation of
water gun is the same to air gun. That is press key [CHIP FLUSH] on the
operator panel first and then hold on the water gun or air gun and put the
trigger down. The water gun and air gun can only be used when door is
open.
- 79 -
VMC Series
8 Di splaying of Alarm, Opera tion & Di agnosis
Displaying of Alarm, Operation & Diagnosis
8.1 CNC Interface

8.1.1 Alarm information interface
While alarm occurs, the menu for ALARM MESSAGE will be displayed
automatically.
(When the 7th digit of NC parameter No.3111 is 0)
Alarm screen can be displayed according to following steps:
1 Press the function key

2 Press the softkeyALARM.
Under background edit, it is not necessary to switch to the alarm menu, but to
display the alarms under program menu.
While background editing is applied, do not press the key <RESET>and if this
key is pressed, the automatic running of the machine will be stopped.
Press any key to release the alarm.
- 80 -
VMC Series
8. Displaying of Alarm, Operation & Diagnosis
8.1.2 Operation information interface
While alarm occurs, the menu for OPERATOR MESSAGE will be displayed
automatically.
(When the 7th digit of NC parameter No. 3111 is 0)
1 Press the function key
2 Press the softkeyMSG(operator information).
- 81 -
VMC Series
9 .Over-tr avel Releases
Over-travel Releases
The case that the coordinate value of each axis exceeds specified scope is
called over-travel. If over-travel occurs, there will be an alarm, and then to
release the alarm, return the over-travel axis to the specified scope.
Over-travel
The menu will display any option of alarm NO.OT500-OT507.
(For example) OT0500(X) + OVER-TRAVEL (SOFT1)
Releasing method
It is available to use following methods to release the over-travel:
- 82 -
1.
Select HANDLE mode.
2.
Operate the hand wheel pulse generator in the direction opposite to

the displayed direction on the menu, and then move the over-travel
axis to be within the travel limit.
3.
Press the reset key <RESET>, and then the alarm display will
disappear, releasing the alarm.
VMC Series
10
10. Release of Tool Capture Status
Release of Tool Capture Status

If the tool has been exactly inserted into the work piece while the machine
stops, it can be recovered according to following methods:
Press the reset key
on the operation panel,
releasing the alarm.

2
Press the key [HANDLE] for handle mode.
Select Z axis by the axis selection switch on the hand
wheel.
4
Turn the hand wheel pulse generator clockwise (turning direction
is + side) to pull out the tool from the work piece.

If the captured tool is T-groove tool, etc. which cannot be pulled out
upwards, the tool can be taken away from the tool shaft.
If the captured tool is a threading tool, function for returning threading is
valid. The operation method is as following:
1)
Connect the soft switch R.T.BACK
2)
Select MDI mode
3)
Press the [RESET] key on the operator or on the MID keyboard
The machine will revolve the tool from work-piece automatically.
- 83 -
VMC Series
11. Inpput/Out Data
11
Input/Output Data
It is available to use memory to input/output data.
Set the input/output channel to 4 (parameter No. 20), and then it is able to
browse the files saved in the memory card inserted into the memory
interface near the display, and then different types of data (part program,
parameter, offset data) will be input and output in files of a plain text
format.
The main functions are as follows:
Displaying contents of files
Display the files saved in the memory card on the contents screen.
Searching file
It is available to search the files stored in the memory card, and then display
the files on the contents screen.
Reading file
It is available to read the files in a plain text format from the memory card.
Writing file
It is available to record the part programs into the memory card in a plain
text format.
Deleting file
It is available to select the file to be deleted from the memory card, and
then delete it.
Writing file
Reading file
Displaying contents
Memory card
Searching file
Deleting file
11.1 Displaying the Contents of Files

Steps
- 84 -
1.
1 Press the EDIT switch on the operation panel of the machine.
2.
2 Press the function key PROG.

VMC Series
11. Input/Output Data

3.
3 Press the right softkey (key for menu continuity)
4.
4 Press the softkeyCARDto display following screen.
Besides, page-turning key can be used to enable screen scroll.
5 Press the softkey DIR+ (contents) to display the comments in the

files.
6 Repeatedly press the softkey DIR+to alternatively display comment

and size, date.
For any file, all comments described after No. 0 can be displayed. At most,
18 characters can be displayed on the screen.
7 Input/output data
Refer to <Operation Manual> B-63534CM/02
- 85 -
VMC Series
11. Inpput/Out Data
11.2 Searching File

Steps:
1 Press the EDIT switch on the operation panel of the machine.
2 Press the function key PROG.
3 Press the right softkey (key for menu continuity)
4 Press the softkeyCARDto display following screen.
5 Press the softkey(OPRT)(operation).

6 Set any file number by softkeyF SRH(searching file), and then press
the softkeyEXEC(execution) to execute file searching. If the file has
been searched, it will be displayed at the top of the contents screen.
When the searched file number is No. 19 file
- 86 -
VMC Series
11.3 Reading File

Steps
1. Press the EDIT switch on the operation panel of the machine.
2. Press the function key PROG.
3. Press the right softkey (key for menu continuity).
4. Press the softkeyCARDto display following screen.
5. Press the softkey(OPRT).

6. Specify a file number and then press the softkey F READto display
following screen:
- 87 -
VMC Series
11. Inpput/Out Data
7. Type file number 20 by MDI panel, and then press the softkey [F SET]
(setting file) to set the file number. Type the program No.120, and then
press the softkey [O SET] (setting program) to set the program number, and
then press the softkey [EXEC].
In CNC, file number has been recorded as O0120.
Set while it is intended to use another No. O to record the No. O of the
file to be read as the program number. If program number has not been set,
just record the No. O in the file name.
8. In order to read file, press the softkey [N READ] (reading file number) in
the above step 6.
And then the screen will display as follows:
9. Register the file name TESTPRO as O1230, and then type the file
name TESTPRO by MDI panel, and then set the file name by softkeyF
NAME. Type program number 1230, and then press the softkey O
SET to set the program number and then the softkeyEXECfor
execution.
- 88 -
VMC Series
11.4 Writing File

Steps
3. Press the right softkey (key for menu continuity).
4. Press the softkeyCARDto display following screen.

6. Press the softkeyPUNCH.
7. Type the number O for punch output through MDI panel, and then press
the softkeyO SETto set program number
Press the softkey EXECafter settingand then the file will be written in
the file No. O1230.
8. Same as setting No. O, type the file No. by MDI panel, and then press the
softkeyFSETto set file name.
After setting, press the softkey EXEC, write the program number O0123
into the file ABCD12.
- 89 -
VMC Series
11. Inpput/Out Data
Explanation
register the same file name
If the file with the same file name has already been saved in the memory
card, the original file in the memory card will be overlaid.
Write all programs
In order to writ all programs, set program No.9999. At this moment,
if the file name has not been specified, the written file name shall be
PROGRAM.ALL.
Limitation of file name
There are following limitation for setting a file name.
setting a file name.
Within 8 characters; extension name shall be within 3 characters.
11.5 Deleting File

Steps:
3. Press the softkey on the right side (key for menu continuity).
4. Press the softkeyCARDto display following screen:
- 90 -
VMC Series

6. Set the file No. to be deleted by softkey DELETE at first, and then
press the softkeyEXECto delete the set file. Contents screen will
re-display the screen in which the file has been deleted.
When file No. 21 is deleted
When file No. O1020 is deleted
File No. 21 is assigned to the subsequent file number.
11.6 All Input/Output by the Memory Card

Even though the separate screen for part programs, parameters, offset data,
pitch error data, user macro program, work piece coordinate system data,
etc. cannot be displayed, it is available to input/output data from ALL IO
(all input/output) by means of the memory card.
Data Name
Part programs
Parameters
Memory card
Offset data
Pitch error data
User macro program
Work piece coordinate system
data (additional coordinate
system)
ALL IO (all
input/output)
screen
Steps:
2. Press the softkey
- 91 -
VMC Series
11. Inpput/Out Data
3. Repeatedly press the softkey
on the right side.
4. Press the softkeyALL IOto display following screen:
Upper part: file contents saved in the memory card

Lower part: recorded program contents
5. Scroll the upper part/lower part by the cursor keys

(left * shows the part can be scrolled)
: Set scroll of contents of the memory card
: set scroll of contents of programs
6 Use the page-turning key
and
to scroll the file
contents and program contents.

Explanation
Each data clause
When the screen is displayed at the beginning, it is available to use the data
clauses to select programs, and the softkeys of other screens shall be
displayed by pressing the softkey
If the non-program data clause is selected, the screen will only display the
file contents.
All selected data clauses shall be displayed in the bracket of the head line.
- 92 -
VMC Series
Display of program contents

Display of program contents is not in accordance with parameter NAM
(No.3107#0) or parameter SOR (No.3107#4).
Operation of each function
Display following softkey by pressing the softkey (OPRT):
Operation of each function is the same as the operation on the contents

screen (memory card). Only the softkeyO SET and PROGRAM
NUMBER (program No.) associated with the program number will
be displayed, and the clauses which are not associated with non-program
data will not be displayed:
F SRH : Searching specified file number
F READ : Reading specified file number
PUNCH : Writing file
N READ : Reading the file under specified file name
DELETE : Deleting the specified file number
Notes:
It is not allowed to call functions from the memory card by means of the
RMT operation mode and the subprogram command based on M198.
11.7 File Format and Error Information
File format
All files input/output to the memory card are plain text files, and for
contents of the files, the specific formats are as follows:
Files shall always begin with % or LF, and the subsequent shall be data
content, and then files shall be ended up by %. During the operation of
reading files, from starting testing % to the moment that LF has been
tested, all the data will be skipped. Each program block shall end up with
LF, not :.
LF: 0A of ASCII codes (Hex Codes).
When the read files include small letter, Japanese Kana Conversion
Library, and some special characters (e.g. $,\ and !, etc.), it is allowed to
be regardless of them.
(For example)
%
O0001 (MEMORY CARD SAMPLE FILE)
G17 G49 G97
- 93 -
VMC Series
11. Inpput/Out Data
G92X-11.3Y2.33
M30
%
data input/output by ASCII codes has no relationship with set
parameters (ISO/EIA).
Parameter NCR (No.0100#3) can be used to specify that end code of
program block (EOB) is to be used only for LF output or for LF, CR and
CR output.
Error information
If during memory card input/output, an error occurs, error information will
be displayed, in which xx shows the error code of the memory card.
- 94 -
VMC Series
Table for Error Codes of the Memory Card

Code
Meaning
99
A part before FTA field of the memory card has been destroyed.
102
Available space of the memory card no sufficient.
105
Memory card has not been installed.
106
Memory card has been installed.
110
There is not any content specified.
111
Amount of files under the root directory is too big, unable to expand the
contents
114
Unspecified file name
115
The specified file is under being protected status.
117
The file has not been opened.
118
The file has been opened.
119
The file has been locked.
121
Available space of the memory card no sufficient.
122
Specified file name is not correct.
124
Extension name of the specified file is not correct.
129
The non-correspondence function has been specified.
130
Specified equipment invalid
131
Specified path invalid.
133
Many files have been opened at the same time.
135
No format tool available
140
The file is of attribute of READ/WRITE.
- 95 -
VMC Series
12. Tool Life Managemeng Function
12 Tool Life Management Function

General
By this function, it is able to manage the life (usage times and usage period)
of the tools which have been separated into several groups, and when the
tool life has expired, new tools can be selected automatically for processing.
The data for managing tool life consists of tool group number, specified
code for tool offset value and tool life, and all the data has been stored in
the CNC system.
Tool Group Number m

Tool No.
Specified
Code for Tool
Offset Value
Tool Life
Data for managing the life of first tool
Data for managing the life of n tool
Figure 12(a) Data for tool life management (the number of tools is n)
Select the tool from the tool group number specified by the machining
programs, and then tool life can be managed along with machining.
Data for managing tool life
Machining program
Running of the machine and CNC system
Group No. 1
Machine
Tool
selection
Group No. m
Selection command for

group NO. m
Command for changing

tools (M06)
Group No. p
Set the selected

tool under
waiting status
Automatically select the

expiration tool from group
m
Mount the
selected tool
under waiting
status onto the
spindle
Start calculation for the life

of the tool mounted on the
spindle
(Changing
tools)
Figure 12 (b) Select a tool from the machining program

If it is provided with double-path control, the management for tool life can
be carried out separately for each path.
The data setting for managing tool life is also completed on each path.
- 96 -
VMC Series
12. Tool Life Management Function
12.1 Data for Managing Tool Life

Data for managing tool life consists of tool group number, specified code
for tool offset value and tool life.
Explanation
- Tool group number
The maximum storable tool group quantity and the recordable tool quantity
of each group shall be set be parameter GS1 and GS2 (No.6800#0, #1)
(table 12.1(a))
Table 12.1(a) Maximum recordable tool group quantity and tool quantity
Max. group quantity and

tool quantity when
512-group option for tool
life management group
number not provided
Max. group quantity and

tool quantity when
512-group option for tool
life management group
number provided
Group Qty.
Group Qty.
Tool Qty.
Tool Qty.
Notice:
When changing parameter GS1 and GS2 (No680001)please
re-record the data for managing tool life in command G10L3 (deleting all
data for each group while recording) . Without re-recording, it is unable to
set new data pairs.
- Tool number
The tool number shall be specified by the 4 digits after T.
- Specified code for tool offset value
There is H code (for tool length compensation) and D code (for tool radius
compensation) available to be the specified codes for tool offset value. The
max number for the specified code of tool offset value recordable is 255
(when tool compensation number is 400). When tool compensation number
is 32, 64, 99 or 200, the max number for the specified code of tool offset
value shall be 32, 64, 99 or 200. When 512-group option for tool life
management group number is provided, the max number is also 255 (when
the tool compensation number is 400). When tool compensation number is
499 or 999, the max number for the specified code of tool offset value shall
be 499/999.
Notes:
When specified code for tool offset value is not available, recording can be
omitted.
- 97 -
VMC Series
12.2 Recording, Modifying and Deleting the Data for Managing

Tool Life
By editing the program for tool-life management data, the data in the CNC
system can be recorded, and the recorded tool-life management data can be
modified or deleted.
Explanation
The program formats for following described data are different:
- While recording, delete all groups
After the recorded tool-life management data has been deleted, record the
tool-life management data recorded in the program.
- Add and modify tool-life management data
The tool-life management data of the groups of the programs can be added
or modified.
- Delete tool-life management data
The tool-life management data of the groups of the programs can be
deleted.
- Counting type for recording tool life
The counting type (time or times) of each group can be recorded.
- Life value
By means of setting (command Q) parameter LTM (No.6800#2) or
counting type, it is able to record time or times.
Maximum values are as follows:
Time
4300 (min.)
Times 9999 (times)
Format
Delete all groups while recording
Format
Meaning of Commands
: Delete all groups while recording
: Group No.
: Life value
: Tool No.
: Specified code for tool offset value (H code)
: Specified code for tool offset value (D code)
: Recording ends up
- 98 -
VMC Series
Add and modify tool-life management data
Format
Meaning of Commands
: Starting adding and modifying all groups
: Group No.
: Life value: Tool No.
: Specified code for tool offset value (H code)
: Specified code for tool offset value (D code)
: Adding and modifying of the groups end up
Delete tool-life management data

Format
Meaning of Commands
: Starting deleting groups
: Group No.
: Deleting groups ends up
Set the counting type for tool-life group

Format
Meaning of Commands
: Counting type for life
(1: times; 2: time)
- 99 -
VMC Series
Notices:
1 While command Q is omitted, set value of parameter LTM (No68002)
will be used as the counting type of the tool life.
2 G10L3P1 and G10L3P2 are only available to be specified when tool-life
extension management function is valid.
(Parameter EXT (No.6801#6) =1)
12.3 Tool-life Management Command Applied in Machining

Programs
Explanation
- Command
The following commands can be used to manage tool life:
T: Specify the tool group number.
Tool-life management is to select an unexpired tool from the specified
group, and then output the tool by T codes.
By , it is able to specify a number which can combine tool-life
management cancel number (No.6810) and the group number to be
specified. For example, when tool life management cancel number is 100,
and it is intended to specify tool group 1, you shall specify T101.
Notes:
When is smaller than tool-life cancel number, the T code shall be
taken as common T code.
M06: By this command, the end-life of the tool used previously can be
managed, and then carry out the life counting for the new tool selected by T
code command.
Notice:
When several M codes have been specified in the same program block (see
-11.2), please specify M06 in M code at first.
H99; select H code for tool-life management data of the currently applied
tool
H00; cancel the tool length offset
D99; select D code for tool-life management data of the currently applied
tool
D00; cancel tool radius offset
Notice:
H99 or D99 must be specified after command M06. Besides, if the codes
other than H99 or D99 have been specified, the H code or D code for
tool-life management data will not be selected.
- Type
In order to carry out the tool-life management function, it is available to
adopt following four tool-changing types.
Table 10.2.3 Difference among four tool-changing types
- 100 -
VMC Series
Tool-changing type
Take the tool group

No. specified in the
same program block
as
tool-changing
command (M06)
Tool group used

previously
Timing for counting

tool life
Remarks
Parameter
The tool groups to be used for the next time
When M06 is specified for the next time, it is available to

count the life for the tool in the specified tool group.
When tool group No.

instruction
has
been
specified separately, in
principle, type B shall be
used.
However, even a tool group
No. instruction has been
specified separately under
C type, no alarm occurs.
(i.e., the operations for type
B and type C are different).
No. 6800#7(M6T)=1
No. 6801#7(M6E)=0
When the group

where the tool is
placed is in the
same
program
block
as
the
group including
M06,
it
is
available to carry
out
tool-life
counting.
When M06 has
been
specified
separately, P/S
warner (No.153)
will alarm.
No. 6800#7
No.
6801#7(M6T)=1
(M6T)=0
No. 6801#7
(M6E)=0
Notes:
When tool group No. has been specified and new tool has been selected, the
new tool selection No. will be output.
For example:
- Type A for changing tools
It is assumed that tool life management cancel No. is 100.
T101;
Select one non-expiration tool from group No. 1 (assuming
the selected tool No. is 010).
M06;
Counting the life for the tool of group No. 1 (counting the life
of tool No. 010).
T102;
Select one non-expiration tool from group No. 2 (assuming
M06T101; Counting the life for the tool of group No. 2 (counting the life
of tool No. 100).
Output the tool No. of the currently used tool by T codes (output tool No.
010).
- Type B and C for changing tools
T101;
Select one non-expiration tool from group No. 1 (assuming the
selected tool No. is 010).
of tool No. 010).
counting the life for the tool of group No. 2 (counting the life of tool No.
100).
of tool No. 100).
- 101 -
VMC Series

Counting the life for the tool of group No. 3 (counting the life of tool No.
200).
- Type D for changing tools
T101M06; Select one non-expiration tool from group No. 1 (assuming
Counting the life for the tool of group No. 1 (counting the life of tool No.
010).
T102M06; Counting the life for the tool of group No. 2 (counting the life
of tool No. 100).
Select one non-expiration tool from group No. 3 (assuming the selected tool
No. is 100).
12.4 Tool Life

Usage times or usage time (unit: min) are used to specify the life of the
specified tool.
Explanation
- Usage times
For each tool specified in the program, usage times shall be increased by 1.
And that is to say, after CNC has entered automatic operation status from
reset status, only when the first tool group No. and tool changing command
has been specified, usage times shall be increased by 1.
Notices:
Even one tool group number has been specified for several times within one
program, the usage times will not increase, and therefore, new tool will not
be selected.
- Usage time
When the command for changing tools (M06) has been specified, it is
available to start tool-life management for the tool selected by the tool
group number command. During tool-life management, usage time of the
tool under cutting mode shall be counted with the interval of 4s. If within 4s,
the tool group has been changed, the usage time within 4s shall not be taken
as the usage time. For single block, the time for stop, tool feed interruption,
rapid movement, interruption, lock and interlock of the machine shall not
be taken into consideration for calculation.
- 102 -
VMC Series
12.5 Parameters associated with Tool-life Management
data type Bit type GS1,GS2

Combination of number of tool-life groups which can be registered and
number of tools which can be registered can be set according to the
following table:
M series
No. of groups
T series
No. of tools
No. of groups
No. of tools
The next line shows the value when the option that tool-life management
groups is 512 (M series) or when tool-life management groups is 128 (T
series) available.
LTM
tool life
0: specified by times
1: specified by time
SIG during tool skipping, whether tool group No. is used to select signal
input group No.
0: not input (counting that the group in the present selection has been
specified)
1: input.
GRS while tool changing the reset signal has been input:
0: only deleting the execution data of the specified group
1: deleting the execution data of all registered groups
SNG when the tool other than the ones under the tool-life management has
been selected, if tool skip signal has been input:
0: skip the tool in the group used at last or the specified group (according to
parameter SIG).
1: omit tool skip signal.
IGI whether tool stand-by number shall be omitted:
0: not omit
1: omit
M6T T codes which is in the same program block as M06 shall be
0: taken as stand-by No.
1: taken as the command for the next tool group
- 103 -
VMC Series
data typebit type

TSM
during tool-life management, several offsets have been specified
during life counting.
0: counting according to the same tool number
1: counting for each tool.
LFV during extension of tool-life management function, the exceed-control
for life counting:
0: invalid
1: valid
EMD display moment of mark (tool life has expired)
0: be displayed when the next tool has been selected
1: be displayed when the tool life has expired.
E1S when tool life has been specified by time
0: counting with an interval of 4s.
1: counting with an interval of 1s. (Maximum life shall be 1075(min).)
Notes: the parameter is valid when parameter LTM (No.6800#2) has been
set to 1.
EXT whether function for extension of tool-life management shall be used (M
series).
0: not use
1: use
EXG registration of tool-life management data based on G10 (T Series).
0: deleting data of all tool groups before registration
1: keep the data of other groups, and only add/alter or delete the data of the
specified group.
Notes: when EXG has been set to 1, by the address P of the program block
which is same as G10, data can be added, altered and deleted (P1: add
alter; P2: delete). However when address P has not been specified, the
registration shall be after data for all groups has been deleted.
M6E when T code has been specified in the program block which is the
same as M06.
0: T code shall be disposed as the return No. or the group No. to be selected
for the next time. And final disposal shall be decided by parameter M6T
(No.6800#7).
1: start the tool-life counting immediately for the tool group.
data type bit type

T99 when M99 is being executed, if there is a tool group whose life has
expired:
0: not output tool changing signal
1: output tool changing signal
TCO when function code 171 and 172 (reading of tool life management data)
of PMC window have been specified, in the currently selected group, if the tool
data which has not been used currently can be deleted:
0: no
- 104 -
VMC Series
1: yes
E17
in the currently selected group, when deleting command for tool-life
management data has been sent by function code 171 and 172 (reading of
tool life management data) of PMC window to the tools which are
currently used:
0: not delete tool data, and exit normally
1: not delete tool data, and output end code 13.
GRP management data for tool-life forecast signal TLCHB<F064#3>
0: parameter No.6844 and No.6845
1: value set for each group for extension of tool-life management. Residual
life shall be set for each group until a new tool has been selected. When set
life-tool usage counter (COUNT) has achieved the set value of each group
(residual life) the signal TLCHB<F064#3> will be output.
Notes: The parameter can only be used when type B for tool-life
management is valid.
ARL tool-life forecast signal TLCHB <F064#3> in tool-life management
0: output to each tool.
1: output at the last tool of each group, and the parameter is only valid when
No.6802#3 is set to 1.
TGN
group number random setting function for that is type B of tool-life
management shall be used

0: not use
1: use
TSK
during tool-life management, if counting type is time type, when the
skip for the last tool of the specified tool is being carried out:
0: counting value of the last tool is the same as life value
1: counting value of the last tool can not be altered.
RMT conditions under which tool-life forecast signal TLCHB<F064#3>can
be set to OFF
0: residual life is bigger than parameter value
1: residual life is not in accordance with eth parameter
Notes: after the parameter has been set, it is necessary
to cut off the
power supply temporarily.

data type bit type
LGR
in tool-life management function, tool life can be divided into
following:
0: all groups shall be selected by parameter LTM (No.6800#2).
1: random selection times or time of each group
LGR
when it is set to 1, it is available to add the address in the specified
format of G10 (tool life management data setting)
- 105 -
VMC Series

Q specification: As shown in the following example, please specify times or
time for life of each group at address Q. The groups omitting address Q
shall be specified by parameter LTM (No.6800#2).
for example when parameter LTM(No.6800#2)has been set to 0:
G10 L3;
P1 L10 Q1;(Q1:specify the life the group No. 1 by times)
P2 L20 Q2;(Q2: specify the life the group No. 2 by time)
P3 L20; (Q omit: specify the life the group No. 3 by times)
G11;
M30;
%
LFE when the tool life has been specified by times, the life value shall be
specified in the following scope:
0: 09999 (times)
1: 065535 (times)
data type bit type

TC1 make the pre-set of tool-life counter in automatic operation be:
0: invalid
1: valid
ETE during extension of tool-life management, the mark for showing that
the last tool of the group has expired
0: remain @.
1: change into *.
Omit No. for tool-life management

Omit No. for tool-life management
data type bit type
data range 09999
Set omit No. for tool-life management
When the value specified by T code has exceed the set value, the value
gained by subtracting the set value from T code value shall become the tool
group No. of the tool-life management.
Re-use M code for tool-life counting
data type byte type

data range 0255 (excluding 01, 02, 30, 98 and 99)
When 0 is omitted:
When tool life has been specified by times, tool-life counting shall re-use M
code. While a M code is specified, if there is only one tool group has
expired, still, tool changing signal will be output. Re-use the T code
command (tool-life management group command) after M code by
specified tool-life counting, and then select the non-expiration tool in the
tool group, adding 1 to tool-life counter. When the tool life is specified by
time, T code command (tool-life management group command) can be
- 106 -
VMC Series

reused after M code by specified tool-life counting, and same as the status
when the tool life is specified by times, select the non-expiration tool in the
tool group.
Residual life of the tool (usage times)

data type character type
data unit time (times)
data range 09999
When tool life is specified by times, it is available to set tool residual life
(usage times) when output tool life has achieved forecast signal.
Notes:
1 When the residual value of selected tool life (usage times) has been up to
the set value of parameter (No.6844), output tool life arrival forecast signal
TLCHB to PMC.
2 When the set value in parameter (No.6844) is bigger than tool life, the
tool life arrival forecast signal will not be output.
Residual life of the tool (usage time)

data type 2 character type
data unit min
data range 04300
When tool life is specified by time, tool residual life (usage time) can be set
when output tool life has achieved forecast signal.
Notes:
1 When the residual value of selected tool life (usage time) has been up to
the set value of parameter (No.6845), output tool life arrival forecast signal
TLCHB to PMC. By tool life management function, usage time or usage
times can be set according to each tool. For the tool groups which set life by
usage times, please use parameter No.6844; for the tool groups which set
life by usage times, please use parameter No.6845.
2 When the set value in parameter (No.6845) is bigger than tool life, the
tool life arrival forecast signal will not be output.
- 107 -
VMC Series
13
15. High-speed Skip Function
Status Indicators
Red, yellow and green are separately used to specify the running status and
stop status of the machine.
Ex-works setting is as follows:
1) When the yellow light is on, the machine is under normal status.
2) When the green light is on, the program is being executed.
3) When the red light is on, the machine is under alarm status.
- 108 -
VMC Series
14. Drilling Cycle for Small Deep Holes
14
Drilling Cycle for Small Deep Holes

During drilling process, when overload torque signal (when skip signal is used) has
been detected, the axle provided with overload torque testing function will
withdraw the tool. After the spindle speed and cutting feed speed have been
changed, the drilling operation will be restarted. During the drilling process for
small deep holes, the steps shall be repeated. By specifying the M code set in
parameter (No. 5163), it is able to enter drilling cycle for small deep holes.
Under this mode, G83 (drilling cycle for small deep holes) can be specified. When
G80 is specified or reset, drilling cycle for small deep holes will be cancelled.
Format
: Interruption time for returning from hole bottom and point R
: Forward and backward speed (format is the same as that of F)
(When omit, it shall be the value for parameter (No. 5172 and 5173)
: Repeat times (limiting to the status when repeat is required)
: Interruption time at the bottom of the hole (when omit, count it as P0)
Initial Horizontal
Position
Point
R
Point
R
Overload torque
Overload torque
Interruption
Point
Z
Interruption
Point
Z
: clearance between initial fine withdrawing distance and hole bottom during
subsequent drilling when tool has been withdrawn to point R (parameter No.5174)
Q: cutting depth for each time
: path for tool under rapid speed
: during cycle specified by the parameter, path of the tool under rapid speed
(forward and backward speed)
: path of the tool under cutting feed speed
- 109 -
VMC Series

Explanation
- Operations included in the cycle
positioning along X-axis and Y-axis
Positioning at point R along Z-axis
Cutting along Z-axis(the first cutting depth Q, increment)
Backward operation (hole bottom fine withdrawing distance,
increment)
Backward operation (hole bottom point R)
Forward operation (point R hole bottomclearance )
Cutting (after second cutting, cutting depth Q+, increment)
dwell
return to point R along Z axis ( or initial horizontal position)=cycle end
During forward and backward operation, control can be performed by cutting feed
acceleration/deceleration constant, and in backward operation, the
designed-position arrival check is carried out at point R.
- Specifying M code
By specifying the M code included in parameter (No. 5163), the system can enter
drilling cycle of small deep holes. However, the specified M code will not wait for
FIN. Therefore, special attention must be paid if this M code and another M code
have been specified in the same program block.
(For example)
M M03 ; waiting for FIN.
M03 M; not waiting for FIN.
- Specifying G code
Under drilling cycle of small deep holes, execution of cycle for drilling small deep
holes can be started by specifying G83.
G83 is a modal G code, and once specified, it will not change before specifying
another fixed cycle or G code for canceling fixed cycle. And therefore, it is not
necessary to specify drilling data for each program block during continuous drilling
of the same holes.
- Cycle of the signal being executed
In this cycle, when the tool is positioned at the hole bottom along the axis will shall
not be used for drilling, a signal will be output. The signal indicates that cycle for
drilling small deep holes is being executed. During the positioning along the
drilling axis to point R, the signal outputs continuously, and terminates after the tool
returns to point R or initial horizontal position.
- Overload torque test signal
Skip signal is taken as the overload torque test signal. When tool feeds or drills, or
when axis in drilling direction is between point R and Z, the skip signal is valid.
(The signal may cause backward operation.)
- Changing cutting conditions
In a separate G83 cycle, for each drilling operation of deep holes (forward cutting
backward), the cutting conditions can be changed by this. Besides, the cutting
conditions can also kept unchanged by setting parameters OLS, NOL (No. 5160#1,
#2).
1) It is available to change the second cutting tool-feed speed (programmed by F
code) and that for each subsequent drilling operation. In parameter No.5166 and
No.5167, the corresponding changing rate applied when skip signal has been tested
or not tested during previous drilling operation has been specified.
cutting tool-feed speedF
- 110 -
VMC Series
14. Drilling Cycle for Small Deep Holes

first time 1.0
after second 100
is the change rate for each drilling
operation.
When skip signal has been tested during previous drilling operation: =b1 %
(parameter No.5166).
When skip signal hasnt been tested during previous drilling operation: =b2%
(parameter No.5167).
If the change rate of cutting tool-feed speed is smaller than the ratio set in
parameter (No. 5168), the cutting tool-feed speed will not change. The upper limit
of changed cutting feed speed is the maximum cutting tool-feed speed.
2) Changing spindle speed
For each operation step after the second operation, the spindle speed can be
changed (programmed by S code). In parameter No.5164 and No.5165, the
corresponding changing rate applied, when skip signal has been tested or not tested
during previous drilling operation, has been specified.
Spindle speed S
first time 1.0
after second 100
is the change rate for reach drilling
operation
When skip signal has been tested during previous drilling operation: d1%
(parameter (No.5164))
When skip signal has not been tested during previous drilling operation:
d2% ( parameter (No.5165))
When cutting tool-feed speed is min. the spindle speed will not change. The spindle
speed can be increased to the value corresponding to the max data value of S
analog.
- Forward and backward operation
The mode for forward and backward operation is different from the mode of rapid
movement positioning. Same as tool feed during cutting, forward and backward
operation shall be executed under interpolation operation mode. Therefore,
acceleration/deceleration applies to acceleration/deceleration for exponential
function. Notes: during counting tool life by tool-life management function, the
forward and backward operation should not be considered.
- Specifying address I
When forward and backward speed is specified by address I, the format is the
same as that of address F.
G83 I1000 ; (command without a decimal)
G83 I1000 . ; (command with a decimal)
The speed for above mentioned two statuses shall be 1000mm/min. Before
specifying G80 or resetting, the address specified under G83 modal status will be
valid continuously.
- Functions can be specified
Under fixed cycle mode, it is available to specify following commands.
Hole position commands for X-axis, Y-axis and auxiliary axes.
Operation and transferring based on the assign macro.
Calling subprogram (hole position group, etc.)
Switching absolute/increment
Coordinate rotation
Command for confirming coordinate (the command does not affect cutting
depth Q and fine withdrawing distance d1.)
Dry run
Feed hold
- 111 -
VMC Series

- Single block
When the operation for single block has been activated, drilling operation will
stop after backward operation for each time.
- Tool-feed speed overload
For each operation like cutting, backward, forward during the cycle, tool-feed
speed is valid.
- Interface for assign macro
It is available to input the cumulative frequency of backward operation during
cutting and the cumulative frequency of backward operation of corresponding
overload signal into general-purpose variable (#100#149) of assign macro of
parameter (No.5170, 5171). However, it is not allowed to set the value other then
100149 into parameters (No.5170, 5171). Parameter (No. 5170): used to set
general-purpose variable number and the cumulative frequency of backward
operation during cutting shall be output to this variable. Parameter (No.5171): it is
used to set general-purpose variable number and the cumulative frequency of
backward operation affecting overload signal received during cutting will be output
to this variable.
Restriction
- calling a subprogram
Please specify the subprogram calling command M98P_ in a fixed cycle by a single
program block.
For example
N01 M03 S___;
N02 M ;
N03 G83 X_ Y_ Z_ R_ Q_ F_ I_ K_ P_;
N04 X_ Y_;
..
..
..
N10 G80;
<Command contents of each program block>
N01: command for spindle forward and spindle speed
N02: assume that G83 is the M code command for drilling cycle of small deep
holes. The M code can be set in parameter (No. 5163).
N03: Command for drilling cycle of small deep holes which can be used to store
drilling data (excluding K and P) and execute drilling.
N04: change hole position, and execute drilling cycle of small deep holes by the
drilling data which is the same as that of N03.
N10: cancel drilling cycle of small deep holes. The M code during execution of N
02 will be cancelled too.
- 112 -
VMC Series
15
High-speed Skip Function

High-speed skip signal (connected with CNC directly without PMC) can be
used to take the place of universal skip signal (X4.7). When using
high-speed skip signal, 8 signals can be input at most.
For general skip signal input, there is test delay and the signal difference
can be up to 0-2 msec (limited to CNC port), and the signal difference for
high-speed skip signal can be reduced to be less than 0.1 msec, and
therefore, it is available to realize high-accuracy test.
data type bit type

GSK
In skip function (G31), if skip signal SKIPP<G006#6>will be
taken as skip signal:
0: No
1: Yes
SK0
Skip signal SKIP<X004#7>multi-level skip signal <X004#0
#7>(limited to T series)
0: take 1 as signal input (skip)
1: take 0 as signal input (skip).
MIT
In skip function(G31), if tool compensation measurement value
will be directly input B signal MIT1, MIT1, MIT2,
MIT2<X004#2#5>, and will be used as skip signal
0: No
1: Yes
HSS In high-speed skip function, if high-speed skip signal is used
0: No.
1: Yes
SLS In multi-level skip function, if high-speed skip signal will be used
for skip signal
0: No.
1: Yes
SRE
While high-speed skip signal is used
0: While speed up (01), will be taken as signal input
1: While slow down (10), will be taken as signal input.
SKF
For skip command G31, let dry run, exceed control, automatic
acceleration/deceleration
0: invalid
1: valid
data type bit type

SEA
During high-speed skip function, when skip signal is switched on,
- 113 -
VMC Series

whether acceleration/deceleration, servo delay
0: be counted
1: be counted and compensate accordingly (Type A)
SEB During high-speed skip function, when skip signal is switched on,
whether acceleration/deceleration, servo delay
0: be counted
1: be counted and compensated accordingly (Type B)
Notes:
There are two types of compensation: type A and type B. Skip function
may store the current position of the moment into CNC according to the
skip signal. However, current position inside CNC includes the delay of
servo system. And the offset value can be gained according to the position
offset at servo port and acceleration/deceleration delay inside CNC. If the
offset value has been taken into consideration, delay of the servo system
must be included in the measured error.
In the following two types of compensation, the offset value can be
compensated by a parameter.
(1) Type A: the value calculated by cutting time constant and servo time
constant (loop gain) shall be taken as the offset value.
(2) Type B: the acceleration/deceleration delay and position offset while the
skip signal is ON shall be taken as the offset value.
TSE In torque limit skip function(G31 P9998), the skip position stored
in the system variables:
0: consider the compensation position of servo system delay (position
offset value)
1: not consider the position of servo system delay
Notes:
By torque limit skip function, and according to the torque limit arrival
signal 1, the current position of the moment of CNC can be stored.
However, the current position stored in the CNC includes servo system
delay, so comparing with the machine position, the offset of the current
position is the servo system delay. The offset value can be gained by the
position offset at servo port. When TSE is 0, the skip position shall be the
value gained by current position subtracting offset value. When TSE is 1, it
is not necessary to consider offset value of position drift, so the current
position (including servo system delay) shall be taken as skip position.
TSA
In torque limit skip function (G31 P99 98), take the axis
monitoring torque limit arrival as

0: all axes
1: only as the axis specified in the block same as G31
IGX When high-speed skip function is used, make SKIP<X004#7>,
SKIPP<G006#6>,MIT1MIT2<X004#2#5> to be skip signal
- 114 -
VMC Series

0: valid
1: invalid
Notes:
1 +MIT1 -MIT2<X004#2 #5> is only valid when parameter
GSK(No.6200#0)SKIPP<G006#6> is 1 and parameter MIT(No.6200#3) is
1. Besides, it is only valid for T series.
2 It also can let skip signal SKIP, SKIP2SKIP8 in multi-level skip
function be invalid. CSE In continuous high-speed skip command G31P90,
high-speed skip signal
0: make either speed up or slow down valid (depending on parameter
SRE (No.6200#6).
1: make speed up and slow down both valid
SPE In skip function (G31), make skip signal (X004.7)
0: valid
1: invalid
data typebit type

1S11S8 For skip command of G31, which high-speed skip signal shall
be valid. Correspondence between bits and signals is as follows:
1S1 HDI0
1S2 HDI1
1S3 HDI2
1S4 HDI3
1S5 HDI4
1S6 HDI5
1S7 HDI6
1S8 HDI7
1S11S8, 2S12S8, 3S13S8, 4S14S8, DS1DS8
In multi-level skip function, for skip command (G31,G31P1P4) and
interruption command (04,G04P1G04P4), which skip signal shall be set
to be valid:
Correspondence for each bit to input signals and command is as follows:
Meaning of set value of each bit is as follows:
0: skip signal corresponding to a bit is invalid
1: skip signal corresponding to a bit is valid
- 115 -
VMC Series
Multilevel skip function
High-speed skip function

Command
Input
signal
Command
Input
signal
Notes
HD10-HD17: high-speed skip signal
Data type bit type

9S19S8 For continuous high-speed skip command of G31P90 or EGB
skip command of G31.8, which high-speed skip signal shall be set to be
valid. Correspondence between bits and signals is as follows:
9S1 HDI0
9S2 HDI1
9S3 HDI2
9S4 HDI3
9S5 HDI4
9S6 HDI5
9S7 HDI6
9S8 HDI7
Meanings of set value of each bit are as follows:
0: skip signal corresponding to the bits is invalid
1: skip signal corresponding to the bits is valid
data type bit type

CS3 Continuous high-speed skip command
0: specified by G31 P90
1: specified by G31.9
When the command is specified by G31 P90, after high-speed skip signal is
input, absolute coordinates will be stored in the user macro program
- 116 -
VMC Series

variable #5061#5068, and when the next high-speed skip signal is input,
the variable will be renewed. When the command is specified by G31.9,
after high-speed skip signal is input, absolute coordinates will be stored in
the user macro program variable specified by program block including
G31.9.
ROS
For rotating axes, when skip position exceeds rolling range, value of
skip signal position system variable #5061#5068

0: not roll.
1: roll as absolute coordinate value
data type bit axis type

CST
In Cs contour controlled axis, make torque limit skip function
0: invalid
1: valid
By torque limit command signal TLMH<G070,G074,G204,G266> and load
test signal LDT1<F045,F049,F196,F266> of serial spindle, torque limit
skip can be carried out by Cs contour controlled axis.
Notes:
When the parameter is used to set torque limit skip for Cs contour
controlled axis, please pay attention to the following points:
1 Set the serial spindle parameter No.4009#4 of Cs contour controlled
axis which using torque limit skip function to 1, and in this way, it is
available to output load test signal when acceleration/deceleration.
2
Under Cs mode, in torque limit command, when (TLMH1=1) is set
to load test status (LDT1=1), the oversize error check under stop status
for this axis will not be implemented.
3
Under Cs mode, when it is load test status (LDT1=1), check for
arrival to the requested position is carried out to this axis.
- 117 -
VMC Series
16. Fixed Cycles for High-speed Positioning Drilling
16 Fixed Cycles for High-speed

Positioning Drilling
16.1 General
The cycle is the drilling cycle (setting inertia movement distance on point R)
used to shorten the machining time during continuous machining of several
holes. In this cycle, operation time can be shortened by rapid movement
overlap and the positioning of X-axis, Y-axis and Z-axis.
16.2 Fixed Cycle

High-speed drilling cycle for deep holes (G73)
The cycle can be used to carry out operation of high-speed drilling cycle for
deep holes.
By means of this cycle, it is able to feed the tool to the hole bottom by
intermission cutting, removing the chips from the holes at the same time.
Format
- 118 -
VMC Series

: cutting depth for each time
Initial horizontal position
Point R
Point R
Point Z
Horizontal position of R
Point Z
Explanation
During high-speed drilling cycle of deep holes, intermission tool feed along
Z-axis can be carried out. By this cycle, it is easy to clear the chips from the
holes, and in this way, the withdrawing value of the tool can be set less.
And therefore, the drilling can be implemented efficiently. The chip
removing clearance d can be set in parameter (No.5114), and in this cycle,
the tool will withdraw under rapid movement mode. Before specifying G73,
the spindle can be run with an auxiliary function (M code). When G73 and
one M code have been specified in the same program block, the first
positioning operation shall execute the M code; and then the system will
enter into next drilling operation. When K is used to specify repeat times,
the M code can only be applied to the first hole, not the second and the
subsequent holes. When tool length compensation (G43, G44, and G49) is
specified in this fixed cycle, the offset shall be used when positioning to
point R is carried out.
Limitation
- switching of axes
Before switching the drilling axis, cancel the fixed cycle temporarily.
- drilling a hole
In the program block excluding X-axis, Y-axis, Z-axis or any other
- 119 -
VMC Series

additional axes, drilling operation will not be implemented.
-Q
Specify Q in program block for drilling operation. If they have been
specified in the program blocks not for drilling operation, they will not be
stored as modal data.
- Cancel
Do not specify G code (G00G03, G60(when parameter MDL(No.5431#0)
has been set to 1)) of group 01 in the program block same as G73, and
otherwise G73 will be cancelled.
Under this fixed cycle mode, tool position offset will be omitted,
For example
M3 S2000 ;
spindle start
G90 G99 G73 X300. Y-250. Z-150. R-100. Q15. F120. ;

After positioning, drill hole No. 1 and then return to the horizontal position
Y-550 of point R;
Y-750 of point R;
X1000 of point R;
Y-550 of point R;
G98 Y-750 of point R;
G80 G28 G91 X0 Y0 Z0 of point R;
Return M5 for reference position;
Spindle stop
Pointing boring (G81) for drilling cycle
The cycle can be used for general drilling operation.
Feed the tool to the hole bottom, and then the tool will withdraw from the
bottom in rapid movement mode.
Format
- 120 -
VMC Series

Point R
Point R
Point Z
Horizontal
position of
R
Point Z
Explanation
After positioning along X-axis and Y-axis, move to the horizontal position
of point R rapidly. Carry out the drilling operation from horizontal position
of point R to point Z. And then, the tool will withdraw under rapid
movement mode. Before specifying G81, run the spindle by auxiliary
function (M code).
When G81 command and one M code are specified in the same program
block, for the first positioning operation, please execute M code, and then
the system will enter into the next drilling operation. When K is used to
specify repeat times, the M code will be executed only for the first hole, not
for the second and the subsequent. When tool length compensation (G43,
G44, and G49) has been specified in this fixed cycle, the offset shall be
applied during the positioning to point R.
Limitation
- switching axes
Before switching drilling axis, please cancel this fixed cycle temporarily.
- drilling a hole
Dont execute drilling operation in the program blocks excluding X-axis,
Y-axis, Z-axis or any other additional axes.
- cancel
Do not specify G code (G00G03, G60(when parameter MDL (No.5431#0)
has been set to 1)) of group 01 in the program block same as G81, and
- 121 -
VMC Series
otherwise G81 will be cancelled.

Under this fixed cycle mode, tool position offset will be omitted,
For example
M3 S2000 ;
spindle start
G90 G99 G81 X300. Y-250. Z-150. R-100. F120. ;

Y-550 of point R;
Y-750 of point R;
X1000 of point R;
Y-550 of point R;
G98 Y-750 of point R;
G80 G28 G91 X0 Y0 Z0 of point R;
Return M5 for reference position;
Spindle stop
Step boring (G82) for drilling cycle
The cycle can be used for general drilling operation.
Feed the tool to the hole bottom, pausing there, and then the tool will
withdraw from the bottom by rapid movement mode.
The cycle may enhance the accuracy of hole depth.

Format
- 122 -
VMC Series

Point R
Point R
Point Z
Horizontal
position of
R
Point Z
Explanation
After positioning along X-axis and Y-axis, move to the horizontal position
of point R rapidly. Carry out the drilling operation from horizontal position
of point R to point Z.
And then, the tool will withdraw under rapid movement mode after pausing
at the hole bottom. Before specifying G82, run the spindle by auxiliary
function (M code).
specify repeat time, the M code will be executed only for the first hole, not
Drilling cycle for deep holes (G83)
The cycle can be applied for operation of drilling deep holes.
The cycle will apply intermission cutting feed mode to arrive the hole
bottom, and during drilling, the chips will be removed from the hole at the
same time.
Format
- 123 -
VMC Series


Point R
Point R
Point Z
Horizontal
position of
R
Point Z
Explanation
Q represents the cutting depth of each time, and normally, it shall be
specified as an increment value. In the second and subsequent tool feeds for
cutting, please move to the point d (exactly before finishing the first
drilling) rapidly. Make sure that Q is with positive sign, and if it is with
negative sign, it will be omitted. Before specifying G83, run the spindle by
auxiliary function (M code).
specify repeat time, the M code will be executed only for the first hole, not
- 124 -
VMC Series
16.3 Parameter
data type bit type

BCR In boring cycle, the withdrawing mode shall be:
0: tool feed for cutting
1: rapid movement
FCK In composite fixed cycle (G71/G72)
0: not check machining shape
1: check machining shape
By means of setting this parameter, it is available to check the relationship
between machining shape and the machining start point specified by fixed
cycle (G71/G72) of composite lathe, and if it is found the relationship is
incorrect, alarm P/S062 occurs. The incorrect relations between machining
shape and machining start point include following situations:
- Sign for fine cutting allowance is positive, but start point of the fixed
cycle is smaller than the max value of machining shape
- Sign for fine cutting allowance is negative, but start point of the fixed
cycle is bigger than the min value of machining shape
16.4 Notices
1. Check for machining shape shall be done before fixed cycle (not during
machining process).
2. The machining shape to be checked is only a program command, and the
path during withdrawing/returning shall not become the object to be
checked.
- 125 -
VMC Series
17. Origin Restoration Method & Parameters for Machine Adjustment
17
Origin Restoration Method &
Parameters for Machine Adjustment

After the connector of the pulse encoder of servo motor has been pulled out, for
the reconnection, since it is unable to find the origin position, the alarm asking
servo motor to return to the origin will occur. At this moment, it is necessary to
restore the origin of the servo motor.
1 At first, it is necessary to move the axes needing returning reference
point by handwheel according to the zero-turn marks on X-axis,
Y-axis and Z-axis of the machine, and in this way, the diamond mark
will enter the position between two circle marks.
2 Find 1815#4 in the parameter page, and set the corresponding axes to
0.
3 Power off the machine, and 5 seconds later, power on the machine,
and at this moment, alarm still occurs.
4 Find 1815#4 in the parameter page, and set the corresponding axes to
1.
5 Cut off the power of the machine again, and 5 seconds later, power on
the machine. The alarm can be deleted.
Until now, the operation for origin restoration has been completed.
Relevant parameter (1815) #4
When APZx is used as absolute position detector, the relation between machine
position and absolute position:
0: has not been established.
1: has been established.
When absolute position detector is applied, during the first adjustment or
changing absolute position detector, it is necessary to set the parameter to 0.
After power on again, set the origin for absolute position detector by manual
reference point return, etc. Therefore, the correct position correspondence
between the machine position and absolute position detection has been
completed, and then the parameter will be automatically set to 1.
- 126 -
VMC Series
Appendix
Appendix
- 127 -
VMC Series
A List of G Codes
List of G Codes
Preparation function is described by the value next to address G. In addition,
the value defines the meaning of the command included in the program
blocks.
There are two types of G codes

Type
Meaning
It is only valid in the program block which has been
specified
G code which is valid before other G codes in the same
group have been specified
Single-step G code
Modal G code
Explanation
1 When power is on or resetting the machine, if the machine has entered
the zero clearing status (see parameter CLR (No.3402#6)), modal G codes
changes as follows:
in the table 3 will be activated.
(1) The G codes specified
(2) When zero clearing occurs to the system due to power on or reset,
G20 and G21 will not change.
(3) By parameter G23 (No.3402#7), it is available determine G22 or G23
will be selected after power on. Under zero clearing status for reset, the
selection for G22 or G23 will not be affected.
(4) Setting of parameter G01 (No.3402#0) can determine either G00 or
G01 is valid.
(5) Setting of parameter G91 (No.3402#3) can determine either G90 or
G91 is valid.
(6) By parameter G18 (No.3402#1) and G19 (No.3402#2) , it is available
to determine the G code status for G17, G18 and G19.
2 Besides G10 and G11, all the G codes in group 00 are single-step G
codes.
3 When the specified G code is not included in the table of G codes, or
has not corresponding options, warner P/S (No.010) alarms.
4 In the same program block, it is allowed to specify the G codes of
different groups. If in the same program block and the G codes of the same
group have been used, G code which is specified last is valid.
5 If G code of group 01 has been specified in the fixed cycle, same as the
status that G80 has been specified, the fixed cycle will be cancelled. G
codes in group 01 will not be influenced by the G codes used to specify a
fixed cycle.
6 G codes display No. of each group.
7 By parameter MDL (No.5431#0), group of G60 can be switched
(MDL=0: group 00, MDL=1: group 01).
- 128 -
VMC Series
A. Tables for G Codes
Table C.1 (a)

Code
Table for G Codes (1/4)
Group
Meaning
G00
Positioning (rapid movement)
G01
Linear interpolation (cutting feed)
G02
01
G03
Arc interpolation/helix interpolation
CW
Arc interpolation/helix interpolation
CCW
G02.2, G03.2
Involutes interpolation CW/CCW
G02.3, G03.3
Exponential function interpolation CW/CCW
G02.4, G03.4
Three-dimension arc interpolation CW/CCW
G04
Interruption
G05
AI contour control (high-precision contour control compatible

instruction)
00
AI contour control/Nanometer Smooth Smooth/Nanometer Smooth
interpolation
G05.1
G05.4
G06.2
HRV3,4
01
ON/OFF
NURBS interpolation
G07
Imaginary axis interpolation
G07.1 (G107)
Cylindrical interpolation
G08
AI contour control (look-ahead control compatible instruction)
G09
Exact stop
00
G10
Programmable data input
G10.6
Withdrawing and returning tools
G10.9
Programmable switching for diameter/radius program
G11
Cancel of programmable data input
G12.1
G13.1
G15
G16
21
17
G17
G18
02
G19
G20 (G70)
G21 (G71)
G22
G23
G25
G26
06
04
19
Cancel of polar coordinate instruction

Polar coordinate instruction
XpYp plane
where, Xp: X-axis or its parallel axis
ZpXp plane
Yp: Y-axis or its parallel axis
YpZp plane
Zp: Z-axis or its parallel axis
Inch input
Meter input
Function for checking memory travel ON
Function for checking memory travel OFF
Test for spindle speed change
OFF
Test for spindle speed change
ON
Check for reference point return
G27
G28
Polar coordinate interpolation mode

Cancel of polar coordinate interpolation mode
00
G29
Automatic return to reference point

Move from the reference point
- 129 -
VMC Series
A List of G Codes
Table C.1 (b)

Cod
Group
Meaning
First, second, third and fourth reference points return
G30
G30.1
Changeable reference point return
00
G31
Skip function
G31.8
EGB axis skip
G33
Thread cutting
G34
Variable lead thread cutting
01
G35
Arc thread cutting CW
G36
Arc thread cutting CCW
G37
Automatic measurement of tool length
G38
Tool radius compensation or tool tip radius compensation: keeping vector

00
G39
Tool radius compensation or tool tip radius compensation: corner arc

interpolation
G40
Tool radius compensation or tool tip radius compensation

three-dimension tool compensation
cancel
G41
Tool radius compensation or tool tip radius

compensation/three-dimension tool compensation: left
G41.2
Tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining: left (type 1)
G41.3
Tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining (front offset)
G41.4
G41.5
07
G41.6
G42

Tool radius compensation or tool tip radius
compensation/three-dimension tool compensation: right
G42.2
Tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining: right (type 1)
G42.4
G42.5
G42.6
G40.1
Cancel mode for normal direction control
G41.1
Left of normal direction control ON
19
G42.1
Right of normal direction control ON
G43
Tool length compensation
G44
Tool length compensation
G43.1
Tool axial length compensation
08
G43.4
Tool center control (type 1)
G43.5
Tool center control (type 2)
Table C.1 (c)

Code
Group
G45
G46
- 130 -
cancel/
00
Tool positing offset
Meaning
elongation
reduction
VMC Series
A. Tables for G Codes
Code
Group
G47
G48
G49 (G49.1)
08
G50
11
G51
G50.1
G51.1
22
G50.2
G51.2
31
G52
Meaning
elongation by 2 times
reduction by 2 times
Cancel of tool length compensation

Cancel of ratio zoom
Ratio zoom
Cancel of programmable mirror image
Programmable mirror image
Cancel of polygon machining
Polygon machining
Setting of local coordinate system
G53
00
G53.1
Selection of coordinate system of the machine

Tool axial control
G54 (G54.1)
Selection for work-piece coordinate system 1
G55
G56
14
G57

G58
G59
G60
00
G61
Exact stop mode
G62
15
G63
G64
G65
Automatic corner override

Tapping Reading mode
Cutting mode
00
G66
Macro program call

Macro modal call A
G66.1
12
G67
Macro modal call B

Cancel of macro modal call A/B
G68
Coordinate
rotation
or
switching
three-dimension coordinate system ON
G69
16
G68.2
G72.2
mode
of
Coordinate rotation or switching mode of three-dimension

coordinate system OFF
Selection for characteristic coordinate system
G72.1
00
G73
G74
Single direction positioning
Graph copy (rotary copy)

Graph copy (parallel copy)
Drilling cycle for deep holes
09
G76
Reverse tapping reading cycle

Fine drilling cycle
- 131 -
VMC Series
A List of G Codes
Table C.1 (d)

Code
G80
Meaning
Group
09
Cancel fixed cycle
G80.5
24
Cancel of two-group electronic gear box synchronization
G80.8
34
Cancel for electronic gear box synchronization
G81
09
Drilling cycle, pointing boring cycle
G81.1
00
Cutting
G81.5
24
Two-group start of electronic gear box synchronization
G81.8
34
Start for electronic gear box synchronization
G82
Drilling cycle and step boring cycle
G83
Drilling cycle for deep holes
G84
Tapping reading cycle
G84.2
Rigid tapping reading cycle

(FS15 format)
G84.3
09
Reverse rigid tapping reading cycle

(FS15 format)
G85
Boring cycle
G86
Boring cycle
G87
Backhaul boring cycle
G88
Boring cycle
G89
Boring cycle
G90
03
G91
G92
Absolute instruction
Increment instruction
G91.1
Test for max increment value instruction

00
Setting of work-piece coordinate system/spindle maximum speed

suppress
G92.1
Preset of work-piece coordinate system
G93
Feed with inverse ratio to time

G94
05
G95
G97
13
G98
G99
G107
10
00
G112
G113
Feed per minute

Feed per revolution
G96
- 132 -
Constant control for circle speed

Cancel of constant control for circle speed
Return to initial plane of fixed cycle
Return to plane of point R of fixed cycle
Cylindrical interpolation
Polar coordinate interpolation mode
21
Cancel of polar coordinate interpolation mode
VMC Series
B
Category
B. Operation List
Operation List
Set
PROGRAM
PROTECT Parameter
Write =1
Key
Menu
Operation
IPL
-+. (IPL MENU menu start)

on IP MENU
Select 3 CLEAR FILE, if CLEAR FILE
NUMBER will appear?
Select1ALL FILE ()
if CLEAR FILE OK will appear
Input 1, if
FILE CLEAR EXECUTING: END will
appear and then ends up?
While power
ON
Select RESET+DELETE
if ALL FILE INITALIZE OK will appear
Seelct1, if
NC SYSTEM TYPE (0) will appear
Input 1
Parameter
elimination
While power
ON
IPL
-+.
(executing the operation same as
completely
deleting
storage,
select
2PARAMETER by () )
Offset
elimination
While power
ON
IPL
-+.
completely deleting storage, select 3
OFFSET FILE by () )
Program
elimination
While power
ON
IPL
-+.
completely deleting storage, select 4
PROGRAM /DIRECTORY FILE by () )
Reset of
running time
ACTUAL
POSITION
[ (OPRT) ][TIME: 0][EXEC]
ACTUAL
POSITION
[ (OPRT) ][PART: 1][EXEC]
MDI mode
or emergency
stop
PARAMETER
Parameter No. NO.SRH

Data INPUT
Parameter write =0RESET
Function
Mode
While power
ON
Complete
elimination of
storage
Elimination
Reset
Registration by
MDI
Reset of
number of
machined
work-pieces
Input NC
parameters
Input offset
value
OFFSET
Offset No.[NO.SRH]
Offset value[INPUT]
Input set
value
MDI mode
or emergency
stop
SETTING
Set No.[NO.SRH]
Data INPUT
PMC
MAINTENANCE
PMC
MAINTENANCE
Input
PMC
parameter
Timer counter
Latching relay
MDI mode
or emergency
stop
Input PMC
parameter
table
MDI mode
or emergency
stop
Measuring
tool length
Input by
outer
Input NC
parameter
Select [TIMER], [COUNTR] or [KEEP

RELAL]
Parameter No.[NO.SRH]
Data INPUT
Select [DATA]
[ (OPRT) ][ZOOM]
Data INPUT
HND mode
ACTUAL
POSITION
OFFSET
POS (displaying relative coordinate)

Reset Z-axis coordinate value to 0 by
[Z]+0 [PRESET]or [Z][ORIGN]
[EXEC] move the tool to the measuring
position OFFSET (displaying offset
menu) offset No. [NO.SRH] [Z]
[INP.C.]
MDI mode
or emergency
stop
PARAMETE
R
[ (OPRT) ][READ][EXEC]
- 133 -
VMC Series
Category
Function
B Operation L ist
Set
PROGRAM
PROTECT Parameter
Write =1
Key
Mode
Menu
Operation
Emergency
stop
PMCMAINT
E-NANCE
[I/O] (PMC) =use to select

(device) = use to select (function)
= select READ input (file No.) or (file
name) [EXEC]
EDIT mode
OFFSET
device
Input PMC
parameter
Input
compensation
EDIT mode
PROGRAM
or
PROGRAM
FOLDER
[ (OPRT) ][+][READ]
file name[F SET]
(when file name is ALL-PROG.TXT, it
doesnt matter when [F SET] unavailable)
program No. [P SET]
(when reading all programs in the file, it
doesnt matter when [P SET] unavailable)
[EXEC]
EDIT mode
PARAMETE
R
[ (OPRT) ][PUNCH][EXEC]
Output PMC
parameter
EDIT mode
PMC
MAINTENANCE
Output
offset value
EDIT mode
OFFSET
Input
programs
Output NC
parameters
Output to
outer
device
[ (OPRT) ][PUNCH][EXEC]
Output
programs
EDIT mode
PROGRAM
or
PROGRAM
FOLDER
Searching
program No.
MEM or
EDIT mode
PROGRAM
[O]program No.[ (OPRT) ]

[PROGRM SEARCH] or
[O]program No.[]
Searching
instruction
sequence
No.
MEM mode
PROGRAM
[O]program No. [ (OPRT) ]

[Sequenec NO.SRH.]
Searching
address
word
EDIT mode
PROGRAM
Data
to
searched[ (OPRT) ][SEARCH] or
data to be searchedcursor or
Searching
address only
EDIT mode
PROGRAM
Address
to
be
searched
[ (OPRT) ][SEARCH]or
address to be searched cursor or
OFFSET
DIAGNOSE
Diagnosis No.[NO.SRH]
PARAMETE
R
PROGRAM
FOLDER
PROGRAM
or
PROGRAM
FOLDER
[O]9999[DELET][EXEC]
or on the menu of program contents
[O]9999[ (OPRT) ][DELETE][E
XEC]
PROGRAM
or
PROGRAM
FOLDER
[O]program No. [DELETE][EXEC]

or make the cursor point at the program to
be deleted on the program content menu
[ (OPRT) ][DELET][EXEC]
Searching
offset No.
Searching
diagnosis
No.
Searching
parameter
No.
Display of
memory
usage
- 134 -
[I/O]
(PMC) = use to select
(device ) = use to select
(function) = select WRITE
(data type) =select PARAMETER
input (file name) [EXEC]
[ (OPRT) ][+][PUNCH]
file name[F SET]
(when not carry out [F SET], it shall be
ALL-PROG.TXT)
program No.[P SET]
(when not carry out [P SET], output all
programs)
[EXEC]
Searches
Editing
[ (OPRT) ][READ][EXEC]
Deleting all
programs
EDIT mode
Deleting one
block
EDIT mode
be
Offset No.[NO.SRH]
VMC Series
Category
Inversion
Changing
tools
Coolant
Coolant
for inner
clearance
Light
inside
the
machine
Function
B. Operation List
Set
PROGRAM
PROTECT Parameter
Write =1
Key
Mode
Menu
Operation
Deleting
blocks
EDIT mode
PROGRAM
[EOB () ] of the number of the program

block to be deletedDELET
Deleting a
word
EDIT mode
PROGRAM
After the cursor has been moved to the word

to be deleted, press the key DELET
Alter a word
EDIT mode
PROGRAM

to be altered, input new data ALTER
Insert a word
EDIT mode
PROGRAM
Move any
block
EDIT mode
PROGRAM
Copy any
block
EDIT mode
PROGRAM
Input NC
data
Changing
tools
Discharging
coolant
Discharging
cleaning
coolant in the
machine
Switch on
the light
inside the
machine
EDIT mode
HND mode
PROGRAM

before the position to be inserted, input new
data INSRT
Move the cursor to the beginning of the
block to be copied[SELECT]move the
cursor and select the range[CUT]move
the cursor to the destination position for
copy[PASTE]
Move the cursor to the beginning of the
block to be copied [SELECT]move the
cursor
and
select
the
range
[COPY]move the cursor to the
destination position for copy [PASTE]
Set the vertical softkey [PLAY BACK] to
ON
or
start
the
machine[X][Y]
(NC
data)
[Z][INSERT]
[INSERT]EOB[INSERT]
MDI mode
Key [TOOL CHANG]
After power
on
key [CLNT]
After power
on
Set the vertical softkey [FLOOD COOLAN]

of rapid menu to ON
After power
ON
Set the vertical softkey [INT.LIGHT] of

rapid menu to ON
- 135 -
VMC Series
C Alarm List
Alarm List
(1)
Alarms associated with program operation (PS alarm)
(2)
Alarms associated with background edit (BG alarm)
(3)
Alarms associated with communication (SR alarm)
The alarm No. for all these alarms are common No. According to the alarm status, the display
differs, and here we take PS alarm No. as an example:
e.g.) PS0003BG alarm No.
e.g.) BG0085SR alarm No.
e.g.) display in SR0001 mode
Alarm No
Alarm Information
Description
During reading process the input equipment, TH error has been
detected.
By means of the diagnosis menu, it is able to confirm the
reading code causing TH error as well as from which character
of the block, the error occurs.
0001
TH ERROR
0002
TV ERROR
0003
TOO MANY DIGIT
0004
INVALID BREAK POINT OF

WORDS
0005
NO DATA AFTER ADDRESS
0006
ILLEGAL USE OF MINUS

SIGN
Negative sign has been specified for words instructed by NC or

system variables.
0007
ILLEGAL USE OF DECIMAL

POINT
Decimal has been used in the address where decimal is not

allowed or 2 or more decimals have been specified.
0009
IMPROPER NC-ADDRESS
The address which cannot be specified in NC statements has

been specified or parameter (No.1020) has not been specified.
0010
IMPROPER G-CODE
0011
FEED ZERO ( COMMAND )
0014
CAN NOT COMMAND G95
Synchronization feed has been specified when thread cutting/

synchronization feed function has not been specified, please
modify the program.
0015
TOO MANY
SIMULTANEOUS AXES
The number of axes more than simultaneous axes has been

instructed by movement instruction. Please add the extension
option for simultaneous axes or separate the movement axes for
the instruction into two blocks.
0020
OVER
TOLERANCE
RADIUS
- 136 -
OF
TV error occurs in single block detection.

By means of setting the parameter TVC (No.0000#0) to 0, it is
able to make the system not detect TV.
Allowance digit more than the one specified by NC have been
specified, the allowance digit differs according to functions and
addresses.
Alarm may occur when address + value of NC statement does
not belong to word format or in user macro program, no key
word available or statements do not conform with syntax.
Alarm may occur when address + value of NC statement does
not belong to word format or in user macro program, no key
word available or statements do not conform with syntax.
The G code which cannot be used has been specified.

F code for cutting feed speed has been set to 0. While rigid
tapping reading instruction, in the case that compared with S
instruction, F instruction is very small, since the tool cannot
carry out cutting under the lead of program, the alarm will
occur.
Radius difference between starting point and end-point specified

is bigger than set value of parameter (No.2410). Please check
the arc center instruction I, J, K. Under the case that the value of
parameter (No.2410) increases, the movement path will become
helix shape.
VMC Series
Alarm No
C. Alarm List
Alarm Information
Description
0021
ILLEGAL PLANE SELECT
An error occurs in plane selection G17G19, recheck the

program and check if parallel axis for the three basic axes has
been specified at the same time. Under arc interpolation,
involutes interpolation, etc. if the axis instruction other than the
plane selection has been specified, the alarm will occur.
When it is required to specify 3 axes or more axes, helix
interpolation option separately corresponding to each axis shall
be provided.
0022
R OR I,J,K COMMAND NOT

FOUND
In arc interpolation, R (arc radius) or I, J and K (distance from

start point to arc center) have not been specified.
0025
CIRCLE CUT IN RAPID (F0)
In arc interpolation mode (G02, G03) or involutes interpolation

mode (G02.2, G03.2), F0 (rapid movement for F1 bit feed or
reverse feed) has been specified.
0027
NO AXES COMMANDED IN
G43/G44
0028
0029
ILLEGAL OFFSET VALUE
In block of G43/G44, axis has not been specified for C-type

tool length compensation. Without cancel of offset, try to start
C-type tool length compensation. In the same block, several
axis instructions for C-type tool length compensation have been
specified.
There is an error in plane selection G17G19, recheck the
program and check if parallel axis for the three basic axes has
been specified at the same time. Under arc interpolation,
involutes interpolation, etc. if the axis instruction other than the
plane selection has been specified, the alarm will occur.
When it is required to specify 3 axes or more axes, helix
interpolation option separately corresponding to each axis shall
be provided.
Offset No. is incorrect.
Offset No. which cannot be specified has been instructed.
Under tool compensation storage B, when geometric offset No.
exceeds max compensating groups, the alarm will occur.
In No. L of G10, there is no affiliated data input and
corresponding option available.
The data for instruction for address P, R is not available. There
is address instruction which is not associated with data setting.
The address specified according to No. L is different. Sign,
decimal and range of the instructed address value are not
correct.
0030
ILLEGAL OFFSET NUMBER
0031
ILLEGAL P COMMAND IN
G10
0032
ILLEGAL OFFSET VALUE IN

G10
0033
NO
INTERSECTION
AT
CUTTER COMPENSATION
0034
NO CIRC ALLOWED
STUP/EXT BLK
0035
CAN NOT COMMANDED G31
0037
CAN NOT CHANGE PLANE

IN G41/G42
During tool radius compensation or tool-tip

compensation,
switch
to
the
compensation
G17/G18/G19.Please modify the program.
0038
INTERFERENCE
CIRCULAR BLOCK
In tool radius compensation C, since the start point and end

point of the arc coincide at the arc center, over-cutting may
occur. Please modify the program.
0039
CHF/CNR NOT ALLOWED IN

G41,G42
IN
IN
In input (G10) of program for offset value or during the reading

process of system variables, the offset value specified is too big.
It is unable to gain the intersection point for tool-tip radius
compensation or tool radius compensation, please modify the
program.
In tool radius compensation or tool-tip radius compensation, try
to execute start or cancel instruction under G02/G03 mode.
Under the status that G31 cannot be specified, when it is
unable to cancel G codes of group 07 (tool radius
compensation or tool-tip radius compensation, etc), the alarm
will occur.
In torque limit skip instruction (G31P98/P99), torque limit has
not been specified. Please specify the torque limit in PMC
window or specify torque limit override instruction in address
Q.
radius
plane
In instruction G41/G42 (tool radius compensation/tool-tip

radius compensation), while switch start/cancel or G41/G42,
chamfering/blending is specified or over-cutting may occur
during chamfering/filleting, please modify the program.
- 137 -
VMC Series
Alarm No
C Alarm List
Alarm Information
Description
Over-cutting may occur during tool radius compensation or
tool-tip radius compensation. Please modify the program.
Tool position compensation (G45G48) has been specified in
tool rapid compensation or three-dimension tool compensation
mode, please modify the program.
In the additional DRILL- MATE ATC system, M06 has not
been specified in the same program block of T code or T code
has exceeded the range.
In fixed cycle mode, G27G30 has been specified, please
modify the program.
In high speed drilling cycle of deep holes (G73), and drilling
cycle of deep holes (G83), feed amount for each time has not
been specified according to address Q or Q0 has been specified,
please modify the program.
0041
INTERFERENCE IN CUTTER
COMPENSATION
0042
G45/G48 NOT ALLOWED IN

CRC
0043
ILLEGAL
COMMAND
0044
G27-G30 NOT ALLOWED IN

FIXED CYC
0045
ADDRESS Q NOT FOUND

(G73/G83)
0046
ILLEGAL
REFERENCE
RETURN COMMAND
The second, third and fourth reference point return instructions

are not correct (specification of address is incorrect).
3 or 4 has been specified in the address P when the options for
the third and fourth reference point return have not been set.
0047
ILLEGAL AXIS SELECT
When three-dimension tool compensation or three-dimension

coordinate transposition is started, two or more axes with same
direction have been specified (reference axis and parallel axis).
0048
BASIC 3 AXIS NOT FOUND
When three-dimension tool compensation or three-dimension

coordinate transposition is started, three reference axes used
when Xp, Yp and Zp have not been set in parameter (No.1022).
0049
ILLEGAL
COMMAND(G68,G69)
When three-dimension coordinate transposition (G68, G69)has

been specified, tool length compensation has not been cancelled
or instruction for three-dimension coordinate transposition
(G68, G69) has not nested with the instruction for tool length
compensation G43, G44, G49) or three-dimension coordinate
transposition as well as tool length compensation have been
specified in the tool length compensation.
0050
CHF/CNR NOT ALLOWED IN

THRD BLK
In the block for thread cutting, chamfering or blending has been

specified. Please modify the program.
0051
MISSING
CNR/CHF
The movement or movement amount in next block following

chamfering/blending block is not proper.
Recheck the program instruction.
0052
CODE IS NOT G01 AFTER

CHF/CNR
G01 (or vertical straight line) has not been specified to be after
chamfering/blending block. Please modify the program.
0053
TOO
MANY
COMMANDS
In chamfering/blending instruction, 2 or more

I, J,, K, R have been specified.
0054
NO
TAPER
ALLOWED
AFTER CHF/CNR
Taper instruction has been specified in the chamfering/blending

program block. Please modify the program.
0055
MISSING MOVE VALUE IN

CHF/CNR
In the chamfering/blending block, movement amount is smaller

than chamfering/blending value. Please modify the program.
0056
NO END POINT & ANGLE IN

CHF/CNR
In direct input of drawing dimensions, in the block instruction

after the block specifying angle
(Aa), neither end point
position instruction nor angle instruction has been specified.
0057
NO SOLUTION OF BLOCK
END
In direct input of drawing dimensions, end point of the program

block has not been calculated correctly. Please modify the
program.
0058
END POINT NOT FOUND
In program for direct input of drawing dimensions, end of

program block has not been found. Please modify the program.
- 138 -
T-CODE
MOVE
AFTER
ADDRESS
VMC Series
Alarm No
C. Alarm List
Alarm Information
Description
0060
SEQUENCE NUMBER NOT

FOUND
In program NO. and sequence No. searching, there is not

specified No. for outer data input/output. After input/output
request for tool No. or tool offset amount, no input for tool No.
has been executed after power on. There is not tool data
corresponding to the tool No. it is unable to find the
corresponding program for the specified work-piece No. by
outer work-piece No. search
program restart: In specification for sequence No. for
program start, the specified sequence No. has not been found.
0061
P OR Q COMMAND IS NOT
IN
THE
MULTIPLE
REPETIVE CYCLES BLOCK
In instruction block for composite turning fixed cycle (G70,

G71, G72, and G73), address P or Q has not been specified.
THE CUTTING AMOUNT IS

ILLEGAL IN THE ROUGH
CUTTING CYCLE
THE
BLOCK
OF
A
SPECIFIED
SEQUENCE
NUMBER IS NOT FOUND
In the rough cutting cycle for composite turning fixed cycle

(G71 and G72), the cutting amount is in negative sign or is 0.
In P and Q of instruction block for composite turning fixed
cycle (G70, G71, G72, and G73), it is unable to find the
program block with the specified sequence No.
0064
THE FINISHING SHAPE IS

NOT
A
MONOTONOUS
CHANGE(FIRST AXES)
In the shape program for rough cutting cycle for composite

turning fixed cycle (G71 and G72), the instruction for the first
axis of the plane does not monotonously increase or reduce.
0065
G00/G01 IS NOT IN THE

FIRST BLOCK OF SHAPE
PROGRAM
The beginning block of shape block specified by P of composite

turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72 and G73) has not specified
G00 or G01.
0066
UNAVAILABLE COMMAND
IS IN THE MULTIPLE
REPETIVE CYCLES BLOCK
In the instruction block for composite turning fixed cycle (G70,

G71, G72, and G73), the illegal instruction has been specified.
0067
THE MULTIPLE REPETIVE

CYCLES IS NOT IN THE
PART PROGRAM STORAGE
The instruction for composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71,

G72, and G73) has not been recorded in the program storage.
0069
LAST BLOCK OF SHAPE

PROGRAM IS AN ILLEGAL
COMMAND
Instruction for final block of shape program of composite

turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72, and G73) is in the midway
of chamfering/blending instruction.
0070
NO PROGRAM SPACE IN
MEMORY
0071
DATA NOT FOUND
0072
DATA NOT FOUND
0073
PROGRAM
NUMBER
ALREADY IN USE
Memory space of the storage is not enough. Delete the

unnecessary programs, and then carry out the program recording
again.
Address data to be searched cannot be found
in outer program No. searching, it is unable to find the specified
program No.
In specification for program No. for the program restart, the
specified program No. cannot be found.
Recheck the data to be searched.
The number of recorded programs is bigger than 63 (basic), or
125, 200, 400 or 1000 (optional). Delete the unnecessary
programs, and then carry out the program recording again.
Try to record a program No. which is the same as a recorded
one. Modify the program or delete the unnecessary program,
and then carry out the program recording again.
0074
PROGRAM
NUMBER
ALREADY IN USE
The specified program No. has exceeded the range of 19999,

please modify the program.
0075
PROTECT
Try to record the program by a protected No. in the check of

programs; the secret codes of encryption programs are
0062
0063
different.
0076
PROGRAM NOT FOUND
0077
TOO MANY
NESTING
0078
SEQUENCE NUMBER NOT

FOUND
SUB,MACRO
Specified programs have been set in subprogram call/macro

program call/graph copy.
M/G/T/S code has been interrupted by M98, G65, G66, G66 and
1. Instruction call program other than P instruction of
interruption-type user macro program has been called by the
second auxiliary function code. In these call program, it
program is unavailable, the alarm will also occur.
The maximum nesting values for subprogram call and user
macro program call have been exceeded. In outer storage or
subprogram call, subprogram call has been specified.
In the searching for sequence No., the specified sequence No.
cannot be found.
The sequence No. with the skip destination specified by
GOTO--, M99Pcannot be found.
- 139 -
VMC Series
Alarm No
C Alarm List
Alarm Information
Description
0079
PROGRAM NOT MATCH
0080
G37 MEASURING POSITION

REACHED SIGNAL IS NOT
PROPERLY INPUT
0081
G37
OFFSET
UNASSIGNED
0082
G37 SPECIFIED
CODE
0083
G37
IMPROPER
COMMAND
0085
OVERRUN ERROR
0086
DR OFF
0087
BUFFER OVERFLOW
0090
REFERENCE
INCOMPLETE
- 140 -
NO.
WITH
AXIS
RETURN
It is unable to check the program to be read in with the program

in the storage. When parameter NPE (No.3201#6) has been set
to 1, it is not allowed to check several programs continuously.
Set the parameter No.2200#3 to 0, and then check the program.
Status of system of the machining centers
In automatic measuring function of tool length (G37), in
the specified area of parameter (No.6254) (value ), arrival
signal for measurement position become 1 or never change
to 1 until the end.
Status of system of the lathes
In automatic tool compensation function (G36 and G37), in
the specified area of parameter (No.6254) (value ), arrival
signal (XAE1 and XAE2) for measurement position will
not become 1
In automatic measuring function (G37) of tool length,
automatic tool length measuring has been specified without
a specified H code.
In automatic tool compensation function (G36 and G37),
automatic tool compensation has been specified without a
specified T code.
In automatic measuring function of tool length, H code and
automatic measuring function (G37) of tool length have
been specified in the same block. Please modify the
program. ,
In automatic tool compensation function, automatic tool
compensation instruction (G36 and G37) and T code have
been specified in the same block. Please modify the
program. ,
In automatic measuring function (G37) of tool length, axis
instruction has been wrongly specified or movement
instruction is increment instruction.
In automatic tool compensation function, automatic tool
compensation (G36 and G37) , axis instruction has been
wrongly specified or movement instruction is increment
instruction. Please modify the program.
Before receiving and reading characters from the input/output
equipment connected with reader/card punch interface 1, the
next character has been received. While data reading by
reader/card punch interface 1, Over travel error, parity error or
frame error occurs. The setting for digit of input data or baud
rate or I/o equipment specification is not correct.
Stand-by signal (DR) of I/O equipment has been cut off while
input/output data by reader/card punch interface 1, which may
caused by power off of I/O equipment or no connection cable
available or that printing circuit plate is in bad connection.
While reading of data by reader/card punch interface 1 to
storage, although reading stop instruction has not been set, the
input will not be interrupted after 10 characters have been read,
which may caused by bad connection of I/O equipment or
printing circuit plate.
1It is unable to return reference point normally, and generally,
it is caused by that the starting point for returning reference
point is too close to the reference point or the speed is too low.
Make the distance between starting point for returning reference
point and reference point sufficient or set sufficient speed, and
then carry out the operation for returning reference point.
2Under the status that the origin cannot be set, try to execute
origin setting of absolute position detector based on reference
VMC Series
Alarm No
C. Alarm List
Alarm Information
Description
point return. Run the motor manually for one revolution and
then power off the CNC and servo amplifier temporarily, and
then carry out the origin setting of absolute position detector.
0091
MANUAL
REFERENCE
POSITION RETURN IS NOT
PERFORMED
IN
FEED
HOLD
Under interruption status of automatic running, it is unable to

return reference point manually, please return the reference
point manually under the status that automatic running is
stopped or reset status.
0092
ZERO
RETURN
(G27) ERROR
The axis specified in G27 has not returned to the reference

point. Recheck the program edited for returning reference
point.
0094
P TYPE NOT
(COORD CHG)
ALLOWED
0095
P TYPE NOT
(EXT OFS CHG)
ALLOWED
0096
P TYPE NOT ALLOWED

(WRK OFS CHG)
0097
P TYPE NOT
(AUTO EXEC)
0098
G28 FOUND IN SEQUENCE

RETURN
0099
MDI EXEC NOT ALLOWED During program restart, after searching operation, specify the
AFT. SEARCH
movement instruction by MDI.
CHECK
ALLOWED
While program restart, it is unavailable to set P type. After

automatic running has been interrupted, set the running
coordinate system). The operation must be done according to the
users instruction.
automatic running has been interrupted, the outer work-piece
offset can be changed. The operation must be done according
to the users instruction.
automatic running has been interrupted, work-piece offset can
be changed. The operation must be done according to the users
instruction
power on, e-stop or warner 094097 will be reset, but no
automatic has been executed. Please execute automatic running.
Operation for returning reference point hasnt been implemented
after program restart instruction has been specified when G28
has been found during power on, e-stop or searching. Please
execute the operation for returning reference point.
While modifying storage by editing programs, the power supply

is cut off. If the alarm occurs, please press the key <PROG>
and <RESET> to release the alarm. (Here, only the program
being edited can be deleted). Please record the programs which
have been deleted again.
The value P after G08 is 0 or 1, or no value P has not been
specified.
0101
PLEASE CLEAR MEMORY
0109
FORMAT ERROR IN G08
0110
OVERFLOW :INTEGER
0111
OVERFLOW :FLOATING
0112
ZERO DIVIDE
0113
IMPROPER COMMAND
0114
ILLEGAL
FORMAT
0115
VARIABLE
RANGE
0116
WRITE
VARIABLE
0118
TOO
MANY
NESTING
0119
ARGUMENT VALUE OUT OF

RANGE
Independent variable of function of user macro program has

exceeded allowed range.
0122
TOO
MANY
NESTING
MACRO
Nesting for user macro program call has exceeded the allowed
range.
- 141 -
Value of the whole number during operation has exceeded the

allowed range.
Decimal value (floating-decimal formatted data) during
operation has exceeded the allowed range.
EXPRESSION
NO.
OUT
OF
PROTECTED
BRACKET
Zero has been used as divisor in the division operation of user

macro program statement.
The function which cannot be used for user macro program has
been specified, please modify the program.
Expression description of user macro program statements is
not correct. Parameter program format is incorrect.
Local variable, common variable or No. used in system variable
which cannot be used for user macro programs has been
specified.
In s EGB axis skip function (G31.8), being less user macro
variable No. has been specified or user macro programs for
storage skip position are insufficient.
On the left of the expression, a variable can only be used for
right side of expression of user macro program statement has
been adopted.
Nesting of [
] of user macro program statement has
exceeded the allowed range.
Nesting of [
] including [
] of function is 5 layers.
VMC Series
Alarm No
C Alarm List
Alarm Information
Description
0123
ILLEGAL
MODE
GOTO/WHILE/DO
FOR
0124
MISSING END STATEMENT
0125
MACRO
STATEMENT
FORMAT ERROR
In main program of DNC mode, there is GOTO statement or

WHILE-DO statement.
END instruction corresponding with DO instruction of user
macro program cannot be found.
Format for user macro program statement is incorrect.
No. of DO statement and END statement of user macro
program is incorrect or has exceeded the allowed range (1
3) .
NC statement and macro statement have been specified in the
same program block.
In the searching of sequence No. the specified sequence No. has
not been found.
The sequence No. with the skip destination specified by
GOTO--, M99Pcannot be found.
G has been adopted as the independent variable of the user
macro program call. G can only be used as the independent
variable for each block (G66.1).
0126
ILLEGAL LOOP NUMBER
0127
DUPLICATE
STATEMENT
0128
ILLEGAL
MACRO
SEQUENCE NUMBER
0129
USE G AS ARGUMENT
0130
NC AND PMC AXIS ARE

CONFLICTED
NC instruction and PMC axis control instruction conflict.

Please modify the program or step program.
0136
SPOS AXIS - OTHER AXIS

SAME TIME
Spindle positioning axis and other axes have been specified in

the same block.
0137
M-CODE & MOVE CMD IN

SAME BLK.
Spindle positioning axis and other axes have been specified in

the same block.
0138
SUPERIMPOSED
OVERFLOW
When overlap control extension function has been adopted, in

PMC axis control, pulse distribution increment at PMC and
CNC is too big.
0139
CANNOT CHANGE
CONTROL AXIS
0140
PROGRAM
NUMBER
ALREADY IN USE
Try to select or delete the program selected in the foreground.

Please do the background editing correctly.
0141
CAN NOT COMMAND G51 IN

3-D OFFSET
G51 (ratio zoom ON) has been specified in three-dimension tool

compensation, and please modify the program.
0142
ILLEGAL SCALE RATE
Scale rate is 0 or bigger than or equal to 10000 times. Please

modify the set value for scale rate.
(G51P_ or
G51I_J_K_ or parameter (No.5411, No.5421))
0143
COMMAND
OVERFLOW
NC,MACRO
DATA
PMC
PMC axis selection has been executed for PMC axis control.
0144
Storage length of CNC inner data overflows. Calculation results

for ratio zoom, coordinate rotation, cylindrical interpolation, etc.
DATA overflow data storage length, and then the alarm will occur.
Besides, during reading of manual interference amount, the
alarm may also occur.
Coordinate rotation plane and arc or tool radius compensation C
ILLEGAL PLANE SELECTED plane must be the same. Please modify the program.
0145
ILLEGAL USE OF G12.1/G13.1
0146
ILLEGAL USE OF G-CODE
0148
SETTING ERROR
- 142 -
Axis No. of plane selection parameter (No.5460) (linear axis)

and (No.5461) (rotary axis) for polar coordinate interpolation
mode have exceeded the control range of 1.
Under polar coordinate interpolation mode or cancel of polar
coordinate interpolation mode, there is an unallowable G code in
modal G code combination.
The allowed G codes are as follows:
G40, G50.1, G69.1
If the system has already been under the polar coordinate
interpolation mode, unallowable G codes have been specified.
The unallowable G codes are as follows:
G27, G28, G30, G30.1, G31~G31.4, G37~G37.3, G52,
G92, G53, G17~G19, G81~G89, G68
It is not allowed to specify the G codes other than G01, G02,
G03, G02.2 and G03.2 in group 01.
Automatic corner override deceleration speed and judgment
angle have exceeded settable range. Please modify the set value
of parameter (No.17101714).
VMC Series
Alarm No
0154
C. Alarm List
Alarm Information
Description
H99 or D99 has been specified under the status that tool
NOT USING TOOL IN LIFE management data has not been assigned to the spindle
GROUP
position. Please modify the program.
0160
MISMATCH
M-CODE
0161
ILLEGAL
M-CODE
0163
ILLEGAL
G68/G69
0169
ILLEGAL TOOL GEOMETRY

DATA
0175
ILLEGAL G07.1 AXIS
0176
ILLEGAL G-CODE USE(G07.1

MODE)
0179
Number of control axes set in the parameter (No.7510) has

PARAM. (NO.7510) SETTING exceeded the maximum control axes. Please modify the set value
ERROR
of the parameter.
0190
ILLEGAL
(G96)
0194
SPINDLE
COMMAND
SYNCHRO-MODE
Under spindle synchronization control mode or simple

IN synchronization control mode, Cs contour control mode, spindle
positioning instruction or rigid tapping reading mode has been
specified.
0197
C-AXIS
COMMANDED
SPINDLE MODE
IN When signal for switching Cs contour control has been cut off,
the program has set a movement instruction along Cs axis.
0199
0200
0201
WAITING
Mismatch waiting M Code

When different M code has been specified between path 1
and 2 when the waiting M code is without P instruction;
When the P instruction is the same, but waiting M code is not
consistent.
Although waiting M code is consistent, but P instruction is
not consistent (the alarm will occur when binary system
value has been specified by P instruction).
When waiting M code is consistent, but No. of the
combination No. for P instruction differs. (When P
instruction has been specified by combination of path No.,
the alarm may occur).
Waiting M code with P instruction (3 or more path waiting)
and that without P instruction (double path waiting) have
been specified at the same time
When waiting M code without P instruction has been
specified in 3 or more paths.
P for waiting M code is illegal.
Value of address P is with negative sign.
P value which conflict with the system construction has been
specified.
Waiting M code without P instruction (double path waiting)
has been specified in 3 or more paths.
In balance cutting, G68/G69 has not been specified
separately. The specified value (address P) for balance
cutting is illegal.
In interference check, tool shape data is incorrect. Set the data
correctly or select correct tool shape.
The axis which cannot apply cylindrical interpolation has been
specified.
Please specify 2 or more axes in G07.1 block. Axis for
non-cylindrical interpolation mode has been specified while
cancel of cylindrical interpolation. While cylindrical
interpolation axis specify arc instruction for rotary axis (set
parameter ROT (No.1006#0) =1 and No.1260), please dont set
0 in parameter No.1022, but set any value from the specified
parallel axis 5, 6, and 7 in the parameter No.1022.
G code which cannot be used under cylindrical interpolation
mode has been specified. When G code of group 01 has been
specified under G00 mode or G00, the alarm will occur.
Please set G00 after release of cylindrical interpolation mode.
OF
WAITING
COMMAND
AXIS
IN
SELECTED Value for P or parameter (No.3770) specified in G96 is

incorrect.
Macro statement undefined has been used. Please modify the

user macro program.
While rigid tapping reading, value of S has exceeded the range
specified or has not been set. While rigid tapping reading, the
ILLEGAL S CODE COMMAND specifiable max value for S can be set by parameter
(No.5241-No.5243). Please change the set value of the
parameter or modify the program.
The instruction F for cutting feed speed has been specified to
FEEDRATE NOT FOUND IN 0. While rigid tapping reading, and compared with instruction
S, when instruction F is very small, since the tool cannot carry
RIGID TAP
out cutting while programming lead, the alarm will occur.
MACRO WORD UNDEFINED
- 143 -
VMC Series
C Alarm List
0202
POSITION LSI OVERFLOW
While rigid tapping reading, spindle assign value is too big

(system error).
0203
PROGRAM MISS AT RIGID

TAPPING
While rigid tapping reading, the position of rigid M code

(M29) is incorrect, or instruction S is wrong. Please modify
the program.
0204
ILLEGAL AXIS OPERATION
While rigid tapping reading, axis running has been specified

between rigid M code (M29) and G84 (G74). Please modify
the program.
0205
RIGID MODE DI SIGNAL OFF While execution of G84 (G74), although rigid M code
(M29), has been specified under rigid tapping reading, DI
signal is not set to ON. Please refer to PMC ladder chart,
finding out the reason why DI signal has not been
connected.
0206
CAN NOT CHANGE PLANE

(RIGID TAP)
RIGID DATA MISMATCH
Plane change has been specified under rigid mode. Please

modify the program.
The distance specified in the rigid tapping is too long or too
short.
0210
CAN NOT COMMAND

M198/M99
1 M198 and M99 have been executed under predetermined

running. or
2 M198 has been executed in DNC running. Please modify
the program.
3. In the machining process of shrinkage pool of composite
fixed cycle, interruption macro program has been
specified and M99 has been executed.
0212
Direct input instruction for drawing dimensions has been

specified on the plane other than Z-X plane. Please modify
the program.
0213
ILLEGAL COMMAND IN
SYNCHRO-MODE
0214
ILLEGAL COMMAND IN
SYNCHRO-MODE
While synchronization control, setting of coordinate system

or displacement-type tool compensation has been executed.
0217
DUPLICATE
G51.2(COMMANDS)
In polygon mode of G51.2, G51.2 has been specified again.

0218
NOT FOUND P/Q COMMAND
0219
COMMAND G51.2/G50.2
INDEPENDENTLY
G51.2 or G50.2 or other instructions have been specified in

the same program block. Please modify the program in other
program block.
0220
ILLEGAL COMMAND IN
SYNCHR-MODE
In synchronization running, the movement instructions for

synchronization axes are controlled and sent out by NC
programs or axis control for PMC synchronization axes.
Please modify the program of check the ladder program of
PMC.
0221
ILLEGAL COMMAND IN
SYNCHR-MODE
Try to carry out the synchronization running of polygon

machining and Cs axis control or balance cutting at the same
time. Please modify the program.
0207
- 144 -
In the synchronization control of feed axes, the following

abnormities have occurred during synchronization running,
the program send out movement instruction for slave
axes.
carry out manual running for slave axes.
after power on, the program sends out instruction for
automatic returning of reference point when no manual
returning of reference point.
In the block of G51.2, P or Q has not been specified or the

specified value for P or Q has exceeded the range. Please
modify the program. During the polygon machining among
spindles, the causes for this alarm will be displayed on the
diagnosis screen No.471 in details.
VMC Series
Appendix
C. Alarm List
0222
DNC OP. NOT ALLOWED IN

BG-EDIT
In background editing, try to execute the input and output

operation at the same time. Please execute the correct
operation.
0224
ZERO RETURN NOT

FINISHED
0231
ILLEGAL FORMAT IN G10

L52
TOO MANY HELICAL AXIS
COMMAND
Before automatic running, operation for returning reference

point has not been executed (limited to that when the
parameter
ZRNx (No.1005#0) is 0). Please execute the operation for
returning reference point.
In programmable parameter input, instruction format is
incorrect.
0232
In helix interpolation mode, 3 or more axes have been

specified to helix axes. Under helix interpolation B, 5 or
more axes have been specified as helix axes.
0233
DEVICE BUSY
0239
BP/S ALARM
While punching is done by I/O equipment control function,

background editing has been carried out.
0240
BP/S ALARM
Background editing has been carried out during MDI running

period.
0241
ILLEGAL FORMAT IN
G02.2/G03.2
0242
ILLEGAL COMMAND IN
G02.2/G03.2
0243
OVER TOLERANCE OF END

POINT
End point is not on the involutes curve going through start

point, and the error has exceeded the allowed error limit
(parameter (No.2510).
0244
P/S ALARM
In torque control, allowed movement accumulative distance

set by the parameter has been exceeded.
0245
T-CODE NOT ALLOWED IN

THIS BLOCK
G code (G50, G10 and G04) which cannot be specified has

been specified in the same block where T is placed.
0247
THE MISTAKE IS FOUND IN

THE OUTPUT CODE OF
DATA.
TOOL CHANGE ILLEGAL Z
AXIS COMMAND
Z-axis movement instructing has been specified in the same

block where instruction M06 has been specified already.
TOOL CHANGE ILLEGAL T

COMMAND
G05 CAN NOT BE
COMMANDED
T code which cannot be specified has been specified in M06

T.
In look-ahead control mode, binary system input operation
has been specified.
0250
0251
0253
While try to use some devices through interface RS-232-C,

etc. the devices are being used by other users.
Endpoint coordinate instruction of involutes curve of the

presently selected plane, or center coordinate instruction I, J
and K of corresponding basic circle or radius instruction R
of corresponding basic circle are not available.
Involutes curve instruction error. Center coordinate instruction
I, J and K of corresponding basic circle or radius instruction R
of basic circle of the presently selected plane have been set to
0, or start point or end point is located in the basic circle.
During input of encryption programs, punching code has

become EIA. Please output it after ISO has been specified.
- 145 -
VMC Series
C Alarm List
0300
ILLEGAL COMMAND IN
SCALING
0301
RESETTING OF REFERENCE
RETURN IS INHIBITED
0302
SETTING THE REFERENCE

POSITION WITHOUT LIMIT
STOP IS NOT PERFORMED
0303
REFERENCE
POSITION RETURN IS
NOT PERFORMED
0304
G28 IS COMMANDED
WITHOUT ZERO RETURN
Ooperation for retuning reference point (G28) has been

specified before establishing reference point.
0305
INTERMEDIATE POSITION
IS NOT ASSIGNED
After power on, G29 (returning from the reference point) has
been specified without any execution of G28 (automatic
returning of reference point), G30 (the second, third and
fourth reference point return and G30.1 (changeable
reference point returning).
0306
MISMATCH AXIS WITH

CNR/CHF
In the chamfering block, corresponding relation between the

movement axes and instruction I, J and K mismatch.
0307
0308
CAN NOT START

REFERENCE RETURN
WITH MECHANICAL
STOPPER SETTING
G72.1 NESTING ERROR
Specify G72.1 again in G72.1 rotary copy.
0309
G72.2 NESTING ERROR
G72.2 has been specified again in G72.2 parallel copy.
- 146 -
G code which cannot be specified in ratio zoom has been

specified. Please modify the program.
Under T series, when following functions have been specified
in the ratio zoom, the alarm occurs.
fine cutting cycle (G70, G72)
rough cutting cycle of outer diameter (G71, G73)
rough cutting cycle of end faces (G72, G74)
closed loop cutting cycle(G73, G75)
end face cutoff cycle(G74, G76)
Cutoff cycle for outer diameter and inner diameter (G75,
G77)
composite thread cutting cycle (G76, G78)
front drilling cycle (G83, G83)
front tapping cycle(G84, G84)
front boring cycle(G85, G85)
side drilling cycle(G87, G87)
side tapping cycle(G88, G88)
side boring cycle(G89, G89)
turning cycle for outer diameter and inner diameter (G77,
G20)
thread cutting cycle(G78, G21)
end face turning cycle (G79, G24)
(G code shall be in the sequence according to system B and
C)
In the operation for returning reference without a limit stop, it
is forbidden to reset the parameter of reference point. When
parameter No.1012#0 (IDGx) has been set to 1, try to carry
out the operation for returning reference point manually.
It is unable to set reference point for returning reference
point without a limit stop. The possible causes are as follows:
During JOG feed, the axis has not been made to move toward
the direction for returning reference point.
The axis is moving along the direction opposite to the manual
returning of reference point.
Under the status that reference point setting at any position
under Cs control is valid (parameter CRF(No.3700#0)=1) ,
switch the serial spindle to Cs contour control mode, and then
no operation for returning reference point ha been executed
before instruction G00 has been specified.
Please firstly execute the operation for retuning reference
point based on instruction G28, and then specify the
instruction G00.
Try to do stopper reference point setting for the axis using

non-limit stop reference point setting function.
VMC Series
Appendix
C. Alarm List
0310
FILE NOT FOUND
The specified file cannot be found in the subprogram/macro

program call.
0311
CALLED BY FILE NAME

FORMAT ERROR
Format of subprogram/macro program call based on the file

name is illegal.
0312
ILLEGAL COMMAND IN
DIRECT DRAWING
DIMENSIONS
PROGRAMMING
Direct input instruction of drawing dimensions is illegal G

code which cannot be specified in direction input of drawing
dimensions has been specified. In the continuous direct input
instruction of drawing dimensions, the unmovable blocks are
two or more, or in direct input of drawing dimension, , has
been specified by an illegal method for , (parameter CCR
(No.3405#4) =1) .
0313
ILLEGAL LEAD COMMAND
In changeable-lead thread cutting, the increment/decrement

value of lead specified by address K has exceeded max
instruction value or the instruction instructing negative value
for lead has been sent out.
0314
ILLEGAL SETTING OF
POLYGONAL AXIS
Axis setting of for polygon machining is illegal.

In polygon machining, rotary axis for tool has not been
specified.
(parameter(No.7610))
In polygon machining among spindles, valid spindle has not
been set (parameter(No.76407643))
spindle other than serial spindle has been specified.
spindle has not been connected.
0315
ILLEGAL NOSE ANGLE

COMMAND IS IN THE
THREAD CUTTING CYCLE
ILLEGAL CUTTING
AMOUNT IS IN THE
THREAD CUTTING
CYCLE
ILLEGAL THREAD
COMMAND IS IN THE
THREAD CUTTING
CYCLE
ILLEGAL RELIEF
AMOUNT IS IN THE
DRILLING CYCLE
THE END POINT
COMMAND IS ILLEGAL
IN THE DRILLING CYCLE
ILLEGAL MOVEMENT
AMOUNT/CUTTING
AMOUNT IS IN THE
DRILLING CYCLE
ILLEGAL
REPEATED TIME IS
IN THE PATTERN
REPEATING
CYCLE
FINISHING SHAPE
WHICH OVER OF
STARTING POINT
THE FIRST BLOCK OF SHAPE
PROGRAM IS A COMMAND
OF TYPE II
0316
0317
0318
0319
0320
0321
0322
0323
0324
THE INTERRUPTION TYPE

MACRO WAS DONE IN THE
MULTIPLE REPETIVE
CYCLES
Tool tip angle value has been specified in thread cutting cycle
(G76) of the composite turning fixed cycle.
Specified min. cutting amount is bigger than height of thread
pitch in thread cutting cycle (G76) of the composite turning
fixed cycle.
Cutting amount or height of thread pitch in thread cutting cycle
(G76) of the composite turning fixed cycle has been specified
to 0 or a negative value.
During cutoff cycle of composite turning fixed cycle (G74,
G75), d is a negative value although withdrawing direction
has not been determined.
G75), U or W is not 0 although i or k movement is 0.
G75), I or k (movement amount/cutting amount) is
negative.
In the closed loop cycle of composite turning fixed cycle
(G73), the repeat times is 0 or negative.
In the rough cutting cycle of composite turning fixed cycle
(G71, G72), the shape program has specified a shape exceeding
cycle start point.
In the rough cutting cycle of composite turning fixed cycle
(G71, G72), in the beginning block of shape program specified
by P, type II has been specified, For G71, it shall be
instruction Z(W); for G72, it shall be the instruction X(U).
Interruption-type macro program has been in composite turning
fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72 and G73)
- 147 -
VMC Series
C Alarm List
0325
UNAVAILABLE
COMMAND IS IN
SHAPE PROGRAM
0326
LAST BLOCK OF
SHAPE PROGRAM IS
A DIRECT DRAWING
DIMENSIONS
0327
MODAL THAT MULTIPLE

REPETIVE CYCLES
CANNOT BE DONE
0328
ILLEGAL WORK
POSITION IS IN THE
TOOL NOSE RADIUS
COMPENSATION
THE FINISHING SHAPE
IS NOT A
MONOTONOUS
CHANGE(SECOND
AXES)
ILLEGAL AXIS COMMAND IS
IN THE TURNING CANNED
CYCLE
ILLEGAL AXIS NUMBER IN
AX[]
0329
0330
0331
The instruction which cannot be used in shape programs of

composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72, and G73) has
been specified.
The instruction of the last block of shape programs of
composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72, and G73) is
in the midway of direct input instruction of drawing
dimensions.
Composite turning fixed cycle (G70, G71, G72, and G73)
has been specified in the modal status where the cycle cannot
be executed.
Work-piece position instruction in the tool tip radius
compensation is not suitable for the work-piece end of
composite turning fixed cycle (G71, G72).
In the shape programs of rough cutting cycle of composite
turning fixed cycle (G71, G72), the instruction for the second
axis of the plane doesnt monotonously increase or decrease.
In the axis instruction out of the plane has been specified in a
single fixed cycle (G90, G92 and G94).
In the axis No. of AX [ ], an illegal value has been specified.
0332
ILLEGAL AXIS ADDRESS IN

AXNUM[]
0333
TOO MANY SPINDLE

COMMANDS
0334
OFFSET IS OUT OF
EFFECTIVE RANGE
Offset data exceeding the valid set range has been specified
(prevention function for error operation).
0335
PLURAL M CODE
In the waiting function of peripheral equipment based on M

code, other M codes have been specified in the block where
waiting M code is placed.
0336
TOOL COMPENSATION
COMMANDED MORE TWO
AXES
0337
EXCESS MAXIMUM
INCREMENTAL VALUE
0338
CHECK SUM ERROR
0340
ILLEGAL
After manual interference under manual absolute ON status,
RESTART(NANOMETER
try to carry out nanometer smooth machining to restart.
SMOOTHING)
TOO MANY COMMAND
Specified number of program block has exceeded the allowed
BLOCK
continuous specifiable block number under nanometer smooth
(NANOMETER SMOOTHING) machining mode.
CUSTOM MACRO
In nanometer smooth machining mode, user macro program
interruption is valid. Besides, when user macro program
INTERRUPT ENABLE IN
interruption is valid, nanometer smooth machining mode ha
NANOMETER
been specified.
SMOOTHING
G43, G44 and G49 have been specified in nanometer smooth
ILLEGAL COMMAND IN
machining.
NANOMETER SMOOTHING
CANNOT CONTINUE
Instruction for un-continuous nanometer smooth machining
NANOMETER SMOOTHING
has been specified or the above operation has been done.
0341
0342
0343
0344
0345
- 148 -
TOOL CHANGE ILLEGAL Z

AXIS POS
In AXNUM [ ], an illegal axis address has been specified.

While using an extension spindle name, several spindle
instructions are specified in the same block.
There is only one spindle instruction is allowed in one block.
Without cancel of offset, another axis tries to carry out C-type

tool length compensation or axis has not been specified for
C-type tool length compensation in G43/G44 block.
The instruction value has exceeded the max increment value
(prevention function for error operation).
Error has been found during detection and check (prevention
function for error operation).
Z-axis during tool changing is illegal.
VMC Series
0346
0347
0348
0349
0350
0351
0352
0353
0354
0355
0356
0357
0359
0360
Appendix
TOOL CHANGE ILLEGAL
TOOL NUM
TOOL CHANGE ILLEGAL
COMMAND IN SAME BLK.
TOOL
CHANGE Z
AXIS POS NOT
TOOL CHANGE SPINDLE NOT
STOP
PARAMETER OF THE
INDEX OF THE
SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL
AXIS SET ERROR.
BECAUSE THE AXIS IS
MOVING,THE SYNC
CONTROL IS CANT BE
USED.
SYNCHRONO
US CONTROL
AXIS
COMPOSITIO
N ERROR.
THE INSTRUCTION WAS

DONE FOR THE AXIS
WHICH WAS NOT ABLE TO
MOVE.
THE G28 WAS INSTRUCTED

IN WITH THE REF POS NOT
FIXED IN SYNC MODE
PARAMETER OF THE
INDEX OF THE
COMPOSITE CONTROL
AXIS SET ERROR.
BECAUSE THE AXIS IS
MOVING, THE COMP
CONTROL IS CANT BE
USED.
COMPOSITE CONTROL
AXIS COMPOSITION
ERROR.
THE G28 WAS INSTRUCTED
IN WITH THE REF POS NOT
FIXED IN COMP MODE
PARAMETER OF THE
INDEX OF THE
SUPERPOS CONTROL
AXIS SET ERROR.
C. Alarm List
Tool position has not been established during tool changing.

Illegal command has been sent during tool changing.
During tool changing, position for Z-axis has not been
established.
Tool changing has started before complete stop of the spindle.
Setting for axis No, (parameter (No.8180)) for synchronous
control is illegal.
Try to start or release synchronous control by synchronous
control axis selection signal while the subject axis under
synchronous control is moving.
1)
try to execute synchronous control for the axis already

under synchronization /composite/superposition
2) try to further control of relationship of parent,
son/daughter and grandchild to realize synchronous
control for great-grandchild
3) When try to start synchronous control before the
relationship of parent, son/daughter and grandchild has
been established, the alarm will occur.
synchronization status
1) For the axis whose parameter NUMx (No.8163#7)=1,
movement instruction has been specified for the axis.
2) When movement instruction has been specified for the
slave axis.
composite status
movement instruction has been specified.
movement instruction has been specified, and then the
alarm occur.
In synchronous control, before reference point for slave axis
has been set, G28 has been specified for the master axis
under stop status, the alarm will occur.
Setting of axis No. (Parameter (No.8183)) of composite axis is
illegal.
Try to start or release composite control by composite control
axis selection signal while the subject axis under composite
control is moving.
Try to execute composite control for the axis already under
synchronization /composite/superposition
In composite control, before reference point for composite
subject has been set, G28 has been specified for composite
axis, the alarm will occur.
Setting for superposition control axis No. (Parameter
(No.8186)) is illegal.
- 149 -
VMC Series
C Alarm List
0361
BECAUSE THE AXIS IS

MOVING, THE
SUPERPOS CONTROL
IS CANT BE USED.
0362
SUPERPOSITIO
N CONTROL
AXIS
COMPOSITION
ERROR.
0363
THE G28 WAS

INSTRUCTED INTO
THE SUPERPOS
CONTROL SLAVE
AXIS.
THE G53 WAS
INSTRUCTED IN TO
THE SUPERPOS
CONTROL SLAVE
TOO MANY MAXIMUM
SV/SP AXIS NUMBER PER
PATH
0364
0365
Try to start or release subject axis under superposition control

by composite control axis selection signal while the subject
axis under composite control is moving.
1) Try to execute superposition control for the axis already
under synchronization /composite/superposition
2) Try to further control of relationship of parent, son/daughter
and grandchild to realize synchronous control for
great-grandchild
When G28 has been specified for the slave axis under
superposition control, the alarm will occur.
Under superposition control, G53 has been specified for the

slave axis when master axis is under moving status.
Maximum number for control axis or control spindle within
one path has been exceeded (under path of loading device, the
axis number for each path has been set to 5 or more, the alarm
will occur).
0366
IMPROPER G-CODE IN
TURRET METHOD
G43, G43.1, G43.4, G43.5, G43.7 have been specified when

turret-type changing tool mode has been selected (parameter
TCT (No.5040#3)=0) .
0367
3-D CONV. WAS

COMMANDED IN SYNC
MODE AS THE PARAMETER
PKUx(NO 8162#2) IS 0
OFFSET REMAIN AT OFFSET
COMMAND
In synchronous control, when parameter PKUx(No.8162#2) is

0, three-dimension coordinate change has been conversion has
been specified.
0369
G31 FORMAT ERROR
In torque limit skip instruction (G31P98/P99), axis

instruction has not been specified or axis instruction for 2 or
more has been specified.
In torque limit skip instruction, instruction of address Q has
exceeded the range. The instruction range for address shall
be 199.
0370
G31P/G04Q ERROR
Instruction value for address P for G31 has exceeded the rang,
and under multilevel skip function, the range for address P
shall be 14.
Instruction value for address Q for G04 has exceeded the rang,
and under multilevel skip function, the range for address Q
shall be 14.
Or the option for multilevel skip function has not been
adopted, but P1-4 has been specified by G31 and Q1-4 has
been specified by G04.
0371
ILLEGAL FORMAT IN G10 OR Try to change cryptographic function of cryptographic key

L50
and program by programmable parameter input (parameters
0368
Under ATC changing tool mode (parameter

No.5040#3(TCT)=1) , G43.7 has been specified under G43,
G43.1, G43.4 and G43.5 mode, or G43, G43.1, G43.4 and
G43.5 have been specified under G43.7 mode.
for secret code (No.3220), cryptographic key (No.3221) and

protection range (No.3222, No.3223). please modify the
program.
- 150 -
VMC Series
Appendix
C. Alarm List
0372
REFERENCE RETURN
INCOMPLETE
0373
ILLEGAL
HIGH-SPEED SKIP
SIGNAL
SELECTED
0374
ILLEGAL
REGISTRATION
OF TOOL
MANAGER(G10)
0375
CAN NOT ANGULAR

CONTROL
(SYNC:MIX:OVL)
0376
SERIAL DCL: ILLEGAL

PARAMETER
0387
ILLEGAL RTM DI/DO VAR
There is no DI/DO variable with specified signal address

(letters and figures).
0389
ILLEGAL RTM SIGNAL BIT
It is unavailable to specify the digits out of 07 by DI/DO

signal.
0391
RTM BRANCH OVER
0392
TOO MANY STATEMENT

CONTROL
0393
NO STATEMENT CONTROL
The conversion number supported by real-time user macro

programs has been exceeded.
Several key words (ZONCE, ZEDGE, ZWHILE, ZDO,
ZEND, G65, M99) controlling RTM in real-time user macro
programs have been used.
In real-time user macro programs, no substituted data
available.
0394
ILLEGAL STATEMENT
CONTROL
0395
ILLEGAL NC WORD
CONTROL
0396
ILLEGAL RTM STATEMENT

CONTROL
Any key word (ZONCE, ZEDGE, ZWHILE, ZDO and ZEND)

controlling RTM has been used in non real-time macro
program instruction.
- 151 -
Try to execute automatic returning of reference point under

the status of manual returning reference point for angular axis
mode or that no reference point return has been executed after
power on, or reference point return for orthogonal axes has
been executed when operation of returning reference point of
angular axes has not finished. Execute the reference point
return for orthogonal axes when operation of returning
reference point of angular axes has finished.
In various skip instructions (G31, G31P1G31P4) and
interruption instructions (G04, G04Q1G04Q4) , same
high-speed skip signal has been selected in different paths.
Under following operations and actions, data record of
G10L75/L76 has been executed:
record the data from PMC window.
record the data from FOCAS2.
record the data by G10L75/L76 in other paths.
After completion of above operation and actions,
specify G10L75/L76 again.
The axis construction is unavailable for execution of angular
axis control.
All axes associated with angular axis control has not entered
synchronous control or synchronous control has not been
applied between angular axes and orthogonal axes
2) All axes associated with angular axis control has not
entered composite control or synchronous control has not
been applied between angular axes and orthogonal axes
3) When all axes associated with angular axis control has been
set to superposition control.
When parameter OPTx(No.1815#1) for the separate pulse
encode is valid, parameter (No.2002#3) is invalid.
Parameter for absolute position detector
APCx(No.1815#5) is valid.
Corresponding relation of key words (ZONCE, ZEDGE,

ZWHILE, ZDO, ZEND, G65, M99) controlling RTM is
incorrect.
Correct return control code G65 and M99 from subprogram or
words describing subprogram call are unavailable.
VMC Series
C Alarm List
0397
RTM BUFFER OVER
No free space available from the buffer for real-time macro

program instruction. The pre-read block number used to
activate real-time macro program instruction during buffering
is too big.
0398
ID OVER IN BUFFER
In pre-read blocks, there are too many real-time macro

program instruction of same ID.
0399
ID EXECUTION IN SAME
TIME
Try to execute real-time macro program instruction of same ID

as the same NC statement after activation.
0400
ONESHOT CMDOVER
0401
0402
EXEC CMD NUM OVER IN

SAME TIME
ILLEGAL TOKEN FOR RTM
While single step, there are too many real-time macro program
instructions.
The number for real-time macro programs which can be
executed at the same time has been exceeded.
0403
0404
ACCESS TO RTM PROTECT

RTM ERROR
0406
0407
0408
0409
0410
0411
0412
0413
0414
0415
0416
0417
0418
0419
0420
0421
0422
0423
0424
0425
0429
Signs, variables or functions unsupported by real-time user

macro programs have been detected.
Try to read the protected variables.

Error associated with real-time macro program instruction has
occurred.
CODE AREA SHORTAGE
Storage capacity in real-time macro program field is not
enough.
DOULE SLASH IN RTM MODE Try to set translate and edit mode again under translate and edit
mode.
G90 IS NOT PERMITTED
It is not allowed to specify absolute instruction.
ILLEGAL AXIS NO
Axis No. is not correct.
MIDDLE POINT IS NOT ZERO The specification at the middle of G28 is not 0.
SIMULTANEOUSLY AXES
The maximum simultaneous control axes have been exceeded.
OVER
ILLEGAL G CODE
G code which cannot be specified has been specified.
ILLEGAL ADDRESS
Address which cannot be specified has been specified.
ILLEGAL PMC AXIS NO.
PMC axis No. is not correct.
GROUP IS IN USE
The group where the specified axis is placed is being used.
UNABLE TO USE THE AXIS
AXIS IS UNABLE TO MOVE
ILLEGAL FEED SETTING
ILLEGAL DISTANCE
SETTING
CONSTANT NUMBER P
ILLEGAL ARGUMENT L IN
G65
ILLEGAL ARGUMENT IN G65
NO PMC AXIS CONTROL
MULTIPLE AXES IN ONE
ONE AXIS USE MULTIPLE
GROUPS
ILLEGAL COMMAND IN G10.6
It is not allowed to use the specified axis.

The specified axis cannot be moved.
Setting for feed speed is wrong.
Data for movement amount has exceeded the range.
A subprogram has not been specified by a constant.
Illegal independent variable L has been used n G65.
Illegal independent variable L has been used n G65.
Option controlled by PMC axis is unavailable.
One group has been shared by several axes.
Several groups have been used by one axis.
While starting withdrawing during thread cutting program
block, withdrawing instruction has been specified along the
direction of long axis for thread cutting.
1000
NOT ALL AEXS HAVE GONE

BACK REFERENCE POINT
Not all axes have gone back to the reference point, execute
the returning reference point action
1004
ATC MOTOR QF16 OFF
The motor starter of chain is tripped off, check if short circuit

occurs.
- 152 -
VMC Series
Appendix
1005
X AXIS I IS LOCKED
1006
Y AXIS IS LOCKED
1007
Z AXIS IS LOCKED
1010
A AXIS IS LOCKED
1011
SPINDLE MOTOR FAN QF26

OFF
SPINDLE ORIENTATION
INCOMPLETE
M FUNCTION NOT COMPLETE
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1020
1021
SPINDLE NOT IN GEAR

POSITION
SPINDLE HAS NOT CHANGED
TO LOW GEAR
SPINDLE HAS NOT CHANGED
TO HIGH GEAR
MAG NOT BACKWARD
C. Alarm List
Axis X is locked and the movement of axis is forbidden.

Axis Y is locked and the movement of axis is forbidden.
Axis Z is locked and the movement of axis is forbidden.
Axis A is locked and the movement of axis is forbidden.
Check if the air switch of the motor fan in spindle is tripped
off and check if short circuit occurs
Spindle orientation is not completed; check the settings of the
spindle orientation parameters
M code is not completed, execute it again and check the
conditions of the incompletion
Spindle is not in the gear position
Spindle has not changed to the low gear, please change the
gear again.
Spindle has not changed to the low gear, please change the
gear again.
Tool magazine not return to the initial state, check the
relative reaching signal of tool magazine
SPINDLE TOOL NOT CLAMP
Spindle tool not clamped, check the reflecting switch of
clamping and positioning signals and confirm the connection
of air pipes
SPINDLE TOOL NOT UNCLAMP Spindle tool not unclamped, check the reflecting switch of
unclamping and positioning signals and confirm the
connection of air pipes
1022
MAG NOT IN POSITION
1023
MAG DOES NOT ROTATE
1024
MAG DOES NOT STOP

RUNNING
1025
A AXIS HAVE NOT CLAMPED
1026
A AXIS HAVE NOT

UNCLAMPED
1027
SET "MAG.JOG" SWITCH ON
1030
HYDRAULIC MOTOR QF7 OFF
1031
HYDRAULIC TEMPRETURE
HIGH
1032
HYDRAULIC FILTER BLOCKED
1033
HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL LOW
Tool magazine is not in position, check the reflecting signal

Tool magazine does not rotate; check if the signal of the
counter, the positioning signal of tool cover and the control
circuit of tool magazine rotating are correct
Tool magazine does not stop running; check if the connection
and the installing position of the counter signal switch are
correct, or the switch of counter is damaged
Axis A not clamped; check if the electromagnetic valve is
closed, check the clamping positioning reflecting signal of
axis A , and check if the pipes are correctly connected
Axis A not clamped; check if the electromagnetic valve is
closed, check the unclamping positioning reflecting signal of
axis A and check if the pipes are correctly connected
The softswicth MAG.JOG is set to on; Set the softswitch off
to eliminate the alarm
Hydraulic motor starter is off; check if short circuit occurs
Hydraulic motor temperature is high; stop running hydraulic
motor to reduce temperature
Filter of hydraulic motor is blocked, clean it timely
The level of oil in hydraulic station is low; fill the oil timely
- 153 -
VMC Series
C Alarm List
1034
HYDRAULIC FAN QF8 OFF
1035
HELIX CONYER QF9 OFF
1036
CHAIN CONYER QF11 OFF
1037
COOLANT MOTOR QF12 OFF
Air switch of hydraulic motor fan is off; check if short circuit

occurs
Motor starter of spiral chip conveyor is off; check if short
circuit occurs
Motor starter of chain chip conveyor is off; check if short
circuit occurs
Motor starter of outer cooling is off; check if short circuit
occurs
1040
1041
INTERR COOLANT BLOCK
1042
1043
SPINDLE COOLANT MOTOR

QF14 OFF
INNER COOLANT Q13F OFF
1044
MAG MOTOR Q15F OFF
1045
HEAT EXCHANGE QF21 OFF
1046
OIL GATHER QF24 OFF
Intercoolant water so dirty that the test signal alarm

Spindle cooling motor starter is off; check if short circuit
occurs
Spindle inner cooling motor starter is off; check if short
circuit occurs
Tool disc motor starter is off; check if short circuit occurs
Heat exchanger air switch is off; check if short circuit occurs
Motor starter of oil mist collector is off; check if short circuit
occurs
1049
1050
SPINDLE COOLANT MOTOR

FAULT
Spindle cooling motor is damaged
1051
1052
FRONT DOOR(L) OPEN
1053
FRONT DOOR(R) OPEN
1054
LEFT DOOR OPEN
1055
LUBRICATION OIL QF23 OFF
Front door(left) of protective room is open

Front door(right) of protective room is open
left door of protective room is open
Motor starter of lubricating oil is off; check if short circuit
occurs
1056
1057
IN ADJUST STATUS:MAG CAN Tool magazine in adjust status; tool cannot be changed in
NOT EXCHANGE TOOL AUTO
automatic mode; cancel the adjusting status to confirm the
safety
1058
1060
NOT ALL DOOR CLOSED
1061
IN M06,MAG NOT READY
1062
MAGAZINE NOT READY
1063
POCKET NOT HORIZANTAL
1064
IN M06,Z AXIS NOT BACK TO

2RD REF
IN M06,Z AXIS NOT IN
POSITION SWITCH1
1065
- 154 -
Not all doors are closed; check and close the door of
protective room if necessary
Tool disc is not ready when in M06
Chain is not ready, check the relative reflecting signal status
Tool pocket is not in horizontal position; check the horizontal
reflecting signal and the connection of air pipes
In M06, Z axis not back to the second reference point
In M06, Z axis is not in position switch 1
VMC Series
Appendix
1066
ATC NOT IN ZERO POSITION
1067
IN M06,SPINDLE
ORIENTATION UNCOMPLETE
C. Alarm List
Chain is not in 0 position, check the signal reflection of 0

position and execute the chain rotating action to 0 position
In M06, spindle orientation is not completed check the
relative parameter and confirm the correct connection of
pipes
1068
1069
1070
POCKET
HAS
NOT
TO Pocket is not in horizontal position or tool disc is not go
HORIZANTAL OR MAG HAS backward; check the positing reflecting signal and the correct
NOT BACKWARD
1071
POCKET
HAS
NOT
TO Pocket is not in vertical position or tool disc is not go
VERTICAL OR MAG HAS NOT forward; check the positing reflecting signal and the correct
FORWARD
1072
UNCLAMP TOOL HAS NOT Spindle tool unclamping is not completed; check the tool
COMPLETED
unclamping reflecting signal and the correct connection of air
pipes; check if the tool unclamping electromagnetic valve is
closed
CLAMP TOOL HAS NOT
Spindle tool clamping is not completed; check the tool
COMPLETED
clamping reflecting signal and the correct connection of air
pipes; check if the tool unclamping electromagnetic valve is
closed
AIM TOOL NO. IS WRONG
Aim tool number is wrong, check the edited programs and
change them
MAG NOT BACKWARD
Tool disc does not return to the backward position; check the
closing of tool disc backward electromagnetic valve, the
correct connection of air pipe and the backward positioning
reflecting signal
AFTER RETRACTION,SET THE
After retraction, set the 4th softkey off.
4TH SOFT SWITCH OFF
Z AIXS NOT IN POSITION
SWITCH2, SO ATC FORBIDDEN Z axis is not in the second reference point, so chain rotating
is not allowed; move the Z axis to the second reference point.
ROTATING
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
Z AIXS NOT IN POSITION

SWITCH2,SO MAG FORBIDDEN
FORWARD
SPINDLE
ALARM,CHECK
SPINDLE MODULE
PROGRAM CODE M06 IS
WRONG
SET THE 8TH SOFT SWITCH
OFF
Z axis is not in the second reference point, so tool disc

forward is not allowed; move the Z axis to the second
reference point.
Spindle alarms; check spindle module.
Program code M06 is wrong, check and correct it.
Set the 8th softkey off; set the parameter to be on to eliminate
the alarm
1086
1087
K
PARAMETERS
ABOUT Parameter K in PMC parameters concerning of tool magazine
MAGZINE SET IS WRONG
controlling is wrong; find the professional personnel to solve
the alarm
- 155 -
VMC Series
C Alarm List
1090
MECHANICAL BRAKE
NOT RELEASED
HAS
1091
MECHANICAL
BRAKE
IS
Mechanical brake is damaged, replace the new brake
WRON,REPLACE THE ROTOR
Mechanical brake is not released completely; check the

connections of hardware and check if the hardware is
damaged
1092
1093
VOLTAGE OF PROBE BATTERY IS LOW
Voltage of probe battery is low, replace the new battery
1094
PROBE IS ERR
Probe is err,please check it basis on manual
1095
PARAMETER WRITE ENABLE
Parameter write enable
1096
PMC EDIT ENABLE
Pmc edit enable
1100
SPINDLE GEAR SIGNAL MISS
Spinde gear singnal miss,please check circuit
1101
T_CLAMPED_SIGNAL MISS
1097
1098
1099
T_clamped_singnal miss, please check circuit
1102
1103
1104
1105
THE TOTAL NUMBER OF POCKETS SET

THE TOTAL NUMBER OF POCKETS SET ERR,please set#948
ERR
LUB INTERVAL IS TOO LONG
LUB INTERVAL IS TOO LONG,please set TMR12=5
1106
ATC BREAK SIGNAL MISS
1107
ATC 60 SIGNAL MISS
ATC BREAK SIGNAL MISS,PLEA

ATC 60 SIGNAL MISS
1108
1109
1110
ATC 0 SIGNAL MISS
1111
MAG REF SIGNAL MISS
1112
MAG REF & COUNTER SIGNALS IN

MAG REF & COUNTER SIGNALS IN REVERSE
REVERSE
LUB PRESS HARD DISCONNECTED
LUB PRESS HARD DISCONNECTED
1113
1114
TURN OFF THE POWER
1115
CHANGE T STOPED BECAUSE NO AIR
ATC 0 SIGNAL MISS

MAG REF SIGNAL MISS
TURN OFF THE POWER

CHANGE T STOPED BECAUSE NO AIR
1116
- 156 -
VMC Series
1117
Appendix
C. Alarm List
COOLANT LEVEL LOW,ADD COOLANT

COOLANT LEVEL LOW,ADD COOLANT WATER
WATER
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1125
1126
2001
2002
2003
SEPARATE OIL FROM WATER QF35

OFF
PRESELECT TOOL NOT FINISHED
THE CHIP FLUSH PUMP
SWITCH QF35 OFF
THE OIL SEPERATED FROM
WATER SWITCH QF 34 OFF
MACHINE IN ADJUST,IGNORE
GO BACK REFERENCE POINT
PRESS [CYCLE START]KEY
AFTER EXCHANGE TOOL
MAGAZINE ADJUST
Separate oil from water motor is overload.

After preselecting tool over then changing tool.
The chip flush pump switch QF35 off
The oil separated from water pump switch QF34 off
In machine adjusting, do go back to the reference point
Press cycle start key after tool change
Machine is in adjustment
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
- 157 -
VMC Series
C Alarm List
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
COOLNT LEVEL LOW,CYCLE

STOP AFTER 20 MINUTES
Coolant level is low, fill the cooling medium in 20 minutes,

else the machine will cycle stop
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
AIR PRESSURE LOW
Air pressure is low; check the external air pressure device
2048
2049
2050
2051
- 158 -
LUB.OIL IS LOW
Lubricating oil level is low
VMC Series
Appendix
C. Alarm List
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
LUBRICATION PRESS LOW
The pressure of lubricating oil is low; check if any looseness

in connections of lubricating pipes connected
2057
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2080
2081
SOFT SWITCH MAG.JOG IS ON Soft switch MAG.JOG is 1; set it to off to eliminate the
alarm
2082
2083
2074
2085
2086
2087
- 159 -
VMC Series
C Alarm List
2090
2091
2092
PLEASE ADD LUB.OIL
2120
REPLACE CNC BATTERY QUICKLY AND CNC battery voltage is low, replace is quickly before turn
BEFORE REPLACE DO NOT POWER OFF off the CNC power.
MAG INITIALIZED OVER
Mag initialized over.
2121
Please add lub. oil
2095
2096
2097
LUB PRESS LOW,CHECK LUB ROUTIN
2116
THE COOLANT WATER TOO LOW,ADD

COOLANT WATER AT ONCE
PLEASE PEPLACE CNC BATTERY
QUICKLY
CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN POCKET
NOT HORIZANTAL
CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN SP NOT
CLAMP TOOL
CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN NOT
CLAMP TOOL
CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN SP FAN
QF OFF
CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN MAG
NOT BACKWARD
CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN SP
COOL QF OFF
CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN ATC
NOT IN 0 POS
CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN SP
COOL IS FAULT
CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN THERE IS
ALARM
CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN ATC NOT
IN ZERO POSITION
CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN MAG NOT
BACKWARD
CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN POCKET
NOT IN POSITION
ROTATE SPINGLE THEN CYCLE START
2120
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2244
CAN'T FEED HOLD MACHINE WHEN

RIGID TAPPING
SET MACHINE IN AUTO TO CYCLE
START
CAN'T FEED HOLD MACHINE WHEN
CHANGING TOOL
CAN'T CHANGE MODE WHEN MAG
WORKING
CAN'T CHANGE MODE WHEN MACHINE
AUTO RUN
SET MACHINE IN JOG MODE FIRST
2245
SET MACHINE IN FEED HOLD MODE
2240
2241
2242
2243
- 160 -
LUB PRESS LOW,CHECK LUB ROUTIN

THE COOLANT WATER TOO LOW,ADD COOLANT WATER
AT ONCE
Please replace a new CNC battery
CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN POCKET NOT HORIZANTAL
CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN SP NOT CLAMP TOOL
CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN NOT CLAMP TOOL
CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN SP FAN QF OFF
CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN MAG NOT BACKWARD
CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN SP COOL QF OFF
CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN ATC NOT IN 0 POS
CAN'T START SPINDLE WHEN SP COOL IS FAULT
CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN THERE IS ALARM
CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN ATC NOT IN ZERO POSITION
CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN MAG NOT BACKWARD
CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN POCKET NOT IN POSITION
ROTATE SPINGLE THEN CYCLE START
CAN'T FEED HOLD MACHINE WHEN RIGID TAPPING
SET MACHINE IN AUTO TO CYCLE START
CAN'T FEED HOLD MACHINE WHEN CHANGING TOOL
CAN'T CHANGE MODE WHEN MAG WORKING
CAN'T CHANGE MODE WHEN MACHINE AUTO RUN
SET MACHINE IN JOG MODE FIRST
SET MACHINE IN FEED HOLD MODE
VMC Series
Appendix
2246
FEED OVERRIDE IS ZERO
2247
STOP SPINDLE FIRST THEN UNCLAMP

TOOL
CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN BATTERY
LOW
ILLEGAL REAL VALUE OF
OBUF :
TOO MANY WORD IN ONE
BLOCK
2250
4010
5006
5007
TOO LARGE DISTANCE
5009
PARAMETER ZERO (DRY

RUN)
END OF RECORD
5010
5011
5014
5015
PARAMETER ZERO (CUT

MAX)
TRACE DATA NOT FOUND
NO ROTATION AXIS
5016
ILLEGAL COMBINATION OF
M CODES
5018
POLYGON SPINDLE SPEED

ERROR
5020
PARAMETER OF RESTART
ERROR
5043
TOO MANY G68 NESTING
5044
G68 FORMAT ERROR
C. Alarm List
FEED OVERRIDE IS ZERO

STOP SPINDLE FIRST THEN UNCLAMP TOOL
CAN'T CYCLE START WHEN BATTERY LOW
Real value of output buffer is not correct.
Too many words have been specified in one program block,
and the maximum shall be 26 words. However, along with the
changes of NC options, the instruction words can be divided
into two blocks.
Movement amount has exceeded the maximum instruction
value since it has been applied to compensation, intersection
point calculation, interpolation calculation, etc. Confirm the
coordinate, compensation value, etc. of the program
instruction.
Parameter (No.1410) for dry-run speed or parameter
(No.1430) for max cutting feed speed has been set to 0.
In program block midway, EOR (record end) code has been
specified.
While reading the last percentage of NC programs, the alarm
will occur too.
The set value of maximum cutting feed speed
(parameter
No.1430) has been set to 0.
It is unable to transfer the data since no tracing data available.
During tool axial handwheel feed or tool normal direction
handwheel feed, it is unable to find the specified rotary axis.
M code combination belonging to the same group has been
specified in the same block, or M code combination has been
specified when there is only a separate M code.
Under G51.2, it is not allowed to remain the rotation speed
ratio of instruction value because spindle speed or speed of
polygon synchronous axis has exceeded the upper limit or is
too low.
For the polygon machining among spindles, the detailed alarm
causes will be displayed on the diagnosis screen No. 471.
Under dry run, the set value of parameter (No.7310) used to
specify moving to the restart machining position is illegal. The
set range shall be from 1 to the number of control axes.
The instruction used for three-dimension coordinate change
has been specified for 3 times or more. When it is necessary
to restart coordinate change, you must execute the cancel
operation at first.
In the instruction program of three-dimension coordinate
change, there are following errors:
(1) No. instruction block of three-dimension coordinate
change has specified instruction I, J and K (when option
for coordinate system rotation not available).
(2) In instruction block of three-dimension coordinate change,
instruction I, J and K all have been set to 0.
(3) In instruction block of three-dimension coordinate change,
instruction for rotation angle R has not been specified.
- 161 -
VMC Series
C Alarm List
5046
ILLEGAL PARAMETER
(S-COMP)
5050
ILL-COMMAND IN G81.1
MODE
Movement instruction has been specified for cutting axis

during cutting.
5058
G35/G36 FORMAT ERROR
The instruction for switching long axis has been specified

during arc thread cutting or length of long axis has been set to
0.
5060
ILLEGAL PARAMETER IN
G02.3/G03.3
5061
ILLEGAL FORMAT IN
G02.3/G03.3
5062
ILLEGAL COMMAND IN
G02.3/G03.3
5064
DIFFERRENT AXIS UNIT
The parameter setting for the axis carrying out exponential

function interpolation is wrong.
Parameter (No.5641): linear axis No. carrying out exponential
function interpolation.
Parameter (No.5642): rotary axis No. carrying out exponential
function interpolation.
The set value shall be the number of control axes, but not the
same axis No.
Instruction format for exponential function interpolation
(G02.3/G03.3) is wrong.
Instruction range of address I and J shall be -89.0 ~ -1.0, +1.0
~ +89.0, but address I and J have not been specified or the
specification has exceeded the range, or address R has not been
specified or has been set to 0.
Instruction format for exponential function interpolation
(G02.3/G03.3) is wrong. The specified values (for example,
value within In or 0 or negative values) are not suitable for
exponential function interpolation.
Arc interpolation has been specified on the plane consists of
axes of different set units.
5065
DIFFERRENT AXIS UNIT

(PMC AXIS)
In the axis control based on PMC, for same DI/DO group, axes
of different set units have been set. Please modify the
parameter (No.8010).
5066
RESTART ILLEGAL
SEQUENCE NUMBER
In restart of program for return/restart function, while

searching the next sequence No. , sequence No. of No. 7000
7999 has been read in.
5068
FORMAT ERROR IN G31P90
Movement axis has not been specified, or 2 or more movement

axes have been specified.
5073
NO DECIMAL POINT
Decimal has not been input in the instruction where decimal

must be specified.
5074
ADDRESS DUPLICATION
ERROR
In the same block, 2 or more same addresses have been

specified, or 2 or more G codes belonging to the same group
have been specified.
5085
SMOOTH IPL ERROR 1
Instruction format of smooth interpolation instruction block is

not correct.
5115
5116
ILLEGAL ORDER (NURBS)

ILLEGAL KNOT VALUE
Specification for layers is not correct.

Knot point has not increased monotonously.
- 162 -
The setting of parameters associated with flatness

compensation is incorrect. The possible reasons are as
follows:
The axis No. not available in the parameters of movement
axes or compensation axes has been set.
Pitch error compensation between the furthest negative end
and furthest positive end of has exceeded 128 points.
The compensation points for flatness have not been numbered
in order.
Compensation points for flatness are out of the range of pitch
error compensation points between the furthest negative end
and furthest positive end.
The specified compensation value for each point is too big or
too small.
VMC Series
5117
5118
Appendix
ILLEGAL 1ST CONTROL
POINT (NURBS)
ILLEGAL RESTART (NURBS)
5122
ILLEGAL COMMAND IN
SPIRAL
5123
OVER TOLERANCE OF END

POINT IN SPIRAL
5124
CAN NOT COMMAND SPIRAL
5130
NC AND SUPERIMPOSE AXIS

CONFLICT
5131
NC COMMAND IS NOT
COMPATIBLE
5132
CANNOT CHANGE
SUPERIMPOSED AXIS
DIRECTION CAN NOT BE
JUDGED
5195
5196
ILLEGAL AXIS OPERATION
5220
REFERENCE POINT
ADJUSTMENT MODE
C. Alarm List
The first control point is wrong, or no continuity with the

previous block.
Try to restart NURBS interpolation after manual interference
when manual absolute is on.
Spiral interpolation instruction or taper interpolation
instruction is wrong. Especially, the error can be caused by
one of the following:
1) L=0 has been specified.
2) Q=0 has been specified
3) R/, R/, C has been specified
4) 0 has been specified as height increment value 0
5) 0 has been specified as height difference 0
6) 3 or more axes have been specified as height axis
7) When there are two height axes, height increment
has been specified.
8) While radius difference 0, Q has been specified.
9) While radius difference0, Q0 has been
specified.
10) While radius difference 0, Q0 has been
specified.
11) Height increment has been specified in the case
that no height axis has been specified.
Difference between specified end point position and calculated
end point position has exceeded the allowed range (parameter
No.3471).
Spiral interpolation or taper interpolation has been specified un
the any of the following modes:
1) ratio zoom
2) polar coordinate interpolation
3) end pint=center point in C type tool radius compensation
In the superposition of PMC axis control, NC instruction and
PMC instruction conflict. Please modify the program or
ladder-type program.
PMC axis control and three-dimension coordinate change or
polar coordinate interpolations have been specified at the same
time. Pleased modify the program or la ladder-type program.
For superposition axis under PMC axis control, superposition
has been selected.
In function B for direct input of tool compensation
measurement value, when under touch sensor of single-contact
input, it is uncertain for the stored pulse direction
to stop under the offset reading mode.
to be under servo off.
to be of different directions for pulse change
Or tool is moving along two axes (X-axis and Z-axis) at the
same time.
The un-specifiable function has been used while execution of
functions associated with the five axes.
The parameter DAT x (No.1819#2) for automatically setting
reference point position has been set to 1. Under the manual
execution, position the machine at the reference point, and then
execute the operation for returning reference point.
- 163 -
VMC Series
5257
5303
5305
5312
C Alarm List
G41/G42 NOT ALLOWED IN
MDI MODE
Tool radius compensation or tool-tip radius compensation has

been specified by MDI mode (based on setting of parameter
MCR (No.5008#4)).
TOUCH PANEL ERROR
The connection of the touch panel is not correct, or it is
unable to do initialization for the touch panel.
Shoot the above troubles, and then power on again.
ILLEGAL SPINDLE NUMBER In the spindle selection functions of address P based on
multilevel control,
1) Address P has not been specified.
2) Parameter (No.3781) has not been set in the spindle to be
selected.
3) G code which cannot be used with instruction G S_P_; has
been specified.
4) Multi spindle is invalid since EMS (No.3702#1) has
been set to 1.
ILLEGAL COMMAND IN G10 Instruction formats from G10L75/L76/L77 to G11 are wrong
L75/76/77
or the instruction value has exceeded the data range. Please
modify the program.
5316
TOOL TYPE NUMBER NOT

FOUND
5317
ALL TOOL LIFE IS OVER
The lives of the tools conforming to the specification are all off.
Please change the tools.
5320
DIA./RAD. MODE CANT BE

SWITCHED .
Diameter/radius programming switching has been done under

the following statuses:
1) the programs which is under buffering
2) the axis is moving
5329
M98 AND NC COMMAND IN

SAME BLOCK
5360
TOOL INTERFERENCE
CHECK ERROR
5361
ILLEGAL MAGAZINE DATA
5406
G41.3/G40 FORMAT ERROR
5407
ILLEGAL COMMAND IN G41.3 (1) In G41.3, G code out of group G00 and G01 has been
specified.
(2) In G41.3 mode, offset instruction (G code belonging to
group 07) has been specified.
(3) The next block following G41.3 (start) is a block without
movement.
G41.3 ILLEGAL START_UP
(1) In group 01 mode other than G00 and G01,
G41.3 (start) has been specified.
(2) The angle between tool directing vector and movement
direction vector is 0 or 180 .
5408
- 164 -
Tool type No. conforming to specification is available. Please

modify the program or carry out the tool recording.
In the fixed cycle mode, subprogram call for non separate block
has been specified. Please modify the program.
The alarm may caused by that there is interference between
data change of G10 data input and file reading and other tools,
or it is tried to change the tool shape data recorded in the
material disc.
Interference occurs among the tools stored in the material
disc. Please re-record the tool in the material disc or change
the management data and tool shape data of the tools. While
the alarm occurring, no tool interference check will be carried
out while recording the tool to the material disc management
station. Besides, searching for empty holders cannot be
carried normally. It is necessary to cut off the power supply
temporarily to release the alarm.
(1) Movement instruction has been specified in block of G41.3
and G40.
(2) G code or M code whose buffering has been controlled has
been specified in block of G41.3.
VMC Series
Appendix
5420
ILLEGAL PARAMETER IN
G43.4/G43.5
5421
ILLEGAL COMMAND IN
G43.4/G43.5
5422
EXCESS VELOCITY IN
G43.4/G43.5
ILLEGAL OFFSET VALUE
5425
C. Alarm List
The relevant parameter of tool center control is incorrect.

An illegal instruction has been specified in the tool center
control.
rotary axes have been specified under the tool center control
(type 2)
in the machine tools with rotation type worktable or
composite machine tools, instruction IJK has been
specified in block (G43.5) for tool center control (type 2).
In G02 mode, the instruction for not moving tool center has
been specified (movement instruction for only rotating the
axis).
G43.4/G43.5 has been specified in tool center control mode.
When work-piece coordinate system has been set to
programming coordinate system (parameter WKP
(No.19696#5) =1), G02/G03 has been specified when the
rotary axis is out of vertical to the plane.
Try to make the axis speed exceed the max cutting feed speed
by tool center control.
Offset No. is incorrect.
5430
ILLEGAL COMMAND IN 3-D

CIR
Under the modal status when three-dimension arc interpolation

cannot be specified, three-dimension arc interpolation
(G02.4/G03.4) has been specified. Or the code which cannot be
specified under three-dimension arc interpolation has been
specified.
5432
G02.4/G03.4 FORMAT ERROR
Three-dimension arc interpolation instruction (G02.4/G03.4) is

incorrect.
5433
MANUAL INTERVENTION IN
G02.4/G03.4
(ABS ON)
Under three-dimension arc interpolation (G02.4/G03.4), when

manual absolute switch is ON, manual interference has been
done.
5435
PARAMETER OUT OF RANGE

(TLAC)
ILLEGAL PARAMETER
SETTING OF ROTARY
AXIS(TLAC)
ILLEGAL PARAMETER
SETTING OF MASTER
ROTARY AXIS(TLAC)
CAN NOT COMMAND
MOTION IN G39
5436
5437
5445
Parameter setting is incorrect (within the set range).

Parameter setting is incorrect (setting of rotary axes).
Parameter setting is incorrect (setting of master rotary axes).

The corner arc interpolation (G39) for tool radius
compensating or tool-tip radius compensation is not a separate
instruction, but an instruction specified together with a
movement instruction. Please modify the program.
5446
NO AVOIDANCE AT G41/G42
5447
DANGEROUS AVOIDANCE AT Under the interference avoidance check function for tool radius
G41/G42
compensating or tool-tip radius compensation, it is judged that
danger may occur if avoidance action is taken.
5448
INTERFERENCE TO AVD. AT
G41/G42
5456
TOO MANY G68.2 NESTING
Because under interference avoidance check function for tool

radius compensating or tool-tip radius compensation,
interference avoidance vector not available, it is unable to
avoid the interference
Under the interference avoidance check function for tool radius

compensating or tool-tip radius compensation, continuous
interference for established interference check vector has been
carried out.
G68.2 form machining angular planes has been specified for
twice or more times.
While execution of new coordinate change, cancel the
operation at first, and then specify the coordinate change.
- 165 -
VMC Series
5457
5458
5459
5460
- 166 -
C Alarm List
G68.2 FORMAT ERROR
ILLEGAL USE OF G53.1
MACHINE PARAMETER
INCORRECT
G68.2 format is wrong.

G53.1 has been specified before specifying G68.2.
Machine parameter (No.19665~19667, No.19680~19744) is
incorrect.
Set axis in parameter (No.19681, No.19686) is not a rotary
axis.
The basic 3 axes have not been set for parameter (No.1022).
in tool center control (type 2) or tool radius compensation
(type 2) for 5-axis machining or machining instruction for
angular planes, calculate the end point by NC, but in the
range specified by parameter (No.19741
19744), there is not an end point.
End point of rotary axis calculated from tool center control
(type 2) or tool radius compensation (type 2) for 5-axis
machining is not available; please recheck the construction of
the machine and the instructions.
For the machine whose rotary axis is an imaginary axis, tool
center control (type 2) or tool radius compensation (type 2)
for 5-axis machining has been specified.
while it is set to do programming under work-piece
coordinate system, tool center control (type 2) or tool radius
compensation (type 2) for 5-axis machining has been
specified.
ILLEGAL USE OF TRC FOR Under tool radius compensation (excluding the tool side
5-AXIS MACHINE
offset of machine tool with rotary tools) for 5-axis
machining, movement instruction other than G00/G01 has
been specified.
When the parameter PTD (No.19746#1) for the machine with
a rotary worktable has been set to 1, an axis other than the
3 basic axes has been used to do the plane selection while
tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining is started.
When parameter SPG (No.19607#1) has been set to 1, the
machine type set in parameter conflict with the instruction G
code (G41.2/ G42.2/ G41.4/ G42.4/ G41.5/ G42.5) specified
by tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining
G41.3 has been specified on the machine with non-rotary
tool.
When parameter WKP(No.19696#5) and TBP (No.19746#4)
both have been set to 0, tool radius compensation for 5-axis
machining and tool center control for 5-axis machining have
been used at the same time.
Under tool radius compensation (type 2) for 5-axis
machining, a rotary has been specified.
in the machine tools with rotation type worktable or
composite machine tools, instruction IJK has been specified
in block (G41.6/G42.6) for tool center control (type 2).
G code which cannot be specified in tool radius compensation
for 5-axis machining has been specified.
Modal specified for tool radius compensation for 5-axis
machining is wrong.
While it is set to do programming under work-piece
coordinate system, run the worktable after tool center
control for 5-axis machining has been started, and tool
radius compensation for 5-axis machining has been
specified.
VMC Series
5461
5463
Appendix
C. Alarm List
In tool center control for 5-axis machining and tool radius

compensation for 5-axis machining, the instructions for type
1 and type 2 are different.
When tool center control for 5-axis machining and tool radius
compensation for 5-axis machining are used at the same
time, cancel the instruction which has been set at first.
ILLEGAL
USE
OF Movement instruction other than G00/G01 has been specified
G41.2/G42.2/G41.5/G42.5
in tool radius compensation (G41.2/G42.2 or G41.5/G42.5) for
composite machine tools.
ILLEGAL PARAMETER
5 Relevant of tool radius compensation for 5 axis machining is
IN TRC FOR 5-AXIS
not correct.
MACHINE
Acceleration/deceleration before interpolation is invalid.
Please correctly set the parameter (No.1660).
Acceleration/deceleration before rapid movement
interpolation is invalid. Please correctly set the parameter LRP
(No.1401#1), FRP (No.19501#5) and (No.1671, No.1672).
- 167 -
VMC Series
C Alarm List
(4) Alarm under read-in status of parameters (SW alarm)
Alarm No.
SW0100
- 168 -
Alarm Information
Description
PARAMETER ENABLE SWITCH Set the parameter to the enable status.

ON
(Set parameter PWE (No.8900#0)=1) , while you
want to set parameters, please set the parameter to
ON, and otherwise, the parameter shall be set to OFF.
VMC Series
Appendix
C. Alarm List
(5) Servo alarms (SV alarm)
Alarm No.
SV0001
SV0002
SV0003
Alarm Information
Description
In the synchronous control of feed axis, the

compensation value during synchronous adjustment has
exceeded the set value of parameter (No.8325). The
alarm only occurs to the slave axis.
SYNC EXCESS ERROR ALARM 2 In the synchronous control of feed axis, the synchronous
error has exceeded the set value of parameter (No.8332).
After power on, before the end of synchronous
adjustment, the judgment has been done by multiply the
value of (No.8332) by the value of parameter (No.8330).
The alarm only occurs to the slave axis.
SYNCHRONOUS/COMPOSITE/
A certain servo alarm has occurred to the axis under
SUPERIMPOSED
CONTROL synchronous control/composite control /superposition
control mode, and therefore it is unable to carry out the
MODE CANT BE CONTINUED
specified control mode. When some servo alarm has
been sent by any axis of the modes, all axes associated
with the alarm axis shall be set to servo off status. Send
out the alarm, to confirm the cause for servo off.
SYNC ALIGNMENT ERROR
SV0004
EXCESS ERROR (G31)
SV0005
SYNC EXCESS ERROR (MCN)
SV0301
Position offset value in the action of torque limit skip

instruction has exceeded the limit set by parameter
(No.6287).
During the synchronous running under synchronous

control of feed axes, machine coordinate difference of
slave axis and master axis has exceeded the set value of
parameter (No.8314). The alarm may occur to master axis
or slave axis.
APC
ALARM: The machine position has not been calculated because of
COMMUNICATION ERROR
communication error of absolute position detector. (Data
transferring abnormal), absolute position detector, cable
or servo interface module may have defects.
SV0302
APC ALARM:
ERROR
SV0303
APC ALARM: FRAMING ERROR Because of the frame error of absolute position detector,
it is unable to calculate the machine position correctly.
(Data transferring abnormal), absolute position detector,
cable or servo interface module may have defects.
SV0304
APC ALARM: PARITY ERROR
Because of the parity error of absolute position detector,

SV0305
APC ALARM: PULSE ERROR
Because of the pulse error of absolute position detector,

SV0306
APC ALARM:
ERROR
SV0307
APC
ALARM:
EXCESS ERROR
SV0360
ABNORMAL CHECKSUM(INT)
SV0361
ABNORMAL PHASE DATA(INT) Alarm for abnormal phase data occurs in the built-in
pulse encoder.
Alarm for abnormal speed counting occurs in the
ABNORMAL REV. DATA(INT)
built-in pulse encoder.
SV0362
OVER
OVER
TIME Because of the overtime error of absolute position

detector, it is unable to calculate the machine position
correctly. (Data transferring abnormal), absolute
position detector, cable or servo interface module may
have defects.
FLOW Because of the overflow of position offset value, it is

unable to calculate the machine position correctly. Please
confirm the parameter (No.2084, No.2085).
MOVEMENT Because that movement amplitude of the machine

while power on is bigger, it is unable to calculate the
machine position correctly.
Check sum alarm occurs in the built-in pulse encoder.
- 169 -
VMC Series
C Alarm List
Alarm for abnormal clock occurs in the built-in pulse
encoder.
In the built-in pulse encoder, it is detected that digital
servo software is abnormal.
SV0363
ABNORMAL CLOCK(INT)
SV0364
SOFT PHASE ALARM(INT)
SV0365
BROKEN LED(INT)
LED abnormal occurs to the built-in pulse encoder.
SV0366
SV0367
SV0368
PULSE MISS(INT)
COUNT MISS(INT)
SERIAL DATA ERROR(INT)
SV0369
DATA TRANS. ERROR (INT)
Pulse error occurs in the built-in pulse encoder.

Counting error occurs in the built-in pulse encoder.
Unable to receive the communication data from the
built-in pulse encoder.
CRC error or stop bit error during receiving
communication data from the built-in pulse encoder.
SV0380
BROKEN LED(EXT)
Error of separate detector.
SV0381
ABNORMAL PHASE (EXT)
SV0382
SV0383
SV0384
COUNT MISS(EXT)
PULSE MISS(EXT)
SOFT PHASE ALARM(EXT)
SV0385
SERIAL DATA ERROR(EXT)
SV0386
DATA TRANS. ERROR(EXT)
SV0387
ABNORMAL ENCODER(EXT)
SV0401
IMPROPER V_READY OFF
Alarm for abnormal position data occurs on the separate

linear scale.
Counting error occurs in the separate detector.
Pulse error occurs in the separate detector.
Abnormal data in separate detector has been detected by
digital servo software.
It is unable to receive the communication data from the
separate detector.
While receiving the communication data from the
separate detector, CRC error or stop bit error occurs.
Separate detector has abnormal status. Please make
contact with the manufacturer of the linear scale.
Standby signal (PRDY) for position control is under
switch-on status, and the standby signal (VRDY) for
speed control has been cut off.
SV0404
IMPROPER V_READY ON
SV0407
EXCESS ERROR
Standby signal (PRDY) for position control is under

switch-off status, and the standby signal (VRDY) for
speed control has been switched on.
SV0413
Offset value of the synchronous axis has exceeded the

set value (only limited to the synchronous control).
DETECT ABNORMAL TORQUE Abnormal load has been detected in the servo motor or
Cs axis or positioning axis of spindle. It is not allowed
While stop, the position offset value has exceeded the
EXCESS ERROR (STOP)
set value of parameter (No.1829). In double-check
The position offset value during movement is too much
EXCESS ERROR (MOVING)
bigger than the set value of the parameter.
LSI OVERFLOW
Counter for position offset value overflows.
SV0415
MOTION VALUE OVERFLOW
SV0417
ILL
DGTL
SERVO The set value of digital servo parameter is not correct.
PARAMETER
In the synchronous running of synchronous control of
SYNC TORQUE EXCESS
feed axis, the torque difference between master axis and
slave axis has exceeded set value of parameter
(No.2031). The alarm only occurs to the master axis.
Feedback difference between SEMI and FULL has
EXCESS ERROR(SEMI-FULL)
exceeded the set value of parameter (No.2118).
EXCESS
VELOCITY
IN The allowed speed specified in the torque control has
been exceeded.
TORQUE
In torque control, allowed movement accumulative
EXCESS ERROR IN TORQUE
value has been exceeded.
The servo motor overheats.
SV MOTOR OVERHEAT
PSM: overheat
CNV. OVERLOAD
series SVU: overheat
CNV. LOW VOLT CONTROL
PSM: voltage of control power supply drops
PSMR: voltage of control power supply drops series
SVU: voltage of control power supply drops
SV0409
SV0410
SV0411
SV0420
SV0421
SV0422
SV0423
SV0430
SV0431
SV0432
- 170 -
The speed exceeding movement speed limit has been

specified.
VMC Series
Appendix
C. Alarm List
SV0433
CNV. LOW VOLT DC LINK
PSM: voltage of DC link drops

PSMR: voltage of DC link drops.
series SVU: voltage of DC link drops
series SVU: voltage of DC link drops
SV0434
INV. LOW VOLT CONTROL
SVM: voltage of control power supply drops
SV0435
INV. LOW VOLT DC LINK
SVM: voltage of DC link drops
SV0436
SOFTTHERMAL(OVC)
Software thermal protection (OVC) has been detected

by digital servo software.
SV0437
CNV. OVERCURRENT POWER
PSM: over current has occurred in the input circuit.
SV0438
INV. ABNORMAL CURRENT
SVM: over current occurs to the motor

series SVU: over current occurs to the motor
series SVU: over current occurs to the motor
SV0439
CNV. OVER VOLT DC LINK
PSM: voltage of DC link too high

PSMR: voltage of DC link too high
series SVU: voltage of DC link too high
SV0440
CNV.
POW.
SV0441
SV0442
ABNORMAL
CURRENT Abnormal current has been detected in the detection
circuit of motor current by digital servo software.
OFFSET
PSM:
standby discharge circuit of DC link is abnormal.
CNV. CHARGE FAILURE
SV0443
CNV. COOLING FAN FAILURE
SV0444
INV. COOLING FAN FAILURE
SV0445
SOFT DISCONNECT ALARM
SV0446
HARD DISCONNECT ALARM
SV0447
SV0448
SV0449
SV0453
SV0454
SV0456
SV0458
EX
DECELERATION PSMR: regenerated discharge amount is too big.

Series SVU: regenerated discharge amount is too big, or
regenerated discharge circuit is abnormal.
PSM: trouble occurs to the fan for inner cooling.

PSMR: trouble occurs to the fan for inner cooling.
Series SVU: trouble occurs to the fan for inner cooling.
SVM: trouble occurs to the fan for inner cooling.
Disconnect of pulse encoder has been detected by digital
servo software.
Disconnect of built-in pulse encoder has been detected

by a hardware.
Disconnect of separate detector has been detected by a
HARD DISCONNECT(EXT)
hardware.
The
sign of the data feedback by built-in pulse encoder
UNMATCHED
FEEDBACK
mismatches the sign of data feedback by separate
ALARM
detector.
SVM: IPM (Intelligent Power Module) has detected an
INV. IPM ALARM
alarm.
Series SVU: IPM (Intelligent Power Module) has
detected an alarm.
Alarm
for
disconnect
of software of pulse encoder.
SPC
SOFT
DISCONNECT
Pull out the cable of pulse encoder under the status that
ALARM
CNC has been cut off temporarily. If alarm occurs
again, please change the pulse encoder.
ILLEGAL ROTOR POS DETECT Magnetic pole detection function has ended up
abnormally. The motor doesnt move, and it is unable to
carry out the position detection for magnetic poles.
The set current control period is illegal. The used
ILLEGAL CURRENT LOOP
amplifier pulse module is not suitable for high-speed
HRV or the system has not set restriction conditions
meeting HRV control.
Set current control period mismatches actual current
CURRENT LOOP ERROR
control period.
SV0459
HI HRV SETTING ERROR
SV0460
FSSB DISCONNECT
In the two neighbor axes (odd number and even

number) of servo axis No. (Parameter (No.1023)), one is
able to do high-speed HRV control, and the other
cannot.
Sudden disconnect of FSSB communication. It mainly
caused by below mentioned:
1FSSB communication off or disconnect;
- 171 -
VMC Series
C Alarm List
2Sudden power off of amplifier.
3A low pressure warning is issued amplifier.
SV0462
SEND CNC DATA FAILED
Because of the FSSB communication error, it is unable

to for the slave end to receive correct data.
SV0463
SEND SLAVE DATA FAILED
Because of the FSSB communication error, it is unable

to for the servo software to receive correct data.
SV0465
READ ID DATA FAILED
While power on, it is unable to read initial ID

information of amplifier.
SV0466
MOTOR/AMP. COMBINATION
SV0468
HI
HRV
ERROR(AMP)
SV0600
INV. DC LINK OVER CURRENT
SV0601
INV. RADIATOR FAN FAILURE
SV0602
INV. OVERHEAT
SV0603
INV. IPM ALARM(OH)
SV0604
AMP.
ERROR
SV0605
CNV. EX. DISCHARGE POW.
SV0606
CNV. RADIATOR FAN FAILURE PSM: trouble occurs to the fan for cooling outer
radiator.
PSMR: trouble occurs to the fan for cooling outer
radiator.
PSM:
phase
lack for input power
CNV. SINGLE PHASE FAILURE
PSMR: phase lack for input power
V_READY ON (INITIALIZING ) While servo control is on, standby signal for speed
control (VRDY) shall be off, however, it has been
connected.
Servo axis arrangement has not been correctly set.
ILLEGAL AXIS ARRANGE
Negative value, repeat value or value bigger than
number of control axes has been set for the servo axis
No. of each axis (parameter (No.1023)).
In tandem control, the set value of parameter (No.1023) is
ILLEGAL TANDEM AXIS
incorrect.
In tandem control, the parameter (No.1020, No.1025, and
ILLEGAL TANDEM PAIR
No.1026) or TDM (No.1817#6) has been incorrectly set.
FSSB configuration error (softkey test) occurs. The type
FSSB:CONFIGURATION
ERROR(SOFT)
of connected amplifier mismatches the set value of
FSSB.
Flatness compensation value has exceeded the max
S-COMP. VALUE OVERFLOW
value 32767.
FSSB:OPEN READY TIME OUT While initialization, FSSB has not been set at open
standby status, which may be caused by bad axis clip.
FSSB: NUMBER OF AMP. IS Compared with the number of control axes, the number
of amplifiers identified by FSSB is not enough. The
INSUFFICIENT
setting of axis number or connection of the amplifier is
wrong.
FSSB
configuration error occurs.
FSSB:CONFIGURATION ERROR
Amplifier type connected mismatches FSSB set value.
SV0607
SV1025
SV1026
SV1055
SV1056
SV1067
SV1100
SV5134
SV5136
SV5137
- 172 -
Max current value of amplifier differs from that of the

motor. The causes may be as follows:
1Specification of the connection of axis and amplifier
is not correct.
2Set value of parameter (No.2165) is not correct.
SETTING For the amplifier control axis which cannot use
high-speed HRV, high-speed HRV has been set.
SVM: overcurrent occurs to DC link.
Series SVU: overcurrent occurs to DC link.
SVM: trouble occurs to the fan for cooling radiator.
Series SVU: trouble occurs to the fan for cooling
radiator.
SVM: the servo amplifier overheats.
SVM: IPM (intelligent power module) has detected

overheat alarm.
Series SVU: IPM (intelligent power module) has
detected overheat alarm.
COMMUNICATION Communication between SVMPSM is abnormal.
PSMR: overcurrent occurs to the motor
VMC Series
Appendix
SV5139
FSSB:ERROR
SV5197
FSSB:OPEN TIME OUT
SV5311
FSSB:ILLEGAL CONNECTION
C. Alarm List
Servo initialization has not ended normally. It may

caused by bad cable, or connection error between
amplifier and other modules.
Although CNC allows FSSB open, FSSB has not been
opened.
Confirm the connection between CNC and amplifier.
1Separately connect the two neighbor axes (odd
number and even number) of servo axis No.
(Parameter (No.1023)) to the amplifier of FSSB of
different system, and then assign accordingly, the
alarm will occur.
2When the system is not in accordance with restriction
conditions set for high-speed HRV control, the
current control periods of the two FSSB are
different; in this case, if it is set that FSSB pulse
module connected on different systems shall be
used, the alarm will occur.
- 173 -
VMC Series
C Alarm List
(6) Alarms associated with overtravel (OT alarm)
Alarm No.
Alarm Information
Description
OT0500
+ OVERTRAVEL ( SOFT 1 )
Has exceeded the stored travel check 1 in the positive end.
OT0501
- OVERTRAVEL ( SOFT 1 )
Has exceeded the stored travel check 1 in the negative end.
OT0502
Has exceeded the stored travel check 2 in the positive end

or in chuck/ tailstock barrier, positive movement has
OT0503
Has exceeded the stored travel check 2 in the negative end

or in chuck/ tailstock barrier, negative movement has
OT0504
OT0505
OT0506
+ OVERTRAVEL ( HARD )
OT0507
- OVERTRAVEL ( HARD )
Has exceeded the stored travel check 3 in the positive end.

Has exceeded the stored travel check 3 in the negative end.
The travel limit switch for positive end has been used.
When the machine arrives at the travel end point, the alarm
occurs. While alarming, if it is under automatic running
status, all axes will stop moving, and if it is under manual
running, only the axis with alarm will stop.
The travel limit switch for negative end has been used.
When the machine arrives at the travel end point, the alarm
occurs. While alarming, if it is under automatic running
status, all axes will stop moving,
and if it is under
manual running, only the axis with alarm will stop.
OT0508
INTERFERENCE:+
entered the forbidden area.
entered the forbidden area.
OT0509
OT0510
OT0511
OT1710
- 174 -
Interference with other turrets occurs during positive

movement of n axis.
Interference with other turrets occurs during negative
INTERFERENCE:movement of n axis.
During travel check before movement, end point position
+ OVERTRAVEL
( PRE-CHECK )
of block is in the forbidden area of positive end travel.
OVERTRAVEL During travel check before movement, end point position
( PRE-CHECK )
of block is in the forbidden area of negative end travel.
ILLEGAL ACC. PARAMETER Parameter for optimum torque acceleration /deceleration
(OPTIMUM
TORQUE has not been correctly set. It may caused by following:
ACC/DEC)
the ratio of deceleration to acceleration is equal or
smaller than the control value.
the time for decelerating to 0 has exceeded the maximum
value.
VMC Series
Appendix
C. Alarm List
(7) Alarms associated with storage files (IO alarm)
Alarm No.
Alarm Information
IO1001
FILE ACCESS ERROR
IO1002
FILE SYSTEM ERROR
IO1030
CHECK SUM ERROR
IO1032
MEMORY
RANGE
ACCESS
Description
Because of abnormal CNC system files (permanent type),
it is unable to access the file system (permanent type).
Because of abnormal CNC system files, it is unable to
access the file system.
The check sum of storage of CNC part programs is
incorrect.
OVER The access exceeding the range of storage of CNC part

programs has occurred.
- 175 -
VMC Series
C Alarm List
(8) Alarms asking for power off (PW alarm)
Alarm No.
PW0000
PW0001
PW0002
PW0003
PW0004
PW0006
PW0007
PW1102
PW1103
PW5046
- 176 -
Alarm Information
POWER MUST BE OFF
X-ADDRESS (*DEC)
NOT ASSIGNED.
Description
The parameter requiring temporary power off has been set.
IS Address X of PMV has not been assigned correctly. The

causes may be:
During the setting process of parameter (No.3013), the
deceleration limit stop (*DEC) for returning reference point
for address X has not been correctly assigned.
PMC address is not correct Address for axis signal assignment is not correct. The causes
(AXIS).
may be: Setting for parameter (No.3021) is incorrect.
PMC address is not correct Address for spindle signal assignment is not correct. The
(SPINDLE).
causes may be::
Setting for parameter (No.3022) is incorrect.
SETTING THE LOADER Path for material loading device has not been correctly
SYSTEM PATH IS NOT assigned. The setting of parameter (No.984) is incorrect.
path number of material loading device mismatches with the
CORRECT.
path number of material loading device specified by
parameter LCP(No.984#0)
Parameter LCP for path 1 has been set to 1.
POWER MUST BE OFF Error operation prevention function has detected the alarm
(ILL-EXEC-CHK)
asking for power off.
Address
X of PMV has not been assigned correctly. The
X-ADDRESS(SKIP) IS NOT
ASSIGNED
causes may be:
During the setting of parameter (No.3012), it is unable to
correctly assign the skip signal of address X.
during the setting of parameter (No.3019), it is unable to
correctly assign the signals other than skip signal of
address X.
ILLEGAL
PARAMETER Parameter setting for incline compensation is not correct. the
(I-COMP.)
causes may be:
pitch error compensation points between the furthest
positive end and furthest negative end for axis with
incline compensation has exceeded 128 points.
Compensation points for incline compensation has not been
numbered in order.
Compensation points for incline compensation has not been
located between the furthest positive end and furthest
negative end of pitch error compensation points.
The specified compensation value for each compensation
point is too big or too small.
ILLEGAL
PARAMETER Setting for parameter for 128-point flatness compensation or
(S-COMP.128)
compensation data is incorrect.
ILLEGAL
PARAMETER Setting for parameter for flatness compensation is incorrect.
(S-COMP.)
VMC Series
Appendix
C. Alarm List
(9) Alarms associated with the spindles (SP alarm)
Alarm No.
SP0740
SP0741
Alarm Information
Description
RIGID TAP ALARM

EXCESS ERROR
RIGID TAP ALARM
EXCESS ERROR
:
:
During rigid tapping reading, the position offset during

spindle stop has exceeded the set value.
During rigid tapping reading, the position offset during
spindle stop has exceeded the set value.
RIGID TAP ALARM : LSI

OVERFLOW
SPINDLE MODE CHANGE
ERROR
During rigid tapping reading, LSI overflow occurs to the

spindle.
Under the serial spindle control, Cs contour control mode,
spindle positioning, rigid tapping reading switching, spindle
control switching, etc. have not been ended up normally. If
spindle amplifier cannot react correct to the mode change
instruction sent by NC, the alarm will occur.
SP0754
ABNORMAL TORQUE
SP0755
SP0756
SAFETY
FUNCTION
ERROR
ILLEGAL AXIS DATA
Abnormal load has been detected by spindle motor. The

alarm can be released by RESET.
CNC CPU has detected that the safety function for the
spindle n has not been executed.
CNC CPU has detected that the connection status of spindle
amplifier of spindle n mismatches with the hardware setting
of spindle amplifier. When alarm occurs due to that
configuration for spindle amplifier has changed, please set
the spindle amplifier correctly.
SP0757
SAFETY SPEED OVER
CNC CPU has detected that in the safety monitoring (safety

monitoring start signal SEV/SEP has been set to 1) of
spindle n, spindle motor speed is higher than the safety
speed (parameter (No.4372, No.4438, No.4440 and
No.4442). Please run within the safety speed
SP1202
SPINDLE SELECT ERROR
SP1210
TOOL
CHANGE
MOTION OVERFLOW
SP1211
TOOL CHANGE SP ORTN

EXCESS ERROR
SP1212
TOOL CHANGE SP MOVE

EXCESS ERROR
Spindle No. other than the valid spindle No. has been
selected by selection signal of position encoder based on
multi spindle control. Try to select a spindle No. where
path for valid spindle doesnt exist.
Motion assigned to the spindle is too much (special for
FANUC ROBODRILL).
During changing tools, orientation error overflow has been
detected on the spindle (special for FANUC
ROBODRILL).
During changing tools, movement error overflow has been
ROBODRILL).
SP1213
TOOL CHANGE SP STOP

EXCESS ERROR
During changing tools, stop error overflow has been

ROBODRILL).
SP1214
TOOL
CHANGE
ILLEGAL SEQUENCE
SP1220
NO SPINDLE AMP.
SP1221
ILLEGAL
NUMBER
SP1224
ILLEGAL
SPINDLE-POSITION
CRC ERROR (SERIAL
SPINDLE)
During changing tools, spindle sequence abnormal has

been detected on the spindle (special for FANUC
ROBODRILL).
Cable connected with serial spindle amplifier is off or serial
spindle amplifier has not been well connected.
Corresponding relation between spindle No. and motor No.
is not correct.
Setting of gear ratio between the spindle and position
encoder is incorrect.
SP0742
SP0752
SP1225
SP1226
SP
SP
MOTOR
FRAMING
ERROR
(SERIAL SPINDLE)
CRC error (communication error) has occurred during the

communication between CNC and serial spindle amplifier.
Framing error has occurred during the communication
between CNC and serial spindle amplifier.
- 177 -
VMC Series
C Alarm List
SP1227
RECEIVING
ERROR
(SERIAL SPINDLE)
Receiving error has occurred during the communication

between CNC and serial spindle amplifier.
SP1228
COMMUNICATION
ERROR
(SERIAL
SPINDLE)
Communication error has occurred during the

communication between CNC and serial spindle amplifier.
SP1229
COMMUNICATION
ERROR SERIAL SPINDLE
AMP.
Communication error has occurred among serial spindle

amplifiers (between motor No. 1-2 or between motor No.
3-4).
SP1231
SPINDLE EXCESS ERROR

(MOVING)
SP1232
SPINDLE EXCESS ERROR

(STOP)
POSITION
CODER
OVERFLOW
GRID SHIFT OVERFLOW
DISCONNECT POSITION
CODER
D/A CONVERTER ERROR
Position offset value during spindle rotating is bigger than

the set value of the parameter.
Position offset value during spindle stopped is bigger than
the set value of the parameter.
Error counter /speed instruction value of position gain
encoder overflows.
Grid shift overflow.
Disconnect the position encoder of analog spindle.
SP1233
SP1234
SP1240
SP1241
SP1243
SP1244
SP1245
SP1246
SP1247
SP1969
SP1970
SP1971
SP1972
SP1974
SP1975
SP1976
SP1977
SP1978
SP1979
SP1980
SP1981
ILLEGAL
SPINDLE
PARAMETER
MOTION
VALUE
OVERFLOW
COMMUNICATION DATA
ERROR
COMMUNICATION DATA
ERROR
COMMUNICATION DATA
ERROR
SPINDLE
CONTROL
ERROR
SPINDLE
CONTROL
ERROR
SPINDLE
CONTROL
ERROR
SPINDLE
CONTROL
ERROR
ANALOG
SPINDLE
CONTROL ERROR
ANALOG
SPINDLE
CONTROL ERROR
SERIAL
SPINDLE
COMMUNICATION
SERIAL
SPINDLE
COMMUNICATION
SERIAL
SPINDLE
COMMUNICATION
SERIAL
SPINDLE
COMMUNICATION
SERIAL SPINDLE AMP.
ERROR
SERIAL SPINDLE AMP.
ERROR
D/A converter error used for analog spindle control.

Setting for spindle position gain is incorrect.
Motion value assigned to the spindle is too much.
Data communication error has been detected from CNC.
Error occurs in the control software for spindle.
Initialization of spindle control has not ended up normally.
Position encoder abnormal has been detected in the analog
spindle.
Amplifier No. has not been set for serial spindle amplifiers.
Overtime has been detected in the communication between
serial spindle amplifiers.
In the communication with serial spindle, communication
sequence is incorrect.
SIC-LSI of serial spindle amplifier is bad.
Error occurs while data read-in to SIC-LSI of serial spindle
amplifier.
Error occurs while data read-in from SIC-LSI of serial
spindle amplifier.
SP1982
SERIAL
ERROR
SPINDLE
AMP.
SP1983
SERIAL
ERROR
SERIAL
ERROR
SPINDLE
AMP.
Unable to delete the alarm from the spindle amplifier.
SPINDLE
AMP.
Error occurs in the re-initialization of spindle amplifier.
SP1984
- 178 -
VMC Series
SP1985
SP1986
SP1987
SP1988
SP1989
SP1996
SP1998
SP1999
Appendix
SERIAL
SPINDLE
CONTROL ERROR
SERIAL
SPINDLE
CONTROL ERROR
SERIAL
SPINDLE
CONTROL ERROR
SPINDLE
CONTROL
ERROR
SPINDLE
CONTROL
ERROR
ILLEGAL
SPINDLE
PARAMETER SETTING
SPINDLE
ERROR
SPINDLE
ERROR
Automatic setting of parameter fails.

SIC-LSI of CNC is bad.
Parameter settings for spindle and spindle motor are illegal.
Please confirm the following parameters: (No.3716, 3717)
CONTROL
CONTROL
C. Alarm List
- 179 -
VMC Series
(10)
C Alarm List
Alarms associated with serial spindles (SP alarm).

When alarm occurs to the serial spindle, CNC will display
following alarm No. to alarm:
Notes *1
When the red LED of SPM is on, the alarm will be
displayed by a number of two digits. Special attention
must be paid to that, when yellow LED is on, the trouble
No. for sequence problems displayed (e.g. rotation
instruction has been input when e-stop status has not been
released.) have different meanings.
For details, please read the error code list (serial
spindle).
Alarm No. Alarm Information

SSPA:01 MOTOR
OVERHEAT
SPM
Display *1
01
SP9001
SSPA:02
EX
DEVIATION
SPEED
02
SP9002
SSPA:03 DC-LINK
FUSE IS BROKEN
03
Trouble position and remedy

method
Check and modify the
ambient temperature and
load conditions.
If the cooling fan has
stopped, please change it.
Motor winding embedding

thermostat acts, but the inner
temperature of the motor has
exceeded
the
specified
standard. The usage has
exceeded rated value or
cooling unit abnormal.
Reduce the load by

checking and changing
cutting conditions
Modify the parameter
(No.4082)
The motor speed cannot

match the specified speed.
Motor load torque is too big.
Middle
value
between
acceleration/deceleration for
parameter
(No.4082)
is
insufficient.
PSM is standby (display00)
but voltage on DC link on
SPM is not enough.
Fuse of DC link inside the
SPM is off. (Power parts
have been damaged or
grounding trouble occurs to
the motor). JX1A/JX1B
connection cable abnormal.
Change SPM unit.

Check the insulation status
of the motor.
Change the interface cable.
SP9003
SSPA:04 POWER
SP9004 SUPPLY ERROR
THERMAL
SP9006 SENSOR
DISCONNECT
SSPA:07 OVER
SPEED
04
Confirm the power status input

to PSM.
06

parameter.
Change feedback cables.
07
SP9007
SSPA:09
OVERHEAT
SP9009 MAIN CIRCUIT
- 180 -
09
Description
Check if there is any sequence

error (instructions for spindle
synchronization, etc. have been
specified when the spindle
cannot be run)
Change the cooling status of

the cooling device.
When the fan of the cooling
device has stopped, please
change SPM unit.
It is detected that power for

PSM lacks a phase (PSM
alarm displays 5)
Motor temperature sensor is
disconnected.
Motor speed has exceeded
the 115% of the speed. When
spindle axis is under position
control mode, position offset
is under extreme
accumulation status (when
spindle synchronization, cut
off SFR and SRV).
The temperature of the
radiator for cooling power
transistor has risen
abnormally.
VMC Series
Appendix
SSPA:11
OVERVOL
T POWER
CIRCUIT
11
SP9011
SSPA:12
OVERCURREN
POWER
SP9012 T
CIRCUIT
SSPA:13
CPU
SP9013 DATA MEMORY
FAULT
SSPA:15
SPINDLE
SWITCHING
SP9015
FAULT
SP9016
SSPA:16
ERROR
RAM
SSPA:18
SP9018 SUMCHECK
ERROR
SSPA:19 EXCESS
OFFSET
SP9019 CURRENT U
SSPA:20 EXCESS
OFFSET
SP9020
CURRENT V
POS
SENSOR
SP9021 POLARITY
ERROR
SSPA:24 SERIAL
TRANSFER
SP9024 ERROR
SSPA:27
DISCONNECT
POSITION
CODER
12
13
15
16
18
19
20
21
24
27
SP9027
Check the selection of PSM.

While checking input power
voltage and motor deceleration,
if the change of power voltage
has exceeded (200V series)
AC253V or (400V series)
AC530V, it is necessary to
improve the impedance of the
power supply.
C. Alarm List
Over-voltage has been
detected on the DC link of
PSM. (PSM alarm displays
7)
PSM
selection
error
(maximum
output
specification of PSM has
been exceeded)
Check the insulation status of Motor output current

the motor
overflows. The original
Check the spindle parameters parameter of the motor
Change SPM unit.
mismatches motor model.
Insulation of the motor is bad.
Change SPM circuit plate for Part for control circuit of
controlling printing.
SMP is abnormal (inside
RAM of SPM abnormal).
Check and modify the ladder Sequence abnormal occurs
sequence.
while spindle
Change to MC
switching/output switching.
Connection-status check
signal of MC for switching
mismatches instruction.
Change SPM circuit plate for SPM control circuit
component abnormal has been
detected (RAM used for data
abnormal)
Change SPM circuit plate for Parts on SPM control circuit
abnormal has been detected
(ROM used for data
Change SPM unit.
SPM part abnormal has

been detected (initial value
for test circuit of U phase
current is abnormal)
Change SPM unit.
SPM part abnormal has been

detected (initial value for test
circuit of V phase current is
abnormal)
Parameter for setting polarity
parameter (No.4000#0, 4001#4) of position sensor has not
been correctly set.
Make cable between CNC
and spindle far from power
cable.
Change the cable.
Change the cable.
Readjust the BZ sensing
signal.
CNC current off for CNC

has been detected. (normally
cable is off or disconnected)
Abnormal communication for
CNC data has been detected.
Signal from spindle position
encoder is abnormal
(connector JY4).
Signal swing of MZ and BZ
sensors (connector JY2) is
abnormal.
(Cable has not been well
connected or parameter
setting is incorrect.)
- 181 -
VMC Series
C Alarm List
SSPA:29
OVERLOAD
SP9029
SSPA:30
OVERCURRENT
INPUT CIRCUIT
29
30
Check and modify loading status In a certain time, continuous

overload has been applied (it
may occur even if motor
rotation has been restricted
under magnetizing status )
Check and modify loading
status voltage of the power
supply.
SP9030
SSPA:31
MOTOR LOCK
OR
SP9031 DISCONNECT
DETECTOR
SSPA:32
SIC-LSI RAM
SP9032
FAULT
SSPA:33
SHORTAGE
POWER
SP9033 CHARGE
SP9034
SSPA:34
ILLEGAL
PARAMETER
SSPA:36
OVERFLOW
SP9036
ERROR
COUNTER
SSPA:37
ILLEGAL
SP9037 SETTING
VELOCITY
DETECTOR
SSPA:41
ILLEGAL 1REV
SIGN
OF
POSITION
SP9041
CODER
- 182 -
31
32
33
34
36
37
41
Overcurrent has been detected

in main circuit input of PSM
(PSM alarm displays 1), and in
this case, the power supply is
unbalance. PSM selection
error (exceeding PSM max
output specification)
Check and modify loading

status
The motor cannot run under

the specified speed (applied to
the status when the rotation
Change the cable for motor
instruction always under
sensor (JY2 or JY5).
standard SST)
Speed monitoring signal is
abnormal.
Change SPM circuit plate for
part for SPM control circuit
abnormal has been detected
(LSI used for serial
transferring abnormal)
Check and modify the voltage When electromagnetic
of power supply.
contactor inside the amplifier
Change PSM unit.
is on, undercharge occurs to
the DC voltage of power
supply of power circuit (phase
lack, bad charging resistance,
etc.).
Parameter has been set with a
Read the instruction book and
value exceeding allowed
modify the parameter values.
values.
When the No. is not clear,
please connect the spindle
check panel to check the
displayed parameters
Confirm if position gain value
is too big, and do modification
accordingly.
Error counter overflows.
Please read the instruction

book and modify it correctly.
Parameter setting for pulse

number of speed detector is
incorrect.

parameter.
Change the cable
signal.
1 revolution signal of
spindle position encoder
(connector JY4) is
abnormal.
1 revolution signal of MZ
and BZ sensor (connector
JY2) is abnormal.
Parameter setting is
incorrect.
VMC Series
Appendix
SSPA:42
NO
1REV SIGN OF
POSITION
SP9042
CODER
SSPA:43
DISCONNECT
SP9043 POSITION
CODER
DEF.
SPEED
SSPA:46
ILLEGAL 1REV
OF
SP9046 SIGN
SCREW CUT
SSPA:47
ILLEGAL
SIGNAL
POSITION
SP9047 CODER
OF
SSPA:49 DEF.
SPEED
IS
OVER VALUE
42
Change the cable.

43
46
47
49
SP9049
SSPA:50
SYNCRONOUS
VALUE
IS
SP9050
OVER SPEED
SSPA:51
LOW
VOLT
POWER
SP9051
CIRCUIT
50
51
SSPA:52 ITP
FAULT 1
52
SSPA:53 ITP
FAULT 2
53
SP9052
SP9053
SP9054
SSPA:54
OVERCURRENT
Change the cable.

signal.
54

parameter.
Change the cable
signal.
C. Alarm List
1 revolution signal of
spindle position encoder
(connector JY4) is
disconnected.
1 revolution signal of MZ
and BZ sensor (connector
JY2) is disconnected.
In SPM Type3, position
encoder signal at differential
(connector JY8) is abnormal.
Alarm equivalent to alarm No.

41 has been detected during
thread cutting operation.
Signal for A/B phase of

spindle encoder (connector
JY4)
Signal for A/B phase of MZ
and BZ sensors (connector
JY2) is abnormal.
A/B phase signal and 1
revolution signal are incorrect.
(Pulse interval is not
consistent.)
Check if the calculation value Under mode of speed
of speed difference has difference, converse the speed
of the counterpart into its own
exceeded
the
maximum
speed, however, the
rotation of the motor.
conversed value has exceeded
the allowance value (multiply
the speed of the counterpart
by gear ratio to calculate the
speed difference).
Under spindle synchronous
Check if the calculation value
control, calculation value of
has exceeded the maximum
speed instruction has
rotation of the motor.
exceeded allowance range
(multiply the speed of the
counterpart by gear ratio to
calculate the motor speed)
Check and modify the voltage Input voltage drop has been
of power supply.
detected (PSM alarm displays
Change MC.
4) (instant power off or MC
contact is bad)
Change SPM circuit plate for NC interface abnormal has
been detected (stop of ITP
Change printing circuit plate signal )
for spindle interface of
CNC.
Change SPM circuit plate for NC interface abnormal has
been detected (stop of ITP
Change printing circuit plate signal )
Change the cable
signal.
Improve the cable layout
(close to power cable).

CNC.
Recheck the loading status.
Overcurrent has been detected.
- 183 -
VMC Series
C Alarm List
SSPA:55
ILLEGAL
SP9055
POWER
LINE
SP9056
COOLING
FAILURE
55
FAN
CONV.
EX.
DECELERATI
ON POW.
56
57
SP9057
CNV. OVERLOAD
SP9058
CNV. COOLING
SP9059 FAN FAILURE
SSPA:61
SP9061 DECODED
ALARM
59
61
SSPA:65
DECODED
SP9065 ALARM
65
COM.
ERROR
SP
SP9066 BETWEEN
AMPS
SAFETY
OVER
58
66
SPEED
69
SP9069
ILLEGAL
DATA
AXIS
70
SP9070
SAFETY
SP9071 PARAMETER
ERROR
MISMATCH
RESULT
OF
SP9072 MOTOR SPEED
CHECK
- 184 -
71
72
Change the electromagnetic

contactor.
sequence.
Status signal for power cable

of electromagnetic contactor
for spindle switching/output
switching is abnormal.
Change SPM unit.
Cooling fan for control

circuit of SPM has stopped.
Reduce
acceleration/deceleration load.
Check cooling condition
(ambient temperature)
It is necessary to change the
resistance when the cooling
fan is stopped.
When resistance value is
abnormal, it is necessary to
change it.
Check the cooling condition of
PSM .
Change PSM unit.
Change PSM unit.
Regenerated resistance
overload (PSMR alarm
displays 8) or thermostat
overload or instant overload
has been detected. It is
detected that the regenerated
resistance is disconnected or
resistance value is abnormal.
Check parameter setting.
While using double-position

feedback function, errors for
semi-closed end and
full-closed end overflow.
The movement amount for
determining magnetic pole is
too big (synchronous spindle)
Check parameter setting.

Check the connection and
signal of the sensor and
Check the connection of
power cable.
Change the cable.
connection.
Abnormal temperature rising

occurs to PSM radiator
(PSM alarm displays 3)
Fan for cooling inside of
PSM stops running,
(PSM alarm displays 2)
Communication between
amplifiers is abnormal.
Check the instruction speed.

Check the parameter setting.
Check the sequence.
When safety-speed
monitoring is valid, the motor
speed has exceeded the safety
speed or while automatic
running is stopped, the
abnormal has been detected.
Check connection (JA7A of During axis-No. check, the
the second spindle required a abnormal has been detected.
special-purpose connector).
During safety parameter check,
the abnormal has been
detected.
Change printing circuit plate
for spindle interface of CNC.
The detected SPM safety

speed mismatches the result
of checked safety speed by
CNC.
VMC Series
Appendix
MOTOR SENSOR
DISCONNECTED
SP9073
CPU
SP9074 ERROR
TEST
INEXECUTION
SAFETY
SP9076 OF
FUNCTIONS
MISMATCH
RESULT
OF
SP9077 AXIS NUMBER
CHECK
MISMATCH
RESULT
OF
SP9078 SAFETY
PARAMETER
CHECK
ALARM
AT
THE OTHER SP
SP9080
AMP.
1-ROT MOTOR
SENSOR
SP9081
ERROR
73
74
76

Feedback cable of motor

sensor had been disconnected.
During CPU test, an error has

been detected.
SPM has detected that safety
function has not been
executed.
77
Change SPM circuit plate for The test result form SPM for
axis No. mismatches the result
Change printing circuit plate form CNC for axis No.
78

80
81
SP9082
NO
1-ROT
MOTOR SENSOR
82
SP9083
MOTOR SENSOR
SIGNAL ERROR
83
SPNDL SENSOR
DISCONNECTED
84
SP9084
1-ROT SPNDL
SENSOR
SP9085
ERROR
Change the feedback cable.

Check the shield treatment.
connection.
Adjust the sensor.
C. Alarm List
85
The test result form SPM for

safety parameter mismatches
the result form CNC for safety
parameter.
Release the causes for alarms of While SPM communication,

communication destination
alarms occur at
SPM.
communication destination
SPM.
1 revolution signal from
parameter.
motor sensor has not been
correctly detected.
Adjust the sensor.
1 revolution signal from motor
sensor has not been generated.
Adjust the sensor.
Adjust the sensor.
Feed signal of motor sensor is

abnormal.

Check the shield treatment.
connection.
parameter.
Adjust the sensor.
parameter.
Adjust the sensor.
Feedback signal of spindle

sensor has been disconnected.
1 revolution signal from

motor sensor has not been
correctly detected.
SP9086
NO 1-ROT SPNDL
SENSOR
86

Adjust the sensor.
1 revolution signal from motor

sensor has not been generated.
SP9087
SPNDL SENSOR
SIGNAL ERROR
87

Adjust the sensor.
Feedback signal of spindle

sensor is abnormal.
SP9088
COOLING RADI
FAN FAILURE
88
Change the outside cooling fan

of SPM.
Outside cooling fan of SPM

has stopped running.
SP9089
SSPA:89
DECODED
ALARM
89
Check the connection

between SPM and assistant
module SM
(SSM).
Change the assistant module
SM (SSM).
Assistant module SM (SSM)

is abnormal (synchronous
spindle)
- 185 -
VMC Series
C Alarm List
SP9110
AMP
COMMUNICATI
ON ERROR
b0
CONV.
LOW
SP9111 VOLT CONTROL
b1
CONV.
EX.
DISCHARGE
SP9112
POW.
b2
CONV. COOLING
SP9113 FAN FAILURE
b3
SP9120
SP9121
COMMUN
ICATION
DATA
ERROR
COMMUNICATI
ON
DATA
ERROR
C0
C1
COMMUNICATIO
N DATA ERROR
SP9122
SSPA:C3
SP9123 DECODED
ALARM
- 186 -
C2
C3
Communication between
Change the communication
amplifier modules is abnormal.
cable between the
amplifier modules.
Change SPM or PSM circuit
plate for controlling
printing.
Voltage of control power
supply of converter drops
(PSM display6)
Check the connection of
Regenerated power of
regenerated resistance.
converter is too big (PSM
Check the motor selection.
display8)
Change PSM.
Change the cooling fan.
Cooling fan of radiator of
converter has stopped
running. (PSM displayA)
Communication data alarm.
cable between CNC and
SPM
CNC.
cable between CNC and SPM.
cable between CNC and SPM.
Change assistant module SW
(SSW)
Assistant module SW (SSW) is

abnormal (spindle change).
VMC Series
Appendix
C. Alarm List
Error code list (serial spindle)

Notes *1
When yellow LED indicating light of SPM is ON,
display the error code by a number of two digits. The
error code will be displayed at No. 712 of CNC
diagnosis data.
Special attention must be paid to that when red LED
indicating light of SPM is ON, it will display the alarm
No. occurred on the serial spindle with different
meanings.
please read the list of alarms (SP alarm) associated
with serial spindle.
SPM
Trouble position and remedy method
Display *1
01
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
Description
* Not ESP (including e-stop signal, input

signal and PSM contact signal) and MRDY
(equipment standby signal), but SFR (forward
rotation instruction) /SRV (reverse rotation
instruction)/ORCM (orientation instruction)
have been input.
Please check the sequence of *ESP and

MRDY.
For MRDY, it is necessary to pay attention to
the setting of parameter (NO.4001#0) (using
or not using the signal).
No position sensor (no position control shall be

carried out) has been set by the parameter
(No.4002#3,2,1,0=0,0,0,0), but Cs contour
control instruction has been input.
At this moment, the motor will not be activated.
No position sensor (no position control shall be
carried out) has been set by the parameter
(No.4002#3,2,1,0=0,0,0,0), but spindle mode
(rigid tapping reading, spindle positioning,
etc.), and spindle synchronous control
instruction have been input
Although optional parameter for orientation
function has not been set, ORCM (orientation
command) has been input.
Although optional parameter for output

switching control function has not been set,
low-speed characteristic winding (RCH=1) has
been selected.
Although the Cs contour control instruction has
been input, SFR (forward rotation instruction)/
SRV (reverse rotation instruction) are not
available.
Although servo mode (rigid tapping reading,
spindle positioning, etc.) control instruction has
been input, SFR (forward rotation instruction)/
SRV (reverse rotation instruction) are not
available.
Check parameter setting for r output

switching control function and confirmation
signal for power cable status (RCH).
Check the parameter setting of orientation

function.
Check the sequence.
Check the sequence.
Although spindle synchronous control instruction Check the sequence.

has been input, SFR (forward rotation
instruction)/ SRV (reverse rotation instruction)
are not available.
- 187 -
VMC Series
10
11
C Alarm List
Although the Cs contour control instruction has
been input, other modes have been specified
(servo mode, spindle synchronous control,
orientation).
Although servo mode (rigid tapping reading,
spindle positioning, etc.) control instruction has
been input, other modes have been specified
(Cs contour control, spindle synchronous
control, orientation).
Under Cs contour control instruction, please

dont select other modes. Please release Cs
contour control instruction at first before
switching to other modes.
Under servo mode control instruction, please
dont select other modes. Please release servo
mode control instruction at first before
switching to other modes.
12
Although spindle synchronous control instruction Under spindle synchronous control

has been input, other modes have been specified instruction, please dont select other modes.
Please release spindle synchronous control
(Cs contour control, servo mode, orientation).
instruction at first before switching to other
modes.
14
SFR (forward rotation instruction)/ SRV

(reverse rotation instruction) have been input at
the same time.
17
18
SPM
Display *1
24
29
Please specify a certain direction for rotation.
Parameter setting (NO.4011#2,1,0) of speed Please check the parameter setting.

detector is improper.
No speed detector matching specification is
available.
No position sensor (no position control shall be Please check the parameter setting and input
carried out) has been set by the parameter signal.
(No.4002#3,2,1,0=0,0,0,0),
but
position
encoder mode orientation has been specified.
Trouble position and remedy method
Description
When continuous indexing under position

encoder mode orientation, after the initial
increment action (INCMD=1), absolute
position instruction (INCMD=0) has been input
thereon.
The parameter has been set to use the min time
orientation function (No.4018#6=0, No.4320
43230).
Check INCMD (increment command). It is

necessary to carry out absolute position
instruction orientation before absolute
position command has been specified.
Spindle amplifier of i series cannot use min
time orientation function. Please use normal
mode for orientation.
Please check the model of CNC.
31
The hardware configuration is not available to

use spindle FAD function. At this moment, the
motor will not be activated.
The hardware configuration is not available to
use spindle EGB function. At this moment, the
motor will not be activated.
Please check the model of CNC.
33
34
Spindle FAD function and EGB function are

both valid.
Two functions cannot be used at the same

time. Please set one of the two valid.
36
Trouble of assistant module SM (SSM) or

connection between SPM and SSM is abnormal.
Assistant module SM (SSM) is abnormal

(synchronous spindle).
Notes *2
PSM contact signal
Contact between ESP1 and ESP2 on PSM open:
E-stop status
Contact between ESP1 and ESP2 on PSM closed:
Normal running
- 188 -
VMC Series
D Recommended Flash Card
Recommended Flash Card

General
The max capacity of the program memory files is 2048Mbyte
(2Gbyte).
For memory card program running and editing, please use the memory
card with the program memory files and which has been formatted by
FAT.
This tool can be executed on the PC generally sold in the market.
The corresponding operation systems for this tool are as follows:
Windows(R) NT4.0 Workstation (SP5 or renewal version)
Windows(R) 2000 Professional
Windows XP Professional
The specifications for the corresponding PC are as follows
Manufacturer
SANDISK
HITACHI
EMS memory: 32Mbyte or more

Hard disk: 10Mbyte or more free space (besides, it shall be
provided with the free space for program memory files.)
Model
Capacity
SDCFB-128-801
128MB
SDCFB-256-801
256MB
SDCFB-512-801
512MB
HB28B064C8H
64MB
HB28B128C8H
128MB
HB28B256C8H
512MB
Warning
The above mentioned flash cards are recommended by us, and if flash
cards from other manufacturers are used, maybe they cannot work
normally.
It is recommended that the flash cards shall be used for data
input/output and automatic running of PCMCIA port. For other
applications, they cannot work normally.
The flash cards can only be used when micro flash card adapter
available.
Usage environment
While using this program please pay attention to the following points:
Confirm that the file folder for installing this tool has notempfolder.
In the file folder where programs have been installed, this tool has
created atempfile folder used for work. In some circumstances, the
content of the created tempfile folder used for work can be deleted
due to the tool. Besides, during the process of using the tool, if access
of the files created in this file folder, sometimes, it may

result in that the file cannot run normally.
- 189 -
VMC Series
E Embedded Ethernet Function
Embedded Ethernet Function

The explanation for operation of FTP file transmission function is as
follows:
Steps
1. Press the function key [PRO]
2. Press the softkeyFOLDER(general view) to display the general
view menu of programs (when the softkey has not appeared, press the
continuity key).
3. Press the softkey(OPRT)(operation) .
4. Press the softkeyDEVICE CHANGE(equipment change) to
change the displayed device. Please press the key for several times
before changing to general view of embedding Ethernet host files.
Figure I.1 (a) General view of embedding Ethernet host files
5. When the general view of the files cannot be displayed in one page, it
is available to use the page-turning key
to switch the
menu.
6. When the softkeyREFRESH (display refresh) has been pressed,
the displayed content will be updated.
7. When the softkeyDETAIL OFF (compendium display) has been
pressed, host file list menu (only the file name) will be displayed. When
the softkeyDETAIL ON (detailed display)
has been pressed, host
file list menu (in details) will be displayed.

8. While selecting a file folder by a cursor, when the key INPUT of
MDI has been pressed, the file folder selected by the cursor will become
the present file folder.
Notes
1. When FTP file transmission function is used, confirm that the valid
- 190 -
VMC Series
equipment is embedded Ethernet port. The connection destination for

host file list menu shall be determined by the following two conditions:
(1) Confirm DEVICE (valid equipment) is EMB PORT (embedded
Ethernet port) . Selection shall be done by
DEVICE SELECTION
(equipment selection) of Ethernet setting menu.

(2) Select the host from connection destination 1, 2 and 3. The selection
can be done by soft keyHOST(host).
2. It is unable to display correctly display file name of Chinese,
Japanese hiragana and katakana.
Displayed items
DEVICE (valid equipment)
Display EMB PORT (embedded port) or PCMCIA.
CONNECT HOST (connection with host)
Display the presently connected host No. and host name which has been
presently selected.
ENTRY PROG NUM (recording program number)
Display the file number in the work file folder connected with the host
and the max file number shall be of 8 digits.
CURRENT FOLDER (current folder name)
Display the currently selected work folder name connected with host.
When display area is too small to display all, the three character
midway can be displayed in the form of , and only the last 10
characters will be displayed.
File name
File name/file folder name has not difference.
Max display character number is 127, but for each line, only the
characters can be display will be displayed.
DETAIL ON, DETAIL OFF (detailed display and compendium display)
Carry out the switching only for detailed display and compendium
display for file names.
REFRESH (display refresh)
Refresh the displayed contents.
READ (read)
Transfer the host files to CNC memory, and only when 9 has been set
in CNC input/output equipment No., it will be displayed.
PUNCH (punching)
Transfer the CNC memory files to the host, and only when9has been set in
CNC input/output equipment No., it will be displayed.
DELETE FILE (deleting files)
Delete the host files.
RENAME (rename)
Change the file names or folder names of the host.
DELETE FOLDER (deleting folders)
Delete the host folders.
CREATE FOLDER (create folders)
- 191 -
VMC Series

Create folders in the host.
HOST (host)
Change the connected host.
Input NC programs
Input the files (NC programs) stored in the host into CNC memory.
Steps
1 Display the imbedded Ethernet host file list menu.
2 Set the CNC to EDIT mode.
3 Select the file to be input by the cursor.
4 Press the softkeyREAD(read).
5 Press the softkeyEXEC (execution) .
6 During input, the right lower part of the menu will display (flashing)
INPUT (input).
Output NC programs
Output the CNC memory files (NC programs) into the host.
Steps
1 Display the imbedded Ethernet host file list menu.
2 Set the CNC to EDIT mode.
3 Input the NC programs to be input by MDI key.
4 Press the softkeyPUNCH (punching).
5 Press the softkeyEXEC (execution) .
6 During output, the right lower part of the menu will display (flashing)
OUTPUT (output).
- 192 -
VMC Series
F M Codes List
F M Codes List
M Code No.
Definition
M00
Select stop
M01
Select stop and press the select stop button on

operation panel; the same effect with M00
M02
Program completed
M03
Spindle forward rotating; usually used with SXX
M04
Spindle reverse rotating; usually used with SXX
M05
Spindle rotating stops
M06
Tool change
M07
Spindle inner cooling
M08
Spindle outer cooling
M09
Relative cooling stops
M10
Spindle unclamping tool (for tool change micro
M11
Spindle clamping tool (for tool change micro
programs of bucket tool magazine)

M12
Spindle air cooling
M13
Spindle inner air cooling
M14
Reserved
M15
Reserved
M16
Door opened
M17
Door closed
M18
Cancel orientation
M19
Spindle orientation
M20
Reserved
M21
Reserved
M22
Reserved
M23
Reserved
M24
Reserved
M25
Reserved
M26
ATC to 0 position (for tool change micro programs

of manipulator tool magazine)
M27
O9003 is called in (for tool change micro programs
M28
O9003 is called in (for tool change micro programs
of
of
manipulator tool magazine)

M29
Rigid
M30
Program completed
- 193 -
VMC Series
F M Codes List
M31
Aim tool has changed to spindle (for tool change

micro programs of
M32
For bucket tool magazine; to make sure no tool on

spindle
M33
For tool magazine controlling program
M34
Reserved
M35
Reserved
M36
Reserved
M37
Reserved
M38
Reserved
M39
Reserved
M40
Reserved
M41
To low gear
M42
To high gear
M43
Reserved
M44
Reserved
M45
Reserved
M46
Reserved
M47
Reserved
M48
Reserved
M49
Reserved
M50
Reserved
M51
Reserved
M52
Reserved
M53
Reserved
M54
Reserved
M55
Reserved
M56
Reserved
M57
Reserved
M58
Reserved
M59
Reserved
M60
Select tool command
M61
Select tool command (for tool change micro
(for tool change micro

M62
Tool disc forward (for tool change micro programs
M63
Tool disc backward (for tool change micro programs
of bucket tool magazine)

of bucket tool magazine)
- 194 -
M64
Clamps in clamping
M65
Clamps in unclamping
M66
Reserved
M67
Reserved
M68
Tool magazine to zero point

VMC Series
F M Codes List
M69
Select tool command (for tool change micro

programs of manipulator tool magazine)
M70
Reserved
M71
Reserved
M72
Chain chip conveyor starts or spiral chip conveyor

forward rotating with chain chip conveyor starting
M73
Spiral chip conveyor reverse rotating
M74
Chip conveyor stops
M75
Reserved
M76
Reserved
M77
Reserved
M78
Reserved
M79
Reserved
M80
Reserved
M81
Reserved
M82
Reserved
M83
Reserved
M84
Reserved
M85
Reserved
M86
Reserved
M87
Reserved
M88
Reserved
M89
Reserved
M90
Reserved
M91
X axis mirror
M92
Y axis mirror
M93
Z axis mirror
M94
A axis mirror
M95
Cancel mirror
M96
Reserved
M97
Reserved
M98
Call in sub-program
M99
Sub-program ended
M100
Chip frush motor on (M09 off)
- 195 -
VMC Series
G Main Electric Parts List

Brand
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
Type
5SJ6202
7CC20
5SJ6206
7CC20
5SJ6206
7CC20
5SJ6206
7CC20
3VU134
01MJ00
Specification
2.4-4
Brand
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
- 196 -
Order
No.
Function
ABS103b
QF1
LG
BKN-2A/2P
QF2
LG
BKN-6A/2P
QF4
LG
BKN-6A/2P
QF5
GS1 power breaker
LG
BKN-6A/2P
QF6
GS2 power breaker
LG
MMS-32S
(FX1A1B)
LG
3VU134
01MG00
3VU134
01MG00
3VU134
01MG00
3VU134
01MK00
3VU134
01MN00
3VU134
01MM00
3VU134
01MJ00
3VU134
01MK00
3VU134
01ML00
3VU134
01MG00
3VU134
01MH00
3VU134
01MG00
3VU134
01MH00
5SJ6203
7CC20
5SJ6202
7CC20
5SJ6206
7CC20
5SJ6203
7CC20
5SJ6203
7CC20
(5ST301
0-0CC)
5SJ6210
7CC20
(5ST301
0-0CC)
Specification
Type
1-1.6
LG
1-1.6
LG
1-1.6
LG
4-6
LG
14-20
LG
10-16
LG
2.4-4
LG
4-6
LG
6-10
LG
1-1.6
LG
1.6-2.4
LG
1-1.6
LG
1.6-2.4
LG
2.5-4
BKN 3A/3P
QF7
QF8
MMS-32S
(FX1A1B)
MMS-32S
(FX1A1B)
MMS-32S
(FX1A1B)
MMS-32S
(FX1A1B)
MMS-32S
(FX1A1B)
MMS-32S
(FX1A1B)
MMS-32S
(FX1A1B)
MMS-32S
(FX1A1B)
MMS-32S
(FX1A1B)
MMS-32S
(FX1A1B)
MMS-32S
(FX1A1B)
MMS-32S
(FX1A1B)
MMS-32S
(FX1A1B)
1-1.6
QF9
1-1.6
QF10
1-1.6
QF11
4-6
QF12
13-17
QF13
Main breaker
Breaker for door
switch
Breaker for cabinet
illumination
Hydraulic motor
starter
Breaker of hydraulic
station fan
Motor starter of left
spiral chip conveyor
Motor starter of right
spiral chip conveyor
Motor starter of chain
chip conveyor
Outer cooling motor
starter
Inner cooling motor
starter
13-17
2.5-4
QF14
Oil cooling motor

starter
QF15
Tool magazine motor

starter
QF16
Manipulator motor
starter
4-6
6-10
1-1.6
1.6-2.5
1-1.6
1.6-2.5
Breaker for cabinet
illuminating lamp
Breaker for machine
illuminating lamp
Portable computer
power breaker
LG
BKN-3A/2P
QF17
LG
BKN-2A/2P
QF18
LG
BKN 6A/2P
QF19
LG
BKN-3A/2P
QF20
Cabinet fan breaker
LG
BKN-3A/2P
(AX)
QF21
Heat exchanger
breaker
LG
BKN-10A/2P
(AX)
Air conditioner
breaker
VMC Series
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS

3VU134
01MD00
3VU134
01MH00
5SP4350
-7
5SP4391
-7
5SJ6303
7CC20
0.24-0.4
LG
1.6-2.4
LG
MMS-32S
(FX1A1B)
MMS-32S
(FX1A1B)
LG
BKN-50A3P
LG
BKH-100A3P
LG
BKN-3A/3P
0.25-0.4
QF23
1.6-2.5
QF24
QF25
QF26
QF27
QF28
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
5SJ6204
7CC20
5SJ6204
7CC20
5SJ6206
7CC20
5SJ6206
7CC20
QF29
LG
BKN 4A/2P
QF30
Z axis brake breaker
LG
BKN 6A/2P
QF31
GS3 power breaker
LG
BKN 6A/2P
QF32
Z axis mechanical
brake breaker
LG
GMD-9
KM1
SIEMENS
3TS3000
1XB4
LG
GMD-9
KM2
SIEMENS
3TS3000
1XB4
LG
GMD-9
KM3
SIEMENS
3TS3000
1XB4
LG
GMD-9
KM4
SIEMENS
3TS3000
1XB4
LG
GMD-9
KM5
LG
GMD-9
KM6
LG
GMD-9
KM7
LG
GMD-18
KM7
LG
GMD-9
LG
GMD-12
LG
GMD-9
KM9
LG
GMD-9
KM10
LG
GMD-9
KM11
LG
GMD-9
KM12
LG
GMD-9
KM14
LG
GMD-9
KM15
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
Spindle motor fan

breaker
Paper strip filter
motor starter
Lifting pump motor
starter
Servo control power
breaker
BKN 4A/2P
3TS3000
1XB4
3TS3000
1XB4
3TS3000
1XB4
3TS3200
1XB4
3TS3000
1XB4
3TS3100
1XB4
3TS3000
1XB4
3TS3000
1XB4
3TS3000
1XB4
3TS3000
1XB4
3TS3000
1XB4
3TS3000
1XB4
3TF4922
1XB4
3TS3000
1XB4
Servo breaker
LG
SIEMENS
SIEMENS
Lubricating motor
starter
Oil mist collector
motor starter
LG
GMD-9
Hydraulic station
motor contactor
Left spiral chip
conveying
forward contactor
Left spiral chip
conveying
reverse contactor
Right spiral chip
conveying
forward contactor
Right spiral chip
conveying
reverse contactor
Chain chip conveyor
motor contactor
Outer cooling motor
contactor
Inner cooling motor
contactor
Oil cooler motor

contactor
Tool magazine motor
forward contactor
Tool magazine motor
reverse contactor
Manipulator motor
contactor
Lubricating motor
contactor
Oil mist collector
contactor
KM16
Servo contactor
KM17
Paper strip filter

motor contactor
- 197 -
VMC Series
SIEMENS
3TS3000
1XB4
SIEMENS
3TF4922
1XB4
KM21
SIEMENS
3TF4922
1XB4
KM22
LG
GMD-9
KM18
Spindle output
switching
controlling contactor
Spindle output
switching
controlling contactor
Phoenix
UM72-R-24D
C/11-11-T
Reply
Phoenix
UM72-R-24D
C/21-21-T
Reply
Phoenix
UM72-FL50/
16-MR/21-21/
0I/CS0608-R
Reply module
Sunshin
e
FX-50BB
Splitter
Phoenix
TRIO-PS/1A
C/24DC/5-R
Stable power supply
PILZ
PNOZ XV1P
Safe reply
PILZ
PNOZ XV2P
Safe reply
Machine illuminating
lamp
Indicators with three
colors
Yihua
META
XINLU
092-031-STM
TN-242B024M
XLRH-25AR
Heat exchanger
POINT
CA3S-6046
Air conditioner
EUCHN
ER
- 198 -
Lifting pump motor

contactor
Door lock
VMC Series
PMC Parameters List
1 List of parameters K
K0
K1
Tool set level/magazine back off switch is normal close
ATC stop switch is normal close
ATC buckle tool signal switch is normal close
ATC origin signal switch is normal close
lubrication liquid position low switch is normal close
Lubrication pressure low switch is normal close
The pressure of air source is low switch is normal open
Work-piece unclamp switch is normal close
Work-piece unclamp switch is normal close
Clamp tool to the specified location switch is normal close
Unclamp tool to the specified location switch is normal close
Rotating unclamp to the specified location switch is normal close
Rotating clamp to the specified location switch is normal close
Inner coolant block switch is normal open
K2
K3
Spindle box Unclamp button switch is normal close
X axis enable
Y axis enable
Z axis enable
A axis enable
There are 20 pockets in tool magazine
Standard lubrication time is 7 seconds
Standard lubrication time is 15 seconds
Standard approach press time is 5 seconds
Standard approach press time is 12 seconds
4
5
6
7
K4
With temperature high switch in hydraulic station
- 199 -
VMC Series

1
With filter block switch in hydraulic station
With oil level low switch in hydraulic station
With fan in hydraulic station
Cancel 2097 alarm
5
6
7
0
1
2
K5
3
4
5
6
K6
K7
K8
K9
- 200 -
Relief to parameter of NC Protection
VMC E series input output signal
X, Y, Z axis motor encoder in absolute encoder
G196 is used as the deceleration signal for reference position return not X9
With FANUC MCP
0I-D CNC
Display data table control table
Preselect tool over then pocket go to vertical position in chain magazine.
Relief to PLC protection
Z axis With mechanical break
Inner air coolant
ZF gear box when no GR1O or GR2O
With clamp tool button and unclamp tool button on spindle box
Tool manage on Machine tool Without magazine
Not use spindle speed check signal
Without position switch CNC
With unclamp/ clamp button on spindle box
1st tool is big one
3rd tool is big one
5th tool is big one
7th tool is big one
9th tool is big one
11th tool is big one
Low Gear position switch is normal close
High Gear position switch is normal close
Temperature switch in hydraulic station is normal close
VMC Series

1
Filter block switch in hydraulic station is normal open
Oil level low switch in hydraulic station is normal open
Coolant box level low switch is normal open
Oil cooling fault alarm switch
Magazine counter switch
Magazine origin switch
Tool set uprightness/ magazine onward switch
K10
With chain magazine
With plate magazine
With output switche control
With output switche control (when no GR1O and GR2O)
With non-coded
With coded
hand-wheel
hand-wheel
K11
With oil separate from water motor
With gear box
X axis reference direction is minus
3
4
5
6
With spindle coolant motor
With tool change micro programs of manipulator tool magazine
0
1
2
3
K12
K13
4000rpm output switchfor iI8/10000iI15/12000iI12/12000
6000 output switchforiIT15/15000
Execute M02/M30 open door
With raster
Without lubrication press low switch
With inner coolant
Without spindle coolant motor fault switch
M30 makes the tool machine power off
With helix chip conveyor
With chain chip conveyor

If door open pressed, spindle stop rotating, cycle stop, Auxiliary
motor stop
K14
With chip flush
When door open, auxiliary motor can ran in JOG mode
- 201 -
VMC Series

1
Override switch coded is Gray
Override switch coded is Binary
3
4
To cycle start, Z axis must be in position switch 3
Work piece is not clamped can cycle start
K15
K16
The VMC850 series input/output signal and with YZLJKB01F

MCP
When execute M00 or M01 stop spindle
Chip flush and water gun not use coolant motor
Plate magazine With REF switch
Water gun
4
5
Spindle must be orientated then clamp or unclamped tool.
Cannot rotate spindle in JOG mode
CNC execute S instruction make spindle rotate when machine lock.
With A axis
Hydraulic station is used for gearbox and unclamping tool
Hydraulic station is used for clamping work-piece
Cancel door lock
With air protection
5
6
7
PMC control spindle when it rotate manually
0
1
K17
With work-piece measurement
With tool measurement
4
5
6
7
K19
Version 2 Principle diagram
Inner coolant level low switch is normal close
5
6
7
- 202 -
VMC Series
H PMC Parameters List
2 List of parameters D
Data table
D100
D101
D102
D103
D104
D105
D106
D107
D108
D109
D110
D111
D112
D113
D114
D115
D116
D117
D118
D119
D120
D121
D122
D123
D124
Meaning
Tool number in spindle
Tool number in pocket 1
- 203 -
VMC Series
H PMC Paramenters List
3 List of parameters T
Timer
TMR9
TMR11
Meaning
Time of pressing lubrication key to lubricate.
Time of lubrication automatically.
Automatic Lubricate
In automatic lubricate mode, the lubrication pump start one time for some time and then stop some time
automatically.The Stop Time = [C10] *5 minutes.For example: If the PMC parameter Counter 10 is set 3, the stop
time will be 15 minutes.The Run Time: T11 (ms)
Manual Lubricate
Press the key [LUBRICATE] on the operator panel to start the lubrication pump. The run time of the pump is
T9 (ms). There is another method to start lubrication pump. That is press the button on the pump.
- 204 -
VMC Series
I List of Soft Switches
List of Soft Switches

Name of soft switch
INNER-WC
OUTER-WC
R.T.BACK
OUTER-AC
INNER-AC
MAG.JOG
Meaning when connected
Inner coolant when press

[COOLANT] key
Outer coolant when press
[COOLANT] key
Rigid tapping back
Outer air coolant when press
[BLOW] key
Inner air coolant when press
[BLOW] key
Enable magazine adjustment
manually
- 205 -
VMC Series
- 206 -
J Position of Electris Parts on Machine
Position of Electric Parts on Machine
VMC Series
K Electric Elements Diagram
Electric Elements Diagram
- 207 -
VMC Series
The List Of The Directive B About Spindle
Orientation point.
B
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
- 208 -
degree
0.00
0.09
0.18
0.26
0.35
0.44
0.53
0.62
0.70
0.79
0.88
0.97
1.05
1.14
1.23
1.32
1.41
1.49
1.58
1.67
1.76
1.85
1.93
2.02
2.11
2.20
2.29
2.37
2.46
2.55
2.64
2.72
2.81
2.90
2.99
3.08
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
3.16
3.25
3.34
3.43
3.52
3.60
3.69
3.78
3.87
3.96
4.04
4.13
4.22
4.31
4.39
4.48
4.57
4.66
4.75
4.83
4.92
5.01
5.10
5.19
5.27
5.36
5.45
5.54
5.63
5.71
5.80
5.89
5.98
6.06
6.15
6.24
6.33
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
6.42
6.50
6.59
6.68
6.77
6.86
6.94
7.03
7.12
7.21
7.29
7.38
7.47
7.56
7.65
7.73
7.82
7.91
8.00
8.09
8.17
8.26
8.35
8.44
8.53
8.61
8.70
8.79
8.88
8.96
9.05
9.14
9.23
9.32
9.40
9.49
9.58
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
9.67
9.76
9.84
9.93
10.02
10.11
10.20
10.28
10.37
10.46
10.55
10.63
10.72
10.81
10.90
10.99
11.07
11.16
11.25
11.34
11.43
11.51
11.60
11.69
11.78
11.87
11.95
12.04
12.13
12.22
12.30
12.39
12.48
12.57
12.66
12.74
12.83
VMC Series
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
12.92
13.01
13.10
13.18
13.27
13.36
13.45
13.54
13.62
13.71
13.80
13.89
13.97
14.06
14.15
14.24
14.33
14.41
14.50
14.59
14.68
14.77
14.85
14.94
15.03
15.12
15.21
15.29
15.38
15.47
15.56
15.64
15.73
15.82
15.91
16.00
16.08
16.17
16.26
16.35
16.44
16.52
16.61
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
16.70
16.79
16.88
16.96
17.05
17.14
17.23
17.31
17.40
17.49
17.58
17.67
17.75
17.84
17.93
18.02
18.11
18.19
18.28
18.37
18.46
18.54
18.63
18.72
18.81
18.90
18.98
19.07
19.16
19.25
19.34
19.42
19.51
19.60
19.69
19.78
19.86
19.95
20.04
20.13
20.21
20.30
20.39
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
20.48
20.57
20.65
20.74
20.83
20.92
21.01
21.09
21.18
21.27
21.36
21.45
21.53
21.62
21.71
21.80
21.88
21.97
22.06
22.15
22.24
22.32
22.41
22.50
22.59
22.68
22.76
22.85
22.94
23.03
23.12
23.20
23.29
23.38
23.47
23.55
23.64
23.73
23.82
23.91
23.99
24.08
24.17
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
24.26
24.35
24.43
24.52
24.61
24.70
24.79
24.87
24.96
25.05
25.14
25.22
25.31
25.40
25.49
25.58
25.66
25.75
25.84
25.93
26.02
26.10
26.19
26.28
26.37
26.46
26.54
26.63
26.72
26.81
26.89
26.98
27.07
27.16
27.25
27.33
27.42
27.51
27.60
27.69
27.77
27.86
27.95
- 209 -
VMC Series
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
- 210 -
28.04
28.13
28.21
28.30
28.39
28.48
28.56
28.65
28.74
28.83
28.92
29.00
29.09
29.18
29.27
29.36
29.44
29.53
29.62
29.71
29.79
29.88
29.97
30.06
30.15
30.23
30.32
30.41
30.50
30.59
30.67
30.76
30.85
30.94
31.03
31.11
31.20
31.29
31.38
31.46
31.55
31.64
31.73
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
31.82
31.90
31.99
32.08
32.17
32.26
32.34
32.43
32.52
32.61
32.70
32.78
32.87
32.96
33.05
33.13
33.22
33.31
33.40
33.49
33.57
33.66
33.75
33.84
33.93
34.01
34.10
34.19
34.28
34.37
34.45
34.54
34.63
34.72
34.80
34.89
34.98
35.07
35.16
35.24
35.33
35.42
35.51
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
35.60
35.68
35.77
35.86
35.95
36.04
36.12
36.21
36.30
36.39
36.47
36.56
36.65
36.74
36.83
36.91
37.00
37.09
37.18
37.27
37.35
37.44
37.53
37.62
37.71
37.79
37.88
37.97
38.06
38.14
38.23
38.32
38.41
38.50
38.58
38.67
38.76
38.85
38.94
39.02
39.11
39.20
39.29
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
39.38
39.46
39.55
39.64
39.73
39.81
39.90
39.99
40.08
40.17
40.25
40.34
40.43
40.52
40.61
40.69
40.78
40.87
40.96
41.04
41.13
41.22
41.31
41.40
41.48
41.57
41.66
41.75
41.84
41.92
42.01
42.10
42.19
42.28
42.36
42.45
42.54
42.63
42.71
42.80
42.89
42.98
43.07
VMC Series
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
43.15
43.24
43.33
43.42
43.51
43.59
43.68
43.77
43.86
43.95
44.03
44.12
44.21
44.30
44.38
44.47
44.56
44.65
44.74
44.82
44.91
45.00
45.09
45.18
45.26
45.35
45.44
45.53
45.62
45.70
45.79
45.88
45.97
46.05
46.14
46.23
46.32
46.41
46.49
46.58
46.67
46.76
46.85
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
46.93
47.02
47.11
47.20
47.29
47.37
47.46
47.55
47.64
47.72
47.81
47.90
47.99
48.08
48.16
48.25
48.34
48.43
48.52
48.60
48.69
48.78
48.87
48.96
49.04
49.13
49.22
49.31
49.39
49.48
49.57
49.66
49.75
49.83
49.92
50.01
50.10
50.19
50.27
50.36
50.45
50.54
50.63
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
50.71
50.80
50.89
50.98
51.06
51.15
51.24
51.33
51.42
51.50
51.59
51.68
51.77
51.86
51.94
52.03
52.12
52.21
52.29
52.38
52.47
52.56
52.65
52.73
52.82
52.91
53.00
53.09
53.17
53.26
53.35
53.44
53.53
53.61
53.70
53.79
53.88
53.96
54.05
54.14
54.23
54.32
54.40
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
54.49
54.58
54.67
54.76
54.84
54.93
55.02
55.11
55.20
55.28
55.37
55.46
55.55
55.63
55.72
55.81
55.90
55.99
56.07
56.16
56.25
56.34
56.43
56.51
56.60
56.69
56.78
56.87
56.95
57.04
57.13
57.22
57.30
57.39
57.48
57.57
57.66
57.74
57.83
57.92
58.01
58.10
58.18
- 211 -
VMC Series
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
- 212 -
58.27
58.36
58.45
58.54
58.62
58.71
58.80
58.89
58.97
59.06
59.15
59.24
59.33
59.41
59.50
59.59
59.68
59.77
59.85
59.94
60.03
60.12
60.21
60.29
60.38
60.47
60.56
60.64
60.73
60.82
60.91
61.00
61.08
61.17
61.26
61.35
61.44
61.52
61.61
61.70
61.79
61.88
61.96
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
62.05
62.14
62.23
62.31
62.40
62.49
62.58
62.67
62.75
62.84
62.93
63.02
63.11
63.19
63.28
63.37
63.46
63.54
63.63
63.72
63.81
63.90
63.98
64.07
64.16
64.25
64.34
64.42
64.51
64.60
64.69
64.78
64.86
64.95
65.04
65.13
65.21
65.30
65.39
65.48
65.57
65.65
65.74
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
65.83
65.92
66.01
66.09
66.18
66.27
66.36
66.45
66.53
66.62
66.71
66.80
66.88
66.97
67.06
67.15
67.24
67.32
67.41
67.50
67.59
67.68
67.76
67.85
67.94
68.03
68.12
68.20
68.29
68.38
68.47
68.55
68.64
68.73
68.82
68.91
68.99
69.08
69.17
69.26
69.35
69.43
69.52
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
69.61
69.70
69.79
69.87
69.96
70.05
70.14
70.22
70.31
70.40
70.49
70.58
70.66
70.75
70.84
70.93
71.02
71.10
71.19
71.28
71.37
71.46
71.54
71.63
71.72
71.81
71.89
71.98
72.07
72.16
72.25
72.33
72.42
72.51
72.60
72.69
72.77
72.86
72.95
73.04
73.13
73.21
73.30
VMC Series
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
73.39
73.48
73.56
73.65
73.74
73.83
73.92
74.00
74.09
74.18
74.27
74.36
74.44
74.53
74.62
74.71
74.79
74.88
74.97
75.06
75.15
75.23
75.32
75.41
75.50
75.59
75.67
75.76
75.85
75.94
76.03
76.11
76.20
76.29
76.38
76.46
76.55
76.64
76.73
76.82
76.90
76.99
77.08
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
77.17
77.26
77.34
77.43
77.52
77.61
77.70
77.78
77.87
77.96
78.05
78.13
78.22
78.31
78.40
78.49
78.57
78.66
78.75
78.84
78.93
79.01
79.10
79.19
79.28
79.37
79.45
79.54
79.63
79.72
79.80
79.89
79.98
80.07
80.16
80.24
80.33
80.42
80.51
80.60
80.68
80.77
80.86
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
80.95
81.04
81.12
81.21
81.30
81.39
81.47
81.56
81.65
81.74
81.83
81.91
82.00
82.09
82.18
82.27
82.35
82.44
82.53
82.62
82.71
82.79
82.88
82.97
83.06
83.14
83.23
83.32
83.41
83.50
83.58
83.67
83.76
83.85
83.94
84.02
84.11
84.20
84.29
84.38
84.46
84.55
84.64
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
84.73
84.81
84.90
84.99
85.08
85.17
85.25
85.34
85.43
85.52
85.61
85.69
85.78
85.87
85.96
86.04
86.13
86.22
86.31
86.40
86.48
86.57
86.66
86.75
86.84
86.92
87.01
87.10
87.19
87.28
87.36
87.45
87.54
87.63
87.71
87.80
87.89
87.98
88.07
88.15
88.24
88.33
88.42
- 213 -
VMC Series
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
- 214 -
88.51
88.59
88.68
88.77
88.86
88.95
89.03
89.12
89.21
89.30
89.38
89.47
89.56
89.65
89.74
89.82
89.91
90.00
90.09
90.18
90.26
90.35
90.44
90.53
90.62
90.70
90.79
90.88
90.97
91.05
91.14
91.23
91.32
91.41
91.49
91.58
91.67
91.76
91.85
91.93
92.02
92.11
92.20
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
92.29
92.37
92.46
92.55
92.64
92.72
92.81
92.90
92.99
93.08
93.16
93.25
93.34
93.43
93.52
93.60
93.69
93.78
93.87
93.96
94.04
94.13
94.22
94.31
94.39
94.48
94.57
94.66
94.75
94.83
94.92
95.01
95.10
95.19
95.27
95.36
95.45
95.54
95.63
95.71
95.80
95.89
95.98
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
96.06
96.15
96.24
96.33
96.42
96.50
96.59
96.68
96.77
96.86
96.94
97.03
97.12
97.21
97.29
97.38
97.47
97.56
97.65
97.73
97.82
97.91
98.00
98.09
98.17
98.26
98.35
98.44
98.53
98.61
98.70
98.79
98.88
98.96
99.05
99.14
99.23
99.32
99.40
99.49
99.58
99.67
99.76
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
99.84
99.93
100.02
100.11
100.20
100.28
100.37
100.46
100.55
100.63
100.72
100.81
100.90
100.99
101.07
101.16
101.25
101.34
101.43
101.51
101.60
101.69
101.78
101.87
101.95
102.04
102.13
102.22
102.30
102.39
102.48
102.57
102.66
102.74
102.83
102.92
103.01
103.10
103.18
103.27
103.36
103.45
103.54
VMC Series
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
103.62
103.71
103.80
103.89
103.97
104.06
104.15
104.24
104.33
104.41
104.50
104.59
104.68
104.77
104.85
104.94
105.03
105.12
105.21
105.29
105.38
105.47
105.56
105.64
105.73
105.82
105.91
106.00
106.08
106.17
106.26
106.35
106.44
106.52
106.61
106.70
106.79
106.88
106.96
107.05
107.14
107.23
107.31
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
107.40
107.49
107.58
107.67
107.75
107.84
107.93
108.02
108.11
108.19
108.28
108.37
108.46
108.54
108.63
108.72
108.81
108.90
108.98
109.07
109.16
109.25
109.34
109.42
109.51
109.60
109.69
109.78
109.86
109.95
110.04
110.13
110.21
110.30
110.39
110.48
110.57
110.65
110.74
110.83
110.92
111.01
111.09
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
111.18
111.27
111.36
111.45
111.53
111.62
111.71
111.80
111.88
111.97
112.06
112.15
112.24
112.32
112.41
112.50
112.59
112.68
112.76
112.85
112.94
113.03
113.12
113.20
113.29
113.38
113.47
113.55
113.64
113.73
113.82
113.91
113.99
114.08
114.17
114.26
114.35
114.43
114.52
114.61
114.70
114.79
114.87
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
114.96
115.05
115.14
115.22
115.31
115.40
115.49
115.58
115.66
115.75
115.84
115.93
116.02
116.10
116.19
116.28
116.37
116.46
116.54
116.63
116.72
116.81
116.89
116.98
117.07
117.16
117.25
117.33
117.42
117.51
117.60
117.69
117.77
117.86
117.95
118.04
118.13
118.21
118.30
118.39
118.48
118.56
118.65
- 215 -
VMC Series
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
- 216 -
118.74
118.83
118.92
119.00
119.09
119.18
119.27
119.36
119.44
119.53
119.62
119.71
119.79
119.88
119.97
120.06
120.15
120.23
120.32
120.41
120.50
120.59
120.67
120.76
120.85
120.94
121.03
121.11
121.20
121.29
121.38
121.46
121.55
121.64
121.73
121.82
121.90
121.99
122.08
122.17
122.26
122.34
122.43
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
122.52
122.61
122.70
122.78
122.87
122.96
123.05
123.13
123.22
123.31
123.40
123.49
123.57
123.66
123.75
123.84
123.93
124.01
124.10
124.19
124.28
124.37
124.45
124.54
124.63
124.72
124.80
124.89
124.98
125.07
125.16
125.24
125.33
125.42
125.51
125.60
125.68
125.77
125.86
125.95
126.04
126.12
126.21
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
126.30
126.39
126.47
126.56
126.65
126.74
126.83
126.91
127.00
127.09
127.18
127.27
127.35
127.44
127.53
127.62
127.71
127.79
127.88
127.97
128.06
128.14
128.23
128.32
128.41
128.50
128.58
128.67
128.76
128.85
128.94
129.02
129.11
129.20
129.29
129.38
129.46
129.55
129.64
129.73
129.81
129.90
129.99
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
130.08
130.17
130.25
130.34
130.43
130.52
130.61
130.69
130.78
130.87
130.96
131.04
131.13
131.22
131.31
131.40
131.48
131.57
131.66
131.75
131.84
131.92
132.01
132.10
132.19
132.28
132.36
132.45
132.54
132.63
132.71
132.80
132.89
132.98
133.07
133.15
133.24
133.33
133.42
133.51
133.59
133.68
133.77
VMC Series
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
133.86
133.95
134.03
134.12
134.21
134.30
134.38
134.47
134.56
134.65
134.74
134.82
134.91
135.00
135.09
135.18
135.26
135.35
135.44
135.53
135.62
135.70
135.79
135.88
135.97
136.05
136.14
136.23
136.32
136.41
136.49
136.58
136.67
136.76
136.85
136.93
137.02
137.11
137.20
137.29
137.37
137.46
137.55
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
137.64
137.72
137.81
137.90
137.99
138.08
138.16
138.25
138.34
138.43
138.52
138.60
138.69
138.78
138.87
138.96
139.04
139.13
139.22
139.31
139.39
139.48
139.57
139.66
139.75
139.83
139.92
140.01
140.10
140.19
140.27
140.36
140.45
140.54
140.63
140.71
140.80
140.89
140.98
141.06
141.15
141.24
141.33
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
141.42
141.50
141.59
141.68
141.77
141.86
141.94
142.03
142.12
142.21
142.29
142.38
142.47
142.56
142.65
142.73
142.82
142.91
143.00
143.09
143.17
143.26
143.35
143.44
143.53
143.61
143.70
143.79
143.88
143.96
144.05
144.14
144.23
144.32
144.40
144.49
144.58
144.67
144.76
144.84
144.93
145.02
145.11
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
145.20
145.28
145.37
145.46
145.55
145.63
145.72
145.81
145.90
145.99
146.07
146.16
146.25
146.34
146.43
146.51
146.60
146.69
146.78
146.87
146.95
147.04
147.13
147.22
147.30
147.39
147.48
147.57
147.66
147.74
147.83
147.92
148.01
148.10
148.18
148.27
148.36
148.45
148.54
148.62
148.71
148.80
148.89
- 217 -
VMC Series
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
- 218 -
148.97
149.06
149.15
149.24
149.33
149.41
149.50
149.59
149.68
149.77
149.85
149.94
150.03
150.12
150.21
150.29
150.38
150.47
150.56
150.64
150.73
150.82
150.91
151.00
151.08
151.17
151.26
151.35
151.44
151.52
151.61
151.70
151.79
151.88
151.96
152.05
152.14
152.23
152.31
152.40
152.49
152.58
152.67
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
152.75
152.84
152.93
153.02
153.11
153.19
153.28
153.37
153.46
153.54
153.63
153.72
153.81
153.90
153.98
154.07
154.16
154.25
154.34
154.42
154.51
154.60
154.69
154.78
154.86
154.95
155.04
155.13
155.21
155.30
155.39
155.48
155.57
155.65
155.74
155.83
155.92
156.01
156.09
156.18
156.27
156.36
156.45
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
156.53
156.62
156.71
156.80
156.88
156.97
157.06
157.15
157.24
157.32
157.41
157.50
157.59
157.68
157.76
157.85
157.94
158.03
158.12
158.20
158.29
158.38
158.47
158.55
158.64
158.73
158.82
158.91
158.99
159.08
159.17
159.26
159.35
159.43
159.52
159.61
159.70
159.79
159.87
159.96
160.05
160.14
160.22
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
160.31
160.40
160.49
160.58
160.66
160.75
160.84
160.93
161.02
161.10
161.19
161.28
161.37
161.46
161.54
161.63
161.72
161.81
161.89
161.98
162.07
162.16
162.25
162.33
162.42
162.51
162.60
162.69
162.77
162.86
162.95
163.04
163.13
163.21
163.30
163.39
163.48
163.56
163.65
163.74
163.83
163.92
164.00
VMC Series
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
164.09
164.18
164.27
164.36
164.44
164.53
164.62
164.71
164.79
164.88
164.97
165.06
165.15
165.23
165.32
165.41
165.50
165.59
165.67
165.76
165.85
165.94
166.03
166.11
166.20
166.29
166.38
166.46
166.55
166.64
166.73
166.82
166.90
166.99
167.08
167.17
167.26
167.34
167.43
167.52
167.61
167.70
167.78
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
167.87
167.96
168.05
168.13
168.22
168.31
168.40
168.49
168.57
168.66
168.75
168.84
168.93
169.01
169.10
169.19
169.28
169.37
169.45
169.54
169.63
169.72
169.80
169.89
169.98
170.07
170.16
170.24
170.33
170.42
170.51
170.60
170.68
170.77
170.86
170.95
171.04
171.12
171.21
171.30
171.39
171.47
171.56
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
171.65
171.74
171.83
171.91
172.00
172.09
172.18
172.27
172.35
172.44
172.53
172.62
172.71
172.79
172.88
172.97
173.06
173.14
173.23
173.32
173.41
173.50
173.58
173.67
173.76
173.85
173.94
174.02
174.11
174.20
174.29
174.38
174.46
174.55
174.64
174.73
174.81
174.90
174.99
175.08
175.17
175.25
175.34
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
175.43
175.52
175.61
175.69
175.78
175.87
175.96
176.04
176.13
176.22
176.31
176.40
176.48
176.57
176.66
176.75
176.84
176.92
177.01
177.10
177.19
177.28
177.36
177.45
177.54
177.63
177.71
177.80
177.89
177.98
178.07
178.15
178.24
178.33
178.42
178.51
178.59
178.68
178.77
178.86
178.95
179.03
179.12
- 219 -
VMC Series
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
- 220 -
179.21
179.30
179.38
179.47
179.56
179.65
179.74
179.82
179.91
180.00
180.09
180.18
180.26
180.35
180.44
180.53
180.62
180.70
180.79
180.88
180.97
181.05
181.14
181.23
181.32
181.41
181.49
181.58
181.67
181.76
181.85
181.93
182.02
182.11
182.20
182.29
182.37
182.46
182.55
182.64
182.72
182.81
182.90
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
182.99
183.08
183.16
183.25
183.34
183.43
183.52
183.60
183.69
183.78
183.87
183.96
184.04
184.13
184.22
184.31
184.39
184.48
184.57
184.66
184.75
184.83
184.92
185.01
185.10
185.19
185.27
185.36
185.45
185.54
185.63
185.71
185.80
185.89
185.98
186.06
186.15
186.24
186.33
186.42
186.50
186.59
186.68
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
186.77
186.86
186.94
187.03
187.12
187.21
187.29
187.38
187.47
187.56
187.65
187.73
187.82
187.91
188.00
188.09
188.17
188.26
188.35
188.44
188.53
188.61
188.70
188.79
188.88
188.96
189.05
189.14
189.23
189.32
189.40
189.49
189.58
189.67
189.76
189.84
189.93
190.02
190.11
190.20
190.28
190.37
190.46
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
190.55
190.63
190.72
190.81
190.90
190.99
191.07
191.16
191.25
191.34
191.43
191.51
191.60
191.69
191.78
191.87
191.95
192.04
192.13
192.22
192.30
192.39
192.48
192.57
192.66
192.74
192.83
192.92
193.01
193.10
193.18
193.27
193.36
193.45
193.54
193.62
193.71
193.80
193.89
193.97
194.06
194.15
194.24
VMC Series
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
194.33
194.41
194.50
194.59
194.68
194.77
194.85
194.94
195.03
195.12
195.21
195.29
195.38
195.47
195.56
195.64
195.73
195.82
195.91
196.00
196.08
196.17
196.26
196.35
196.44
196.52
196.61
196.70
196.79
196.88
196.96
197.05
197.14
197.23
197.31
197.40
197.49
197.58
197.67
197.75
197.84
197.93
198.02
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
198.11
198.19
198.28
198.37
198.46
198.54
198.63
198.72
198.81
198.90
198.98
199.07
199.16
199.25
199.34
199.42
199.51
199.60
199.69
199.78
199.86
199.95
200.04
200.13
200.21
200.30
200.39
200.48
200.57
200.65
200.74
200.83
200.92
201.01
201.09
201.18
201.27
201.36
201.45
201.53
201.62
201.71
201.80
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
201.88
201.97
202.06
202.15
202.24
202.32
202.41
202.50
202.59
202.68
202.76
202.85
202.94
203.03
203.12
203.20
203.29
203.38
203.47
203.55
203.64
203.73
203.82
203.91
203.99
204.08
204.17
204.26
204.35
204.43
204.52
204.61
204.70
204.79
204.87
204.96
205.05
205.14
205.22
205.31
205.40
205.49
205.58
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
205.66
205.75
205.84
205.93
206.02
206.10
206.19
206.28
206.37
206.46
206.54
206.63
206.72
206.81
206.89
206.98
207.07
207.16
207.25
207.33
207.42
207.51
207.60
207.69
207.77
207.86
207.95
208.04
208.13
208.21
208.30
208.39
208.48
208.56
208.65
208.74
208.83
208.92
209.00
209.09
209.18
209.27
209.36
- 221 -
VMC Series
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
- 222 -
209.44
209.53
209.62
209.71
209.79
209.88
209.97
210.06
210.15
210.23
210.32
210.41
210.50
210.59
210.67
210.76
210.85
210.94
211.03
211.11
211.20
211.29
211.38
211.46
211.55
211.64
211.73
211.82
211.90
211.99
212.08
212.17
212.26
212.34
212.43
212.52
212.61
212.70
212.78
212.87
212.96
213.05
213.13
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
213.22
213.31
213.40
213.49
213.57
213.66
213.75
213.84
213.93
214.01
214.10
214.19
214.28
214.37
214.45
214.54
214.63
214.72
214.80
214.89
214.98
215.07
215.16
215.24
215.33
215.42
215.51
215.60
215.68
215.77
215.86
215.95
216.04
216.12
216.21
216.30
216.39
216.47
216.56
216.65
216.74
216.83
216.91
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
217.00
217.09
217.18
217.27
217.35
217.44
217.53
217.62
217.71
217.79
217.88
217.97
218.06
218.14
218.23
218.32
218.41
218.50
218.58
218.67
218.76
218.85
218.94
219.02
219.11
219.20
219.29
219.38
219.46
219.55
219.64
219.73
219.81
219.90
219.99
220.08
220.17
220.25
220.34
220.43
220.52
220.61
220.69
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
220.78
220.87
220.96
221.04
221.13
221.22
221.31
221.40
221.48
221.57
221.66
221.75
221.84
221.92
222.01
222.10
222.19
222.28
222.36
222.45
222.54
222.63
222.71
222.80
222.89
222.98
223.07
223.15
223.24
223.33
223.42
223.51
223.59
223.68
223.77
223.86
223.95
224.03
224.12
224.21
224.30
224.38
224.47
VMC Series
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
224.56
224.65
224.74
224.82
224.91
225.00
225.09
225.18
225.26
225.35
225.44
225.53
225.62
225.70
225.79
225.88
225.97
226.05
226.14
226.23
226.32
226.41
226.49
226.58
226.67
226.76
226.85
226.93
227.02
227.11
227.20
227.29
227.37
227.46
227.55
227.64
227.72
227.81
227.90
227.99
228.08
228.16
228.25
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
228.34
228.43
228.52
228.60
228.69
228.78
228.87
228.96
229.04
229.13
229.22
229.31
229.39
229.48
229.57
229.66
229.75
229.83
229.92
230.01
230.10
230.19
230.27
230.36
230.45
230.54
230.63
230.71
230.80
230.89
230.98
231.06
231.15
231.24
231.33
231.42
231.50
231.59
231.68
231.77
231.86
231.94
232.03
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
232.12
232.21
232.29
232.38
232.47
232.56
232.65
232.73
232.82
232.91
233.00
233.09
233.17
233.26
233.35
233.44
233.53
233.61
233.70
233.79
233.88
233.96
234.05
234.14
234.23
234.32
234.40
234.49
234.58
234.67
234.76
234.84
234.93
235.02
235.11
235.20
235.28
235.37
235.46
235.55
235.63
235.72
235.81
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
235.90
235.99
236.07
236.16
236.25
236.34
236.43
236.51
236.60
236.69
236.78
236.87
236.95
237.04
237.13
237.22
237.30
237.39
237.48
237.57
237.66
237.74
237.83
237.92
238.01
238.10
238.18
238.27
238.36
238.45
238.54
238.62
238.71
238.80
238.89
238.97
239.06
239.15
239.24
239.33
239.41
239.50
239.59
- 223 -
VMC Series
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
- 224 -
239.68
239.77
239.85
239.94
240.03
240.12
240.21
240.29
240.38
240.47
240.56
240.64
240.73
240.82
240.91
241.00
241.08
241.17
241.26
241.35
241.44
241.52
241.61
241.70
241.79
241.88
241.96
242.05
242.14
242.23
242.31
242.40
242.49
242.58
242.67
242.75
242.84
242.93
243.02
243.11
243.19
243.28
243.37
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
243.46
243.54
243.63
243.72
243.81
243.90
243.98
244.07
244.16
244.25
244.34
244.42
244.51
244.60
244.69
244.78
244.86
244.95
245.04
245.13
245.21
245.30
245.39
245.48
245.57
245.65
245.74
245.83
245.92
246.01
246.09
246.18
246.27
246.36
246.45
246.53
246.62
246.71
246.80
246.88
246.97
247.06
247.15
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
247.24
247.32
247.41
247.50
247.59
247.68
247.76
247.85
247.94
248.03
248.12
248.20
248.29
248.38
248.47
248.55
248.64
248.73
248.82
248.91
248.99
249.08
249.17
249.26
249.35
249.43
249.52
249.61
249.70
249.79
249.87
249.96
250.05
250.14
250.22
250.31
250.40
250.49
250.58
250.66
250.75
250.84
250.93
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
251.02
251.10
251.19
251.28
251.37
251.46
251.54
251.63
251.72
251.81
251.89
251.98
252.07
252.16
252.25
252.33
252.42
252.51
252.60
252.69
252.77
252.86
252.95
253.04
253.13
253.21
253.30
253.39
253.48
253.56
253.65
253.74
253.83
253.92
254.00
254.09
254.18
254.27
254.36
254.44
254.53
254.62
254.71
VMC Series
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
254.79
254.88
254.97
255.06
255.15
255.23
255.32
255.41
255.50
255.59
255.67
255.76
255.85
255.94
256.03
256.11
256.20
256.29
256.38
256.46
256.55
256.64
256.73
256.82
256.90
256.99
257.08
257.17
257.26
257.34
257.43
257.52
257.61
257.70
257.78
257.87
257.96
258.05
258.13
258.22
258.31
258.40
258.49
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
258.57
258.66
258.75
258.84
258.93
259.01
259.10
259.19
259.28
259.37
259.45
259.54
259.63
259.72
259.80
259.89
259.98
260.07
260.16
260.24
260.33
260.42
260.51
260.60
260.68
260.77
260.86
260.95
261.04
261.12
261.21
261.30
261.39
261.47
261.56
261.65
261.74
261.83
261.91
262.00
262.09
262.18
262.27
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
262.35
262.44
262.53
262.62
262.71
262.79
262.88
262.97
263.06
263.14
263.23
263.32
263.41
263.50
263.58
263.67
263.76
263.85
263.94
264.02
264.11
264.20
264.29
264.38
264.46
264.55
264.64
264.73
264.81
264.90
264.99
265.08
265.17
265.25
265.34
265.43
265.52
265.61
265.69
265.78
265.87
265.96
266.04
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
266.13
266.22
266.31
266.40
266.48
266.57
266.66
266.75
266.84
266.92
267.01
267.10
267.19
267.28
267.36
267.45
267.54
267.63
267.71
267.80
267.89
267.98
268.07
268.15
268.24
268.33
268.42
268.51
268.59
268.68
268.77
268.86
268.95
269.03
269.12
269.21
269.30
269.38
269.47
269.56
269.65
269.74
269.82
- 225 -
VMC Series
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
- 226 -
269.91
270.00
270.09
270.18
270.26
270.35
270.44
270.53
270.62
270.70
270.79
270.88
270.97
271.05
271.14
271.23
271.32
271.41
271.49
271.58
271.67
271.76
271.85
271.93
272.02
272.11
272.20
272.29
272.37
272.46
272.55
272.64
272.72
272.81
272.90
272.99
273.08
273.16
273.25
273.34
273.43
273.52
273.60
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
273.69
273.78
273.87
273.96
274.04
274.13
274.22
274.31
274.39
274.48
274.57
274.66
274.75
274.83
274.92
275.01
275.10
275.19
275.27
275.36
275.45
275.54
275.63
275.71
275.80
275.89
275.98
276.06
276.15
276.24
276.33
276.42
276.50
276.59
276.68
276.77
276.86
276.94
277.03
277.12
277.21
277.29
277.38
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
277.47
277.56
277.65
277.73
277.82
277.91
278.00
278.09
278.17
278.26
278.35
278.44
278.53
278.61
278.70
278.79
278.88
278.96
279.05
279.14
279.23
279.32
279.40
279.49
279.58
279.67
279.76
279.84
279.93
280.02
280.11
280.20
280.28
280.37
280.46
280.55
280.63
280.72
280.81
280.90
280.99
281.07
281.16
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
281.25
281.34
281.43
281.51
281.60
281.69
281.78
281.87
281.95
282.04
282.13
282.22
282.30
282.39
282.48
282.57
282.66
282.74
282.83
282.92
283.01
283.10
283.18
283.27
283.36
283.45
283.54
283.62
283.71
283.80
283.89
283.97
284.06
284.15
284.24
284.33
284.41
284.50
284.59
284.68
284.77
284.85
284.94
VMC Series
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
285.03
285.12
285.21
285.29
285.38
285.47
285.56
285.64
285.73
285.82
285.91
286.00
286.08
286.17
286.26
286.35
286.44
286.52
286.61
286.70
286.79
286.88
286.96
287.05
287.14
287.23
287.31
287.40
287.49
287.58
287.67
287.75
287.84
287.93
288.02
288.11
288.19
288.28
288.37
288.46
288.54
288.63
288.72
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
288.81
288.90
288.98
289.07
289.16
289.25
289.34
289.42
289.51
289.60
289.69
289.78
289.86
289.95
290.04
290.13
290.21
290.30
290.39
290.48
290.57
290.65
290.74
290.83
290.92
291.01
291.09
291.18
291.27
291.36
291.45
291.53
291.62
291.71
291.80
291.88
291.97
292.06
292.15
292.24
292.32
292.41
292.50
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
292.59
292.68
292.76
292.85
292.94
293.03
293.12
293.20
293.29
293.38
293.47
293.55
293.64
293.73
293.82
293.91
293.99
294.08
294.17
294.26
294.35
294.43
294.52
294.61
294.70
294.79
294.87
294.96
295.05
295.14
295.22
295.31
295.40
295.49
295.58
295.66
295.75
295.84
295.93
296.02
296.10
296.19
296.28
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
296.37
296.46
296.54
296.63
296.72
296.81
296.89
296.98
297.07
297.16
297.25
297.33
297.42
297.51
297.60
297.69
297.77
297.86
297.95
298.04
298.13
298.21
298.30
298.39
298.48
298.56
298.65
298.74
298.83
298.92
299.00
299.09
299.18
299.27
299.36
299.44
299.53
299.62
299.71
299.79
299.88
299.97
300.06
- 227 -
VMC Series
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
- 228 -
300.15
300.23
300.32
300.41
300.50
300.59
300.67
300.76
300.85
300.94
301.03
301.11
301.20
301.29
301.38
301.46
301.55
301.64
301.73
301.82
301.90
301.99
302.08
302.17
302.26
302.34
302.43
302.52
302.61
302.70
302.78
302.87
302.96
303.05
303.13
303.22
303.31
303.40
303.49
303.57
303.66
303.75
303.84
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
303.93
304.01
304.10
304.19
304.28
304.37
304.45
304.54
304.63
304.72
304.80
304.89
304.98
305.07
305.16
305.24
305.33
305.42
305.51
305.60
305.68
305.77
305.86
305.95
306.04
306.12
306.21
306.30
306.39
306.47
306.56
306.65
306.74
306.83
306.91
307.00
307.09
307.18
307.27
307.35
307.44
307.53
307.62
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
307.71
307.79
307.88
307.97
308.06
308.14
308.23
308.32
308.41
308.50
308.58
308.67
308.76
308.85
308.94
309.02
309.11
309.20
309.29
309.38
309.46
309.55
309.64
309.73
309.81
309.90
309.99
310.08
310.17
310.25
310.34
310.43
310.52
310.61
310.69
310.78
310.87
310.96
311.04
311.13
311.22
311.31
311.40
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
311.48
311.57
311.66
311.75
311.84
311.92
312.01
312.10
312.19
312.28
312.36
312.45
312.54
312.63
312.71
312.80
312.89
312.98
313.07
313.15
313.24
313.33
313.42
313.51
313.59
313.68
313.77
313.86
313.95
314.03
314.12
314.21
314.30
314.38
314.47
314.56
314.65
314.74
314.82
314.91
315.00
315.09
315.18
VMC Series
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
315.26
315.35
315.44
315.53
315.62
315.70
315.79
315.88
315.97
316.05
316.14
316.23
316.32
316.41
316.49
316.58
316.67
316.76
316.85
316.93
317.02
317.11
317.20
317.29
317.37
317.46
317.55
317.64
317.72
317.81
317.90
317.99
318.08
318.16
318.25
318.34
318.43
318.52
318.60
318.69
318.78
318.87
318.96
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
319.04
319.13
319.22
319.31
319.39
319.48
319.57
319.66
319.75
319.83
319.92
320.01
320.10
320.19
320.27
320.36
320.45
320.54
320.63
320.71
320.80
320.89
320.98
321.06
321.15
321.24
321.33
321.42
321.50
321.59
321.68
321.77
321.86
321.94
322.03
322.12
322.21
322.29
322.38
322.47
322.56
322.65
322.73
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
322.82
322.91
323.00
323.09
323.17
323.26
323.35
323.44
323.53
323.61
323.70
323.79
323.88
323.96
324.05
324.14
324.23
324.32
324.40
324.49
324.58
324.67
324.76
324.84
324.93
325.02
325.11
325.20
325.28
325.37
325.46
325.55
325.63
325.72
325.81
325.90
325.99
326.07
326.16
326.25
326.34
326.43
326.51
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
326.60
326.69
326.78
326.87
326.95
327.04
327.13
327.22
327.30
327.39
327.48
327.57
327.66
327.74
327.83
327.92
328.01
328.10
328.18
328.27
328.36
328.45
328.54
328.62
328.71
328.80
328.89
328.97
329.06
329.15
329.24
329.33
329.41
329.50
329.59
329.68
329.77
329.85
329.94
330.03
330.12
330.21
330.29
- 229 -
VMC Series
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
- 230 -
330.38
330.47
330.56
330.64
330.73
330.82
330.91
331.00
331.08
331.17
331.26
331.35
331.44
331.52
331.61
331.70
331.79
331.88
331.96
332.05
332.14
332.23
332.31
332.40
332.49
332.58
332.67
332.75
332.84
332.93
333.02
333.11
333.19
333.28
333.37
333.46
333.54
333.63
333.72
333.81
333.90
333.98
334.07
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
334.16
334.25
334.34
334.42
334.51
334.60
334.69
334.78
334.86
334.95
335.04
335.13
335.21
335.30
335.39
335.48
335.57
335.65
335.74
335.83
335.92
336.01
336.09
336.18
336.27
336.36
336.45
336.53
336.62
336.71
336.80
336.88
336.97
337.06
337.15
337.24
337.32
337.41
337.50
337.59
337.68
337.76
337.85
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
337.94
338.03
338.12
338.20
338.29
338.38
338.47
338.55
338.64
338.73
338.82
338.91
338.99
339.08
339.17
339.26
339.35
339.43
339.52
339.61
339.70
339.79
339.87
339.96
340.05
340.14
340.22
340.31
340.40
340.49
340.58
340.66
340.75
340.84
340.93
341.02
341.10
341.19
341.28
341.37
341.46
341.54
341.63
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
341.72
341.81
341.89
341.98
342.07
342.16
342.25
342.33
342.42
342.51
342.60
342.69
342.77
342.86
342.95
343.04
343.13
343.21
343.30
343.39
343.48
343.56
343.65
343.74
343.83
343.92
344.00
344.09
344.18
344.27
344.36
344.44
344.53
344.62
344.71
344.79
344.88
344.97
345.06
345.15
345.23
345.32
345.41
VMC Series
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
345.50
345.59
345.67
345.76
345.85
345.94
346.03
346.11
346.20
346.29
346.38
346.46
346.55
346.64
346.73
346.82
346.90
346.99
347.08
347.17
347.26
347.34
347.43
347.52
347.61
347.70
347.78
347.87
347.96
348.05
348.13
348.22
348.31
348.40
348.49
348.57
348.66
348.75
348.84
348.93
349.01
349.10
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
349.19
349.28
349.37
349.45
349.54
349.63
349.72
349.80
349.89
349.98
350.07
350.16
350.24
350.33
350.42
350.51
350.60
350.68
350.77
350.86
350.95
351.04
351.12
351.21
351.30
351.39
351.47
351.56
351.65
351.74
351.83
351.91
352.00
352.09
352.18
352.27
352.35
352.44
352.53
352.62
352.71
352.79
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
352.88
352.97
353.06
353.14
353.23
353.32
353.41
353.50
353.58
353.67
353.76
353.85
353.94
354.02
354.11
354.20
354.29
354.38
354.46
354.55
354.64
354.73
354.81
354.90
354.99
355.08
355.17
355.25
355.34
355.43
355.52
355.61
355.69
355.78
355.87
355.96
356.04
356.13
356.22
356.31
356.40
356.48
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
356.57
356.66
356.75
356.84
356.92
357.01
357.10
357.19
357.28
357.36
357.45
357.54
357.63
357.71
357.80
357.89
357.98
358.07
358.15
358.24
358.33
358.42
358.51
358.59
358.68
358.77
358.86
358.95
359.03
359.12
359.21
359.30
359.38
359.47
359.56
359.65
359.74
359.82
359.91
- 231 -
VMC Series
The setting up and use of function in prohibited
region
The Setting Up and Use of Function in Prohibited Region

function of Prohibited region: when the turntable(K16.0 = 1) or fixture(K16.2 = 1) is
on the working platform ,it take effect. at the time it ensure that the spindle or tool
could not make collision with the turntable or fixture on the working platform, and the
turntable or fixture could not be cut by tool.
First.The use of function in the prohibited region
1. the setting up of the length and the radius value of the tool
The amount of tools whose length and radius value will be set up can not more than
33,and fill them into the macro variables(#710~#775).The data units of these data is
m ,and the decimal can not be fill in. Under normal circumstances, the length and
radius value of tool will be written by the user of the machine.
#710
#711
#712
#713
#714
#715
#716
#717
#718
#719
#720
#721
#722
#723
#724
#725
#726
#727
#728
#727
#730
#731
#732
#733
- 232 -
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
0 radius
0 length
1 radius
1 length
2 radius
2 length
3 radius
3 length
4 radius
4 length
5 radius
5 length
6 radius
6 length
7 radius
7 length
8 radius
8 length
9 radius
9 length
10 radius
10 length
11 radius
11 length
PMC Parameters List
VMC Series
#734
#735
#736
#737
#738
#737
#740
#741
#742
#743
#744
#745
#746
#747
#748
#749
#750
#751
#752
#753
#754
#755
#756
#757
#758
#759
#760
#761
#762
#763
#764
#765
#766
#767
#768
#769
#770
#771
#772
#773
#774
#775
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
TOOL
12 radius
12 length
13 radius
13 length
14 radius
14 length
15 radius
15 length
16 radius
16 length
17 radius
17 length
18 radius
18 length
19 radius
19 length
20 radius
20 length
21 radius
21 length
22 radius
22 length
23 radius
23 length
24 radius
24 length
25 radius
25 length
26 radius
26 length
27 radius
27 length
28 radius
28 length
29 radius
29 length
30 radius
30 length
31 radius
31 length
32 radius
32 length
- 233 -
VMC Series
2, the use of function in the prohibited region

When all the data have been set by users, they can use the functions of the
prohibited regions.
A. the use of the machine with tool storage
Behind the code "M06;" in the proceedings that when the machine have finished
automatic changing tool,the command"G101;" will be implemented. Then ,the
prohibited region will expand that can ensure the tool could not make the collision
with the turntable or fixture of machine.
B. the use of the machine with no tool storage
When the machine have no tool storage ,it need to unload and load the blade
manually. Firstly,the tool must be arranged whit the number ,such as NO.1
blade ,NO.2 blade.When it implement the codeT1in the proceedings, the
machine will automatically entered into the feeding-maintain state.The operator will
switch the way into JOG, and manually loosen the blade of the spindle .Then,the user
loads the NO.1 blade, and press the cycle-starting button.It will implement the
command G101behind the T1.Then, the prohibited region will expand that can
ensure the tool could not make the collision with the turntable or fixture of machine.
C. When there is no tool on the spindle, it will implement the command
G100.Then,the prohibited region will minify that can ensure the spindle could not
make the collision with the turntable or fixture of machine.
Second. The alarm of the prohibited regional function
Alarm number
502
503
510
511
- 234 -
information
OVER
TRAVEL+n
OVER
TRAVEL-n
OVER
TRAVEL+n
OVER
TRAVEL-n
content
Exceed over the storage-travel limit of n-axis+direction
Exceed over the storage-travel limit of n-axis-direction
Mobile pre-stroke limit and check if the end of program
modules inter into the prohibited region of n-positive side
stroke limit.
Mobile pre-stroke limit and check if the end of program
modules inter into the prohibited region of n-negative side
stroke limit.
PMC Parameters List
VMC Series
PMC Parameters List
0i-Mate-MD
List of parameters K----For 0i-Mate-MD
BYTE
K00
K01
K02
K03
K04
bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
value
Function
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Tool set level/magazine back off switch

ATC stop switch
ATC buckle tool signal switch
ATC origin signal switch
lubrication liquid position low switch
Lubrication pressure low switch
The pressure of air source is low switch
Work-piece unclamp switch
Work-piece unclamp switch
Clamp tool to the specified location switch
Unclamp tool to the specified location switch
Rotating unclamp to the specified location switch
Rotating clamp to the specified location switch
Internal coolant box liquid position low switch
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
X axis enable
Y axis enable
Z axis enable
A axis enable
There are 20 pocket in tool magazine
Z axis with mechanical brake
1
1
1
1
1
Hydraulic station temperature alarm switch active

Hydraulic station filter alarm switch active
Hydraulic station water level alarm switch active
Hydraulic Fan active
Cancel the lub related alarm
- 235 -
VMC Series
K05
K06
K07
K08
K09
K10
- 236 -
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
Permit modify the NC parameter
Permit modify the PLC
With inner air coolant
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
The pressure of air source is inactive

Cancel MAG and ATC
Spindle speed check signal is available
Cancel the position switch control
There is a unclamped switch on the spindle box
The first tool is big tool
The third tool is big tool
The fifth tool is big tool
The seventh tool is big tool
The ninth tool is big tool
The eleventh tool is big tool
Change the way of tool unclamped
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Hydraulic station temperature alarm switch

Hydraulic station filter alarm switch
Hydraulic station water level alarm switch
Outer cooling water level low alarm switch
Oil cooling fault alarm switch
Magazine counter switch
Magazine origin switch
Tool set uprightness/ magazine onward switch
1
1
1
ATC active
Spindle max
Spindle max
Use the normal handwheel
10000 n/min
10000 r/min
PMC Parameters List
VMC Series
K11
K12
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
K13
4
5
6
7
0
K14
1
2
3
4
K15
Use the handwheel of Japanese
1
1
1
1
1
1
Separate oil from water

With gear box
X axis reference direction is minus
Y axis reference direction is minus
Z axis reference direction is minus
A axis reference direction is minus
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
With NC4
With TS30
With TS27R
With RMP60
With OMP60
With E83Wa
With NC4
With SCALE
Without raster
Without lubrication press low switch
With lubrication press low switch
With inner coolant
Without inner coolant
Without spindle coolant motor fault switch
With spindle coolant motor fault switch
With the M30 makes the tool machine power off
Without the M30 makes the tool machine power off
With helix chip conveyor
Without helix chip conveyor
With chain chip conveyor
Without chain chip conveyor
If door key pressed, spindle stop rotating, cycle stop,
Auxiliary motor stop
With chip flush
Without chip flush
When door open, auxiliary motor can ran in JOG mode
When door open, auxiliary motor can not ran in JOG mode
Override switch coded is Gray
Override switch coded is Binary
1
0
To cycle start, Z axis must be in position switch 3

Cycle start has nothing to do with position witch 3
5
6
7
0
1
- 237 -
VMC Series
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
K16
4
5
6
7
- 238 -
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
With plate magazine REF switch

Without plate magazine REF switch
With water gun
Without water gun
The FANUC standard MCP and sub MCP
Without air gun
To unclamp tool spindle must be orientated
Unclamping tool has nothing to do with spindle orientation
Spindle could not rotate manual
Spindle could rotate manual
When machine locked, S code is executed
When machine locked, S code is not executed
With A axis
Without A axis
Hydraulic station is used for gearbox and unclamping tool
Hydraulic station is used for clamping work-piece
Cancel door lock
With air protection
Without air protection
Fan on the hydraulic station
Without fan on the hydraulic station
Spindle coolant motor run when spindle rotating
Spindle coolant motor run when machine is power on
PMC control spindle when it rotate manually
NC control spindle when it rotate manually

VMC Series Vertical Machining Center Operation Manual (Electrics)

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

VMC Series Vertical Machining Center Operation Manual (Electrics)

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

VMC SERIES

VERTICAL MACHINING CENTER

SHENYANG MACHINE TOOL CO., LTD

This document is applied to Model VMC650eVMC700VMC850VMC850eVMC1000

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works

Any reproduction of this manual by any means is prohibited.

We have attempted to describe the situations in the manual as many as possible.

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works

Removal of removable cover plates (fixed cover plate) with tools

Machine installation and moving operations

Machine tool repair

Machine installation and moving operations

Machine tool repair

Routine maintenance and preventive maintenance staff must adhere to the

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works

2.3 Maintenance Staff

Machine installation and moving operations

Machine tool repair

3. Contents of the Manual

The content of the manual is as follows:

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works

Overview.. Explains the subjects, names of various parts and

Setting methodExplains how to operate the first-time installation

Run... .Descriptions on process and operation.

Operation detailsItemized descriptions on available operations of the

Appendix .Main specifications and various kinds of charts,

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works

1. Machine Safety Features

Electromagnetic Lock Switch

Mode Selection Lock

Fixed baffle plate

Emergency Stop Button

Emergency stop button operation should be first implemented in

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works

a) Dangers associated with the machine

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works

b) Danger associated with Electric

In the maintenance and configuration of optional components, the circuit breaker

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works

d) Dangers in the Operation

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works

Connections of the emergency stop to the external equipment should be effectively

Safety shoes are always required;

Protective glasses should be used;

Buttons at the ends of sleeves should be fastened;

No necklaces and bracelets;

f) Configurations on Power-up, Operations inside

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works

i) Setting and Operation of the Machine

The floor should be leveled without any uplift or depression;

The floor should be flat;

The floor should not deteriorate with the passage of time;

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works

3. Warning Labels and Signs

The machine tool should be

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works

1.1.5 CALLING PROGRAMS IN THE MEMORY ....................................................................... - 24 -

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works

5.1.2 ATTENTIONS FOR TOOL CHANGE OF PLATE MAGAZINE: ................................... - 57 -

China Czecho Vertical Machining Center Works

7.7.1 WATER COOLING................................................................................................................... - 77 -